213800WW4YWMVVZIJM902023-10-012024-09-30213800WW4YWMVVZIJM902022-10-012023-09-30213800WW4YWMVVZIJM902023-09-30213800WW4YWMVVZIJM902022-09-30213800WW4YWMVVZIJM902022-09-30ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember213800WW4YWMVVZIJM902023-09-30ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember213800WW4YWMVVZIJM902022-09-30ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember213800WW4YWMVVZIJM902022-10-012023-09-30ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember213800WW4YWMVVZIJM902023-09-30ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember213800WW4YWMVVZIJM902022-09-30ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember213800WW4YWMVVZIJM902023-09-30ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember213800WW4YWMVVZIJM902022-09-30ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember213800WW4YWMVVZIJM902022-10-012023-09-30ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember213800WW4YWMVVZIJM902023-09-30ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember213800WW4YWMVVZIJM902022-09-30ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember213800WW4YWMVVZIJM902022-10-012023-09-30ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember213800WW4YWMVVZIJM902023-09-30ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember213800WW4YWMVVZIJM902022-09-30ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember213800WW4YWMVVZIJM902022-10-012023-09-30ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember213800WW4YWMVVZIJM902023-09-30ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember213800WW4YWMVVZIJM902022-09-30ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember213800WW4YWMVVZIJM902022-10-012023-09-30ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember213800WW4YWMVVZIJM902023-09-30ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember213800WW4YWMVVZIJM902024-09-30213800WW4YWMVVZIJM902024-09-30ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember213800WW4YWMVVZIJM902024-09-30ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember213800WW4YWMVVZIJM902023-10-012024-09-30ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember213800WW4YWMVVZIJM902024-09-30ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember213800WW4YWMVVZIJM902023-10-012024-09-30ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember213800WW4YWMVVZIJM902024-09-30ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember213800WW4YWMVVZIJM902024-09-30ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember213800WW4YWMVVZIJM902023-10-012024-09-30ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember213800WW4YWMVVZIJM902024-09-30ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember213800WW4YWMVVZIJM902023-10-012024-09-30ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember213800WW4YWMVVZIJM902024-09-30ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember213800WW4YWMVVZIJM902023-10-012024-09-30ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember213800WW4YWMVVZIJM902024-09-30ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember213800WW4YWMVVZIJM902023-10-012024-09-30ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember213800WW4YWMVVZIJM902022-09-30ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember213800WW4YWMVVZIJM902023-09-30ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember213800WW4YWMVVZIJM902022-10-012023-09-30ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember213800WW4YWMVVZIJM902022-10-012023-09-30ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember213800WW4YWMVVZIJM902022-10-012023-09-30ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember213800WW4YWMVVZIJM902023-10-012024-09-30ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember213800WW4YWMVVZIJM902023-10-012024-09-30ifrs-full:OtherReservesMemberiso4217:USDiso4217:USDxbrli:shares
Graphics
REPORTS AND
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
30 September 2024

Graphics
CONTENTS Page

2

Consolidated F
inancial
S
tatements




Management
Report

3



Chief Executive Officer and the
Chief Finance Officer
Responsibility Statement

22



Statement by the Members of the Board of Directors and Company
Officials

23


Independent Auditor’s Report

24



Consolidated
S
tatement of
Profit or L
oss and
O
ther
C
omprehensive
I
ncome

32



Consolidated
S
tatement of Financial Position

33



Consolidated S
tatement of Changes in Equity

34


Consolidated S
tatement of Cash Flows

36



Notes to the
Consolidated
Financial Statements

37



Separate
financial statements




Statement of
Profit or
L
oss and
O
ther
C
omprehensive
ncome

91



Statement of Financial Position

92



Statement of Changes in Equity 93


Statement of Cash Flows

94



Notes to the Financial Statements 95


Corporate Governance Report

121


Graphics
MANAGEMENT REPORT
for the year ended 30 September 2024
3
The Board of Directors of Tharisa plc (‘the Company’ or ‘Tharisa’) presents to the Members its management report together with the audited consolidated
financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries (together with the Company, ‘the Group’) and the separate financial statements of the Company
for the year ended 30 September 2024.
The Company is a Cypriot incorporated public company with a primary listing on the main board of the Johannesburg Stock Exchange, a secondary
standard listing on the main board of the London Stock Exchange and a secondary listing on the A2X Exchange in South Africa. The Group’s consolidated
financial statements and separate financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards as issued by the International
Accounting Standards Board, the Listings Requirements of the Johannesburg Stock Exchange and the requirements of the Cyprus Companies Law,
Cap. 113.
PRINCIPAL ACTIVITY
The principal activity of the Company is that of an investment holding company with controlling interests in platinum group metals (‘PGM’) and chrome
mining & processing and associated sales and logistics operations. The principal activity remains unchanged from the previous year. Its major investment
is its wholly-owned subsidiary, Tharisa Minerals Proprietary Limited (‘Tharisa Minerals’). Tharisa Minerals owns and operates the Tharisa Mine, an open
pit PGM and chrome mine located in the Bushveld Complex of South Africa. In addition, the Company has a 76.22% shareholding in Karo Mining Holdings
plc (‘Karo Mining’) which has an indirect 85% interest in a development stage PGM asset, located on the Great Dyke in Zimbabwe.
OPERATIONAL REVIEW
Operational highlights
▪︎ Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate (‘LTIFR’) of 0.00 per 200 000-man hours worked
▪︎ Chrome production at 1 702.6 kt (FY2023: 1 580.1 kt)
o Average metallurgical grade chrome concentrate prices up 13.7% at US$299/t (FY2023: US$263/t)
▪︎ PGM production at 145.1 koz (FY2023: 144.7 koz)
o Average PGM basket price retreated by 28.1% with average prices received at US$1 362/oz (FY2023: US$1 893/oz)
▪︎ Group cash on hand of US$223.7 million (including restricted bank deposit) with debt of US$106.2 million, resulting in a net cash position of
US$117.5 million
▪︎ Production guidance for FY2025 is set between 140 koz and 160 koz PGMs (6E basis) and 1.65 Mt to 1.8 Mt of chrome concentrates
THARISA MINERALS
Tharisa Minerals is 100% owned by Tharisa and is uniquely positioned as a significant co-producer of PGMs and chrome concentrates. Tharisa Minerals’
core asset is the Tharisa Mine, situated on South Africa’s western limb of the Bushveld Complex and home to more than 70% of the world’s platinum and
chrome resources.
Tharisa Minerals mines and processes five MG chromitite layers. The mined reef is processed through innovative engineering at two independent
processing plants, extracting PGMs and chrome concentrates. This combined co-product output reduces unit costs and positions Tharisa Minerals in the
lower cost quartile of operating costs in South Africa for both PGMs and chrome concentrates. Tharisa Minerals’ low unit costs, operating flexibility and
multiple polymetallic products have ensured that it is well placed to manage commodity price and exchange rate volatility. Its dual revenue streams provide
a natural hedge against different commodity cycles with the products used in various applications.
The Tharisa Mine remains a world-class, long-life asset that underpins our business and will continue to provide a sustainable, low-cost platform for multiple
generations to come.
Mining operations
Tharisa Minerals holds a Mining Right over 5 475 ha of land near the town of Rustenburg in the North West province of South Africa. The Mining Right
was granted on 19 September 2008 for an initial period of 30 years, providing access to MG chromitite layers, which outcrop with a strike length of
approximately 5 km. The open pit is divided into the east, west and far west pits and extracts reef mainly from five MG chromitite layers.
Processing
Tharisa Minerals’ two independent processing plants are designed to treat the MG chromitite layers of the Bushveld Complex. The smaller volume Genesis
Plant was commissioned in August 2011, with the PGM circuit in December 2011. The larger-volume Voyager Plant was commissioned in December
2012. Both plants operate above nameplate capacity following various upgrades and milled 5.6 Mt (2023: 5.4 Mt). The plants have a similar process flow
that includes crushing and grinding, primary removal of chrome concentrate by spirals, followed by PGM flotation from the chrome tails and a second spiral
recovery of chrome from PGM tails.
Operating in parallel, the separate plants provide processing flexibility and production stability by allowing one plant to be shut down without hampering
the production of the other. The modular design of the processing circuits will enable sections of the plant to be stopped without affecting the rest of the
operation (i.e. a crushing circuit can be stopped independently of the milling, spiral and flotation circuits).
The PGMs in the MG ore mined by Tharisa Minerals occur in the silicates. They are not associated with chromite, thus enabling the process of extracting
chrome before PGMs without sacrificing PGM recovery. This lowers the chrome content in the PGM circuit, resulting in much lower chrome content in the
PGM concentrate compared to typical UG2 operations. Base metal content in the MGs is also significantly lower than in Merensky and UG2 ores, resulting
in a low matte pull during smelting, reducing base metal refining requirements.

Graphics
MANAGEMENT REPORT
for the year ended 30 September 2024
4
Using off-the-shelf technology, the Genesis and Voyager processing plants are uniquely engineered to produce PGM and chrome concentrates. This
innovative approach to production has made Tharisa a world-class PGM and chrome concentrate co-producer.
A third high-volume plant, the Vulcan Plant, was commissioned in FY2021. The plant, which processes live tailings produced by the Voyager and Genesis
plants, ensures further beneficiation of the Company’s chrome production at the Tharisa Mine while reducing the unit output of carbon emissions.
The Vulcan Plant is the first large-scale plant to produce chrome concentrates from ultra-fines, consolidating Tharisa’s position as a key chrome producer.
The concept of Vulcan was developed entirely in-house by the research and development (R&D) team to extract the ultra-fine chrome from tailings.
Specialty chrome recovery circuits are integrated into the feed circuit of the Genesis Plant, known as the Challenger Plant. The Challenger Plant, owned
by fellow subsidiary Arxo Metals Proprietary Limited (‘Arxo Metals’), was commissioned in July 2013 and produces chemical and foundry-grade chrome
concentrates, significantly adding to the revenue diversification strategy of Tharisa.
Products
Average market prices
Year ended
30
Sep 202
4
Year ended
30
Sep 202
3
Year on year
movement %
Platinum
US$/oz
942
981
(3.9)
Palladium
US$/oz
1
002
1
594
(37.1)
Rhodium
US$/oz
4
467
8
992
(50.3)
42% metallurgical chrome concentrate
US$/t CIF China
299
263
13.6
PGM concentrate:
PGM concentrate is produced from both processing facilities. The concentrate produced from the Voyager Plant is of a higher grade than the concentrate
from the Genesis Plant due to the different chromitite reefs treated by the respective plants. The major component of the PGMs is platinum, followed by
palladium and rhodium, as measured by volume.
Metallurgical grade chrome concentrate
The typical metallurgical grade Tharisa produces is 40.0% to 42.0% chrome (as Cr
2
O
3
) with the silica (SiO
2
) lower than 5.0%.
Chemical-grade chrome concentrate
The typical chemical grade produced by Tharisa is 44.0% to 46.0% Cr
2
O
3
, with the SiO
2
lower than 1.0%. This is a higher-value chromite product than the
metallurgical grade chrome concentrate.
Foundry-grade chrome concentrate
The typical foundry grade produced by Tharisa is 45.0% to 46.0% Cr
2
O
3
, with the SiO
2
lower than 1.0%. The American Foundryman Society Grain Fineness
number (AFS number) is managed between 45 and 50. As with the chemical-grade chromite, this is a higher-value chrome concentrate than the
metallurgical-grade chrome concentrate.
ARXO METALS: research and beneficiation
Arxo Metals is the beneficiation, research and development arm of the Group. Arxo Metals conducts extensive research into technologies and downstream
beneficiation opportunities that can potentially improve yields and recoveries at the Tharisa Mine. Its core focus is creating increased value for PGM and
chrome products through expanding and optimising the Group’s processing operations. This is in line with Tharisa’s business philosophy and ethos focused
on maximising the economic value of the commodities it mines, and as such the Company beneficiates its chrome into various products. The production
of PGM alloys, and now chrome alloys, are vital cogs in creating the circularity the Company strives for when beneficiating its commodities.
Arxo Metals owns the Challenger Plant, which is integrated into Tharisa MineralsGenesis Plant. The Challenger Plant is dedicated to producing chemical-
grade and foundry-grade concentrates. Specialty-grade concentrates carry more stringent specifications and, therefore, fetch a higher selling price. Arxo
Metals has an offtake agreement to sell its concentrates to customers globally in the chemical and foundry industries. Arxo Metals produced 77.4 kt of
chemical-grade chrome concentrate (2023: 72.6 kt) and 9.9 kt of foundry-grade chrome concentrate (2023: 11.8 kt) in FY2024.
Arxo Metals operates a comprehensive beneficiation site near Brits, 40 km from the Tharisa Mine. Incorporated at the beneficiation sites is the company’s
1 MW DC furnace, owned by Tharisa Minerals, which produces PGM alloy and is continuing its research work into refining processes. In August 2024,
Arxo Metals successfully produced 40 t of chrome alloy from a unique and proprietary process developed by its research and development business.
Chrome alloy production has traditionally been produced by smelting chrome ore and producing ferrochrome, which is then remelted in furnaces and
alloyed to produce various chrome-containing alloys. The ferrochrome smelting process is electricity intensive. Arxo Metals’ process not only sees this
proprietary chrome alloy production requiring less power but, with the recent signing of a 15-year Power Purchase Agreement (PPA) of wheeled renewable
energy with Etana Energy Proprietary Limited (Etana), Arxo Metals believes that the drive for ‘greener’ chrome from mine to final alloy production, is
attainable.

Graphics
MANAGEMENT REPORT
for the year ended 30 September 2024
5
Arxo Metals, which has successfully developed proprietary processes to produce specialty chrome (chemical and foundry grades at the Challenger Plant)
and for the recovery of fine chrome particles at the Vulcan Plant, with both plants in commercial production at the Tharisa Mine, has developed a proprietary
process to produce chrome alloy direct from smelting Tharisa-mined chrome. Using a pilot facility, it has proven the feasibility of the process. The first 40 t
of alloy produced using chrome from the Tharisa Mine were sold to a downstream customer producing chrome alloy products, and further contracts have
been fulfilled, with chrome alloy production continuing.
In the year under review, Arxo Metals made great strides in furthering its objectives of finding opportunities in the energy space. As such, the Arxo Metals
Renewable Energy Centre (AMREC) was established as an independent unit of Arxo Metals, focusing on energy storage solutions using our commodities,
including long-duration scalable storage solutions.
The Arxo team was instrumental in Tharisa entering into a long-term PPA for the procurement of wheeled renewable energy for the Tharisa Mine.
The 15-year agreement with Etana will see Etana provide up to 44% of the Tharisa Mine’s electricity energy demand via wheeled energy from wind and
solar farms in the Western Cape and Northern Cape using the existing electricity transmission grid. The wheeled energy is planned to come on stream in
2026. This transaction will enable the Tharisa Mine to manage its power costs better and benefit from the renewable energy certificates arising from the
transaction.
This wheeled energy will complement the Tharisa Mine’s 40 MW solar power plant being developed by TotalEnergies Renewables South Africa Proprietary
Limited and Chariot Transitional Power South Africa Proprietary Limited, which is designed to provide 30% of Tharisa Minerals energy needs. Notably, the
Etana PPA and the solar project will ensure that Tharisa Minerals’ drive to reduce its carbon footprint by 30% by 2030 is well within reach while
simultaneously guaranteeing predetermined power costs for a portion of power needs, with up to 76% of Tharisa Minerals’ energy needs being provided
by renewable energy from 2026 onwards under these agreements.
ARXO RESOURCES: trading
Arxo Resources Limited (‘Arxo Resources’), with a robust, established platform of global customers, including stainless steel and ferrochrome producers
and commodity traders, has the exclusive right to sell the metallurgical grade chrome concentrate produced by Tharisa Minerals to customers in China
and other international markets. The scale of Arxo Resources’ operations allows for direct access to market and price discovery. Its established contact
with customers also creates an excellent platform for additional sales of third-party products.
In FY2024, Arxo Resources sold 1.7 Mt (FY2023: 1.5 Mt) of metallurgical grade chrome concentrates, of which Tharisa Minerals produced 1.5 Mt.
ARXO LOGISTICS: Logistics provider to and from operations
Arxo Logistics Proprietary Limited (‘Arxo Logistics’) provides an integrated logistics platform that reduces the risk and costs of transporting concentrates.
It manages the road transportation of Tharisa Minerals’ PGM concentrates to Impala Platinum and Sibanye-Stillwater and the long-haul transportation of
chrome concentrates from the Tharisa Mine to international customers through bulk and container shipping. Due to inland logistical constraints on the rail
network, Arxo Logistics has expanded its footprint and operating ports to ensure greater flexibility and supply certainty for global customers. Arxo Logistics
now ships via Richards Bay Dry Bulk Terminal, Durban Port and the Maputo Harbour.
All material was delivered on time by Arxo Logistics. The logistics arm of the Group has the necessary road and rail transport capacity, warehousing
facilities and port facilities to manage Tharisa Minerals’ full production capacity. It also serves as a platform from which the Group can provide services to
additional third-party customers.
Arxo Logistics provided third-party logistics services during the year under review.
Arxo Logistics shipped a total of 1.7 Mt (FY2023: 1.5 Mt) of chrome concentrate, primarily to main ports in China, including third-party materials.
METQ
MetQ Proprietary Limited (‘MetQ’) is a South African-based company that specialises in manufacturing and distributing mineral processing equipment, with
a manufacturing facility based in Rosslyn, Pretoria, South Africa, becoming one of the market leaders in processes relying on particle sizing and gravity
concentration of various minerals. Tharisa acquired MetQ with effect from 1 October 2019.
MetQ developed and built its own polyurethane spraying equipment to spray solventless polyurethane as a wear-resistant coating. With this spraying
system, spirals could be manufactured to rival the best international offerings and bring enormous cost savings for the mining industry. MetQ has expanded
its spiral range to include custom-designed units to ensure maximum efficiency in gravity separation circuits that recover numerous minerals. Products like
hydrocyclones, hydrosizers and screening media were also developed and added to the range. Research and development are the keystones to MetQ’s
success and ensures future growth.
MetQ achieved ISO 9001:2015 certification during 2024.
MetQ supplies spirals to the Tharisa Group operations and other engineering equipment required by the Group while expanding its footprint to third-party
customers in multiple commodities.

Graphics
MANAGEMENT REPORT
for the year ended 30 September 2024
6
MetQ products
• Hydrocyclones
• Spirals
• Hydrosizers
• Steel fabrication
• Screen media
• Other plant accessories
KARO MINING
Karo Platinum (Private) Limited (‘Karo Platinum’) is an open-pit PGM asset under construction, located on the Great Dyke in Zimbabwe.
Tharisa has a holding of 76.66% in Karo Mining. With a commitment to provide further equity capital, Tharisa will increase its shareholding in Karo Mining
to 80%. Karo Mining controls an indirect 85% of the shareholding of Karo Platinum, with the Republic of Zimbabwe (through Generation Minerals Private
Limited) holding the remaining 15% on a free-funded carry basis. Tharisa will have an effective 68% in the Karo Platinum Project following the fulfilment
of its capital commitments.
Zimbabwe has a long history of safe and successful mining. Karo Platinum is set to contribute significantly to GDP and provides a sustainable, long-life
integrated mining operation through Tharisa’s proven world-class development approach for projects such as Karo Platinum.
The mining lease area for the Karo Platinum Project covers an area of 23 903 ha. It is situated in the southern portion of the middle chamber of the Great
Dyke and is supported by good infrastructure, including tarred roads and power access in the project area.
The Great Dyke is a PGM-bearing geological feature that runs north to south. At approximately 550 km in length and up to 11 km wide, it is second to the
Bushveld Complex of South Africa’s PGM resource base.
The Karo Platinum Project area is located on both the eastern and western flanks of the Great Dyke, which hosts the Main Sulphide Zone (MSZ). There
is no outcrop as the mafic and ultramafic rocks weather easily to black cotton soil. The area is underlain by both the mafic and ultramafic sequences
dipping at 20° to the east on the western side of the Great Dyke and 32° to the west on the eastern side of the Great Dyke. The MSZ is estimated to be
approximately 700 m deep at the southern end of the tenement, up to 1 000 m deep in the centre and 600 m deep in the northern end of the tenement.
Community development
The Karo Platinum Project is a Tier 1 resource and a multi-generational asset. Construction at the Karo Platinum Project officially commenced on
7 December 2022. Development continues steadily, with value engineering, mining and process optimisation running parallel. The fiscal regime with the
Government of Zimbabwe necessary for a Tier 1 project is being finalised. However, this and current commodity market conditions are impacting the
funding workstreams and timeline for the delivery of this project. Accordingly, a measured decision was taken to slow the project timeline, continuing with
smaller work packages, aligned with funding availability. The Karo Platinum Project has progressed well despite the slowdown, and smaller work packages
have been completed on time and within budget.
Karo remains a world-class Tier 1 development project producing commodities required for the decarbonisation of the planet. While the delay in the timeline
is a setback, it needs to be viewed in the context of a multi-generational project with a massive upside to the resource once phase 1 has been completed.
SALENE CHROME
Salene Chrome (Private) Limited (‘Salene Chrome’) is a development stage, low-cost, open-pit asset located in the Great Dyke in Zimbabwe.
Salene Chrome was placed on care and maintenance following the introduction of a ban on exports of chrome concentrates by the Government of
Zimbabwe and the business case is pending a review.
REDOX ONE
Long-duration energy storage (LDES) is necessary as the world shifts towards renewable energy. Redox One Limited’s (‘Redox One’) iron-chromium
Redox Flow Batteries (Fe Cr RFBs) provide a safe, cost-effective and scalable solution that aligns with the growing needs of a decarbonised world. The
energy storage market is growing exponentially in value and is expected to reach US$3 trillion by 2040. Redox One leads this transformative industry,
powering progress for future generations.
Redox One is dedicated to pioneering a sustainable energy future by delivering safe, reliable, cost-effective, large-scale energy storage solutions to
industries, communities and nations. Redox One’s mission is to accelerate the clean energy transition with iron-chromium flow battery technology, resulting
in long-term solutions for the global energy crisis.
Redox One’s technology embodies sustainability. It is a crucial step towards a decarbonised world. According to the International Energy Association (IEA)
by 2030, the world is projected to grow intermittent renewables by 3X, reaching nearly 50% of the electricity generation capacity. To shift renewables
generation to periods of demand, there is a corresponding growing need for LDES systems that will enable the continued growth of intermittent renewables
such as wind and solar. These systems must be sustainable, be capable of growing to a very large commercial scale, have minimum restrictions on siting
and have multi-decade project lifetimes. Redox One’s solutions offer precisely that.

Graphics
MANAGEMENT REPORT
for the year ended 30 September 2024
7
Partnerships are the cornerstone of progress. Redox One’s journey to revolutionise the global energy landscape would not be possible without the network
of partnerships it has forged.
Redox One will provides the Group with something invaluable: a consistent and uninterrupted supply of iron-chromium. This will ensure that the Group has
the essential resources required to power our batteries for decades to come, not just securing our present but also building a sustainable future.
MARKET REVIEW
PGM prices were depressed throughout the past year as factors such as destocking and the future of PGMs dominated supply-demand fundamentals.
The average annual PGM price saw a decrease of 28% to US$1 362/oz (FY2023: US$1 893/oz). This meant that in the first half of the year under review,
the PGM market suffered from pricing pressure, with the effect of low prices manifesting itself in industry wide production cutbacks and shaft closures.
This was exacerbated by excess inventory in the PGM pipeline, which, contrary to forecasts, did stretch into the latter part of the year as PGM prices
continued to be constrained by the latency of pipeline destocking.
Tharisa remains firmly of the opinion that the PGM prices over the next 12 to 24 months will be higher, fuelled by the continued evidence that the internal
combustion engine will remain relevant for a much longer time to come, and our firm view that hybrid drivetrains are an integral part of the transportation
mix. Furthermore, the physical platinum market is entering a longer period of supply deficit, which should be a catalyst for higher platinum prices in the
near term. This, coupled with the hydrogen economy, we will see strong demand for PGM metals due to their unique chemical properties.
We maintain our view that scientific and real-world applications continue to be presented in the hydrogen economy, with capital being promoted for this
new type of application, thus creating stronger prominence and highlighting the significance of PGMs in this application.
South Africa hosts the largest chromite reserves in the world, with annual production measured both in local sales and export sales, making up two-thirds
of the world’s total production. China imported approximately 90% of South Africa’s exports. Indonesia remains an essential player in the downstream
chrome industry, with Tharisa supplying some of Indonesia’s most modern and largest ferrochrome smelters.
Chrome prices were strong in the period under review on the back of the fundamentals of the chrome market, with real growth in stainless steel driven by
demand from China and beyond. Average annual metallurgical grade chrome concentrate prices were up 13.7% at US$299/t (FY2023: US$263/t), with
Tharisa producing 1 702.6 kt (FY2023: 1 580.1 kt), the highest output in the history of the Company.
Significantly, Tharisa successfully delivered on its beneficiation strategy with production of chrome alloy and testing upscaled batteries at Redox One.
Tharisa remains a significant player in the global chrome industry, supplying approximately 10% to 12% of China’s annual demand for the metal.
Tharisa remains a significant player in the speciality chrome market, with roughly a fifth of the average annual chrome output delivered into these markets.
The prices of these products (chemical and foundry chrome) attract a premium over metallurgical grade chrome ore.
With the stainless steel market in the Far East needing close to 2 Mt of chrome concentrate a month and the industry projected to grow at some 3%, the
fundamentals for chrome remain strong, particularly as logistics, both inland in South Africa and sea freight, remain complex, yet manageable. Any
economic stimulus in China and beyond will provide solid support for the chrome market.
FINANCIAL RESULTS AND OVERVIEW
The Group’s results are set out on page 32 of the consolidated financial statements while the results of the Company are set out on page 91. The results
of the Group have been audited and the auditors have expressed an unqualified audit opinion.
Key financial metrics
30 September
2024
30
September
2023
Change
%
Revenue
US$’000
721
394
649
893
11.0
EBITDA
US$’000
17
7
626
136
812
29.8
Profit before tax
US$’000
117
679
114
340
2.9
Earnings per share
US$ cents
27.7
27.4
1.1
Free cash flow
US$’000
5
838
77
865
(92.5)
Return on invested capital
%
11.1
10.5
5.7
Total debt
US$’000
106
183
139
656
(24.0)
Net cash
US$’000
117
492
129
357
(9.2)
Net debt/EBITDA
(0.66)
(0.95)
30.5
Net debt/equity
%
(15.1)
(19.2)
(21.4)
Exchange rate (ZAR:US$)
-
average
18.5
18.2
1.6

Graphics
MANAGEMENT REPORT
for the year ended 30 September 2024
8
Segmental analysis
The contribution to revenue and gross profit from the respective segments is summarised below:
30 September 2024
US$ million
PGM
Chrome
Agency and trading
Manufacturing
Total
Revenue
154.5
491.3
68.5
7.1
721.4
Cost of sales
(111.3)
(358.3)
(62.5)
(4.7)
(536.8)
Manufacturing
(110.8)
(225.5)
(44.7)
(4.7)
(385.7)
Selling costs
(0.5)
(96.3)
(11.5)
-
(108.3)
Freight services
-
(36.5)
(6.3)
-
(42.8)
Gross profit
43.2
133.0
6.0
2.4
184.6
Gross profit margin
28.0%
27.1%
8.8%
33.8%
25.6%
Sales
volumes
141.8 koz
1
747.5 kt
186.2 kt
30 September 2023
US$ million
PGM
Chrome
Agency and trading
Manufacturing
Total
Revenue
198.5
390.0
56.0
5.4
649.9
Cost of sales
(153.8)
(287.8)
(50.7)
(4.3)
(496.6)
Manufacturing
(153.2)
(177.0)
(37.3)
(4.3)
(371.8)
Selling costs
(0.6)
(78.7)
(9.0)
-
(88.3)
Freight services
-
(32.1)
(4.4)
-
(36.5)
Gross profit
44.7
102.2
5.3
1.1
153.3
Gross profit margin
22.5
26.2
9.5
20.4
23.6
Sales volumes
144.0 koz
1
530.6 kt
187.2 kt
The basis of the allocation of shared costs was revised to 68.0% for chrome (2023: 55.0%) and 32.0% for PGMs (2023: 45.0%). The basis of the allocation
of shared costs is driven by relative sales values at Tharisa Minerals for each segment. As a result of the 13.6% increase in realised chrome prices followed
by the 28.1% decrease in the PGM basket price, the basis of the allocation of shared costs was revised accordingly. The allocation is reviewed semi-
annually.
PGM revenue decreased by 22.1% year on year as a result of a 28.1% decrease in PGM basket prices over the year. PGM production remained relatively
consistent at 145.0 koz despite reduced recoveries as a result of a culmination of limiting factors, including the processing of weathered purchased ore
and the consequent processing of suboptimal reef blends.
Rhodium prices averaged US$4 469.8/oz (2023: US$9 224.0/oz) for the period, a decrease of 51.5%. Platinum prices averaged US$942.9/oz (2023:
US$970.8/oz), a decrease of 2.9% and palladium prices averaged US$999.9/oz (2023: US$1 605.2/oz), a decrease of 37.7%.
During FY2024, metallurgical grade (met-grade) chrome production increased by 1.7% whilst speciality grade chrome production increased by 44.4%,
albeit off a low base. Chrome sales volumes remained robust during the period with an increase of 15.7% contributing to the 26.0% increase in chrome
revenue. Chrome prices remained elevated relative to historical pricing during the period further contributing to the increase in chrome revenue year on
year.
Costs
The following analysis computes the cash costs (i.e. excluding non-cash flow items such as depreciation) on a per cube and per ROM tonne mined for
mining costs and then analyses the major cost categories on a per tonne milled basis. Costs relating to deferred stripping of US$65.8 million (2023:
US$4.4 million) which are capitalised, were excluded from the per tonne milled analysis.
30 September
202
4
30 September
202
3
Change
%
Cubes mined
k
m
3
16
953
15
629
6.2
Cost per cube mined
US$/m
3
11.0
10.
8
2.1
Reef tonnes mined
k
t
4
642
4
177
11.1
Cost per reef tonne mined
*
US$/t
40.3
40.4
(0.4)
Tonnes milled
k
t
5
594
5
4
10
3.4
Consolidated cash cost per tonne milled
US$
67 8
6
1
.
6
10.2
* Excluding the cost of purchased ROM ore.
Average sea freight costs remained stable over the financial year at US$23.0/t (2023: US$22.9/t).

Graphics
MANAGEMENT REPORT
for the year ended 30 September 2024
9
Summary of results
Revenue for the period increased by 11.0% to USD721.4 million (2023: USD649.9 million) remaining resilient against the 28.1% decline in PGM prices
and benefitting from robust chrome sales volumes with an uptick of 13.6% in chrome prices.
Other operating expenses increased by 15.9% to US$66.6 million (2023: US$57.4 million). The largest cost component of other operating expenses was
employee related expenses of US$33.7 million which contributed 50.7% to total other operating expenses.
EBITDA totalled US$177.6 million (2023: US$136.8 million), a 29.8% increase primarily due to the strengthening of chrome prices and despite the decrease
in the PGM basket price. The increase in EBITDA may also be attributable to cost increases being below revenue growth followed by a 114.9% decrease
in foreign currency losses.
Finance costs for the year amounted to US$11.9 million (2023: US$7.1 million), a 67.6% increase emanating mainly from the drawn down of the US$80.0
million term loan.
The Group generated a profit before tax of US$117.7 million (2023: US$114.3 million), a 3.0% increase year on year.
The taxation charge totalled US$35.0 million (2023:US$27.6 million) with an effective tax rate of 29.8% (2023: 24.1%). Total cash taxes paid totalled
US$23.6 million (2023: US$30.0 million).
Taking into account the foreign currency translation reserve of US$32.7 million, total comprehensive income amounted to US$115.4 million (2023:
US$74.0 million), an increase of 55.9% year on year.
The ZAR:US$ volatility remained elevated during the financial year. The average ZAR:US$ exchange rate was ZAR18.5 (2023: ZAR18.2) while the closing
exchange rate was ZAR17.3 (2023: ZAR18.9).
Basic earnings per share for the financial year amounted to US 27.7 cents (2023: US 27.4 cents).
Return on invested capital for the year increased from 10.5% during FY2023 to 11.1% for FY2024.
Outlook
Production guidance for FY2025 is set between 140 koz and 160 koz PGMs (6E basis) and 1.65 Mt to 1.8 Mt of chrome concentrates.
Capital expenditure and commitments
Total capital expenditure amounted to US$195.0 million (2023: US$69.9 million). Of the total capital spent, US$24.2 million pertained to mining fleet and
US$164.0 million related to other mining assets. Total capital spent for the Karo Platinum Project amounted to US$84.1 million.
Total capital commitment at the financial year end totalled US$46.9 million (Karo Platinum: US$22.6 million):
▪︎ Contracted for property, plant, and equipment – US$46.1 million
▪︎ Authorised but not contracted for property, plant, and equipment – US$0.8 million.
Cash flows and working capital
Cash flows generated from operations before accounting for working capital movements amounted to US$182.9 million (2023: US$142.6 million).
Working capital movements for the year include the following:
▪︎ A decrease in inventories of US$12.2 million
▪︎ A decrease in trade and other receivables of US$18.8 million
▪︎ An increase in trade and other payables of US$9.8 million
Total cash additions to property, plant, and equipment for the year totalled US$195.0 million (2023: US$69.9 million). After taking into account, inter alia,
debt and interest repayments, there was a net decrease in cash and cash equivalents of US$41.6 million.
Cash and cash equivalents, including the restricted cash, totalled US$223.7 million at 30 September 2024 (2023: US$269.0 million). Net current assets
totalled US$184.0 million (2023: US$248.2 million).

Graphics
MANAGEMENT REPORT
for the year ended 30 September 2024
10
Definitions and calculation of non-IFRS Accounting Standards financial information
Return on invested capital: calculated on a twelve
-
month rolling basis being the net
operating profit after tax divided by the average invested capital (comprising total
assets less cash and non-interest-bearing short-term liabilities)
2024 2023
Results from operating activities
US$’000
119
555
94
691
Effective tax rate
%
2
9
.
8
24.
1
Results from operating activities
after tax
US$’000
83 928
71 870
Total assets
US$’000
1
207
802
1
088
044
Cash
and cash equivalents
US$’000
(217
675)
(255
300)
Non
-
interest
-
bearing short
-
term liabilities
Provisions
US$’000
(56
827)
(47
715)
Current taxation
US$’000
(877)
(766)
Other financial liabilities
US$’000
(40)
-
Trade and other
payables
US$’000
(105
732)
(93
464)
Contract liabilities
US$’000
(623)
(1
876)
Invested capital
US$’000
826
0
28
688
923
Average invested capital
US$’000
757
471
685
192
Return on invested capital
%
11.1
10.5
EBITDA
represents the sum of: results from operating activities and depreciation and
amortisation and write offs of property, plant and equipment
2024 2023
Results from operating activities
US$’000
119
555
94
691
Depreciation of property, plant and
equipment and amortisation of intangible assets
US$’000
54
722
39
239
Write off of property, plant and equipment
US$’000
1
940
3
454
Amortisation of intangible assets
US$’000
4
2
Other
US$’000
1
405
(574)
EBITDA
US$’000
177
626
136
812
Free cash flow:
net cash flow generated from operating activities less additions to
property, plant and equipment
Net cash flow generated from operating activities
204
549
148
269
Additions to property, plant and equipment
(cash flow statement)
(194
996)
(69
884)
Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment
1
930
129
Additions to intangible assets
(5
645)
(649)
Free cash flow
5 838
77 865
EBITDA margin: EBITDA divided by revenue
EBITDA
(above)
US$’000
177
626
136
812
Revenue
US$’000
721
394
649
893
EBITDA margin
%
24.6
21.1
Gross profit margin: net profit divided by revenue
Gross profit
US$’000
184
609
153
331
Revenue
US$’000
721
394
649
893
Gross profit
margin
%
25.6
23.6

Graphics

MANAGEMENT REPORT
for the year ended 30 September 2024




11

Net cash position: cash and cash equivalents (including the restricted bank deposit)
less total borrowings
2024 2023
Cash and cash equivalents

US$’000

217

675


255

300


Long
-
term restricted bank deposit

US$’000

2

062


13

713


Short
-
term restricted bank deposit

US$’000

3

938


-


Long
-
term borrowings

US$’000

(50

366)

(76 385)

Short
-
term borrowings

US$’000

(55

817)

(63

271)

Net cash position

US$’000

117

492


129

357





Net debt to equity: net cash position
divided by total equity




Net cash position

US$’000

117

492


129

357


Total equity

US$’000

779

563


675

176


Net debt to equity


(15.1)

(19.2)





Net debt to EBITDA: net cash and cash equivalents (including the restricted bank
deposit) position divided by EBITDA



Net cash position (above)

US$’000

117

492


129

357


EBITDA (above)

US$’000

177

626


136

812


Net debt to EBITDA

%

0
.
66


0
.
95






Interest bearing debt to equity: total borrowings divided by total equity








Long
-
term borrowings

US$’000

50

366


76

385


Short
-
term borrowings

US$’000

55

817


63

271


Total borrowings

US$’000

106

183


139

656






Total equity

US$’000

779

563


675

176


Interest
-
bearing debt to equity

%

1
3
.
6


20.7






Net current assets: current assets less current liabilities








Current assets

US$’000

403

973


455

252


Current liabilities

US$’000

219

916


207

092


Net current assets

US$’000

184

057


248

160



TASK FORCE ON CLIMATE-RELATED FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES (‘TCFD’)
In accordance with the UK Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) Listing Rules, entities listed in the UK must disclose in accordance with the TCFD
recommendations and disclosures effective from 2023. To comply with this requirement, the Group has referenced its integrated annual report against the
recommendations and disclosures in compliance with the TCFD. The Group will publish its annual report during December 2024 which will be available
on the Group’s website: www.tharisa.com.Since the Annual Report contains information about the Group’s sustainability, environmental and climate related
matters, social responsibility and governance, the Company believes it is more appropriate to include the TCFD disclosures as part of the Annual Report
as it provides a holistic overview of the Group’s business. In addition, the Annual Report has been referenced against the recommendations and disclosures
in compliance with the TCFD. Various sustainability development goals (‘SDG’) relevant to the Group’s environmental and social risks and the Group’s
commitment to these development goals have been included in the Annual Report. The Group’s sustainability strategy aligns with the SDGs adopted by
the United Nations, focusing on specifically nine SDGs where the Group can have the most substantial social and environmental impact. The majority of
the Group’s SDGs are of a long-term nature, but the Group believes significant progress has been made in achieving these targets. Refer to the Annual
Report available on the Group’s website: www.tharisa.com.

CHANGES IN THE GROUP STRUCTURE
There were no changes to the group structure during the year ended 30 September 2024, however, the Company increased its shareholding in Karo
Mining. During the year ended 30 September 2024 Karo Mining issued an additional 2 784 new ordinary shares for a cash subscription of US$20.0 million
to the Company. The additional shares issued represented 1.22% of the issued share capital of Karo Mining which increased the Company’s shareholding
to 76.22%.

Refer to note 23 of the consolidated financial statements and note 10 of the separate financial statements.



Graphics

MANAGEMENT REPORT
for the year ended 30 September 2024




12

RELATED PARTIES
From time to time, the Group concludes transactions with related parties. Outstanding balances at year-end are unsecured and settlement occurs in cash
and are disclosed in the ensuing consolidated financial statements (refer to note 34) and the separate financial statements (refer to note 20).

DIVIDENDS
During the year ended 30 September 2024, the Company declared and paid a final dividend of US 2.0 cents per share in respect of the financial year
ended 30 September 2023. In addition, an interim dividend of US 1.5 cents per share was declared and paid in respect of the financial year ended
30 September 2024.

During the year ended 30 September 2023, the Company declared and paid a final dividend of US 4.0 cents per share in respect of the financial year
ended 30 September 2022. In addition, an interim dividend of US 3.0 cents per share was declared and paid in respect of the financial year ended
30 September 2023.

On 27 November 2024, the Board proposed a final dividend of US 3.0 cents per share, subject to the necessary shareholder approval at the Annual
General Meeting.

CONTINGENCIES AND COMMITMENTS
The Group’s contingencies and commitments are disclosed in notes 35 and 36 to the consolidated financial statements and note 21 to the separate
financial statements.

SHARE CAPITAL AND PREMIUM AND TREASURY SHARES
The authorised share capital of the Company comprises 10 000 million ordinary shares of US$0.001 each and 1 051 convertible redeemable preference
shares of US$1 each. At 30 September 2024, the issued and fully paid ordinary share capital comprised 295 204 391 (2023: 300 019 694) ordinary shares.
As at 30 September 2024 and the date of this report, treasury shares totalled 7 392 352 (2023: 2 577 049) ordinary shares (refer to note 23 to the
consolidated financial statements and note 14 to the separate financial statements).

During the year ended 30 September 2024, the Company repurchased 4 836 918 ordinary shares (nominal value of US$0.001 per share) for a total
consideration of US$5.0 million These shares are included in the treasury shares. At 30 September 2024, the repurchased shares represent 1.6% of the
issued ordinary share capital. The Board believed that the Company’s shares were trading at a significant discount, having been negatively impacted by
the PGM commodity price environment while not reflecting the strong co-product contribution from its chrome sales. The Group is committed to capital
discipline and believes that the share repurchase supports this.

All ordinary shares other than for the treasury shares rank equally with regard to the Company's residual assets. The holders of ordinary shares, other
than the treasury shares, are entitled to receive dividends as declared from time to time and are entitled to one vote per share at meetings of the Company.

There are no restrictions in the exercising of voting rights of shares issued by the Company.

SIGNIFICANT SHAREHOLDERS
Refer to the Corporate Governance report for shareholders holding more than 5% of the issued share capital of the Company.

MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
The Board of Directors, during the year, as at 30 September 2024 and the date of this report are:

Loucas Christos Pouroulis Executive Chairman
Phoevos Pouroulis Chief Executive Officer
Michael Gifford Jones Chief Finance Officer
Carol Bell Lead Independent Non-Executive Director
John David Salter Independent Non-Executive Director
Omar Marwan Kamal Independent Non-Executive Director
Roger Owen Davey Independent Non-Executive Director
Gloria Zvaravanhu* Independent Non-Executive Director
Antonios Djakouris** Independent Non-Executive Director
Shelley Wai Man Lo Non-Executive Director
Chen Hao*** Non-Executive Director
* Appointed 21 February 2024
** Resigned 21 February 2024
*** Appointed 1 October 2024
In line with the best practice and the Group’s commitment to diversity, the Board of Directors takes into account diversity, equality and inclusion aspects
when making new Board appointments and considering the composition of the Board. As of 30 September 2024, there are three female members on the
Board, equivalent to 30% of the Board. The lead independent director is female while another female director, Gloria Zvaravanhu, is from an ethnic,

Graphics

MANAGEMENT REPORT
for the year ended 30 September 2024




13

minority background. Whilst Tharisa is not currently meeting a target of 40% female representation on its Board of Directors, the Board will pursue
opportunities to increase the number of female and racially and ethnically diverse Board members over time, provided that it is consistent with the skills
and diversity requirements of the Board.


There has been no other change in the composition or the allocation of responsibilities of the Board of Directors’ of the Company between
30 September 2024 and the date of approval of the consolidated and separate financial statements.


Graphics
MANAGEMENT REPORT
for the year ended 30 September 2024
14
DIRECTORS’ INTEREST
The interest in the share capital of the Company, both direct and indirect, of the Board of Directors is disclosed below:
30 September
2024
30 September
2023
%
%
LC Pouroulis
0.42
0.41
P Pouroulis
2.73
2.69
MG Jones
0.24
0.24
A Djakouris
-
0.01
C Bell
0.02
0.02
Total
3.41
3.37
The interest percentage represents the percentage of voting rights. There has been no change in the Board of Directors’ interests in the share capital of
the Company between 30 September 2024 and the date of approval of the consolidated and Company financial statements.
COMPANY SECRETARIES
Sanet Findlay serves as the Company Secretary. Lysandros Lysandrides serves as the Assistant Company Secretary. The Board of Directors formally
assessed and considered the performance and qualifications of the Company Secretaries and is satisfied that they are competent, suitably qualified and
experienced. They are not directors of the Company, nor are they related or connected to any of the Directors and the Board of Directors is satisfied that
they maintain an arm's length relationship with the Board of Directors. Their contact details are as follows:
Sanet Findlay Lysandros Lysandrides
2nd Floor, The Crossing 31 Evagoras Avenue
372 Main Road Evagoras House, 6
th
Floor
Bryanston, 2191 Nicosia
South Africa Cyprus
The Company Secretaries are available to advise all Directors to ensure compliance with the Board procedures. A procedure is also in place to enable
Directors, if they so wish, to seek independent professional advice at the Group’s expense.
EVENTS AFTER THE REPORTING PERIOD
Events after the reporting period are disclosed in note 37 to the consolidated financial statements and note 22 to the separate financial statements.
DIRECTORS’ AND MANAGEMENT REMUNERATION
Directors’ remuneration is disclosed in note 11 to the consolidated financial statements and note 6 to the separate financial statements. Key management’s
remuneration is disclosed in note 34 to the consolidated financial statements. There has been no significant change in the remuneration of the Board of
Directors’ and key management of the Company between 30 September 2024 and the date of approval of the consolidated financial statements.
ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
Refer to the Corporate Governance Report for provisions relating to how Articles of Association may be amended.
COMPANY’S INTERNAL CONTROL AND RISK MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS IN RELATION TO THE FINANCIAL REPORTING PROCESS
Refer to the Corporate Governance Report for provisions relating to internal control and risk management.
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
During the year ended 30 September 2024, the independent auditors of the Group and Company, Ernst & Young Cyprus Ltd, resigned and BDO Limited
(incorporated in Cyprus) was appointed. BDO Limited has expressed its willingness to continue in office. A resolution giving authority to the Board of
Directors to fix their remuneration will be proposed at the Annual General Meeting.
BRANCHES
A subsidiary of the Company, Redox One Limited established a branch in Germany during the year ended 30 September 2023. The branch was fully
operational during the year ended 30 September 2024.

Graphics
MANAGEMENT REPORT
for the year ended 30 September 2024
15
GOING CONCERN
These consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis.
Refer to notes 23 and 33 to the consolidated financial statements and notes 14 and 19 to the separate financial statements for statements on the Group’s
objectives, policies and processes for managing its capital, details of its financial instruments and hedging activities; its exposures to market risk in relation
to commodity prices and foreign exchange risks; interest rate risk; credit risk; and liquidity risk.
ENVIRONMENTAL
The Group has a legal obligation to rehabilitate the mining area, once the mining operations cease (refer to note 24 to the consolidated financial statements).
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
The Group’s approach to research and development is founded on its core value of innovation. The Group strives to push through established boundaries
and limitations within existing processing and product development, optimizing processes and challenging convention. The development of downstream
beneficiation of the Group’s PGMs is part of its philosophy of capturing value and margin down the supply chain and ultimately being in control of metal
flows through to direct sales.
CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY
Sustainability starts with a corporate value system that upholds responsibilities to the planet and to people. This corporate value system is based on a
principled approach to doing business and is guided by the need to protect the environment, human rights and stakeholders that are affected by the
Group's businesses.
Sustainability is a blueprint for shared values and it is through sustainability that the Group is able to create additional value for its investors and for all of
its stakeholders including employees, contractors, suppliers, the communities in which it operates, and various levels of government.
On a broader basis, the Group subscribes to the Equator Principles and has embraced the Ten Principles of the UN Global Compact.
The Equator Principles are a risk management framework, adopted by financial institutions, for determining, assessing, and managing environmental and
social risk in projects. They are primarily intended to provide a minimum standard for due diligence to support responsible risk decision-making.
Tharisa Minerals is proud of its track record in minimising its environmental impact and, while it strives to improve further, it takes similar pride in its mature
and mutually beneficial relationships with the communities that border the Tharisa Minerals’ mine. The safety and health of the Group's employees is a
core value.
The Group not only understands its obligations to create social capital as enshrined in the Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act, but also
strives to achieve these obligations in ways that create ongoing positive social impacts.
The Group will be publishing its sustainability report within its Annual Report and it will be available on the Company’s website. The sustainability report
will contain information about safety and health, human resources, environmental matters, social development, and human rights.
STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
The Group believes that stakeholder engagement is a business imperative and that strong lines of communication between stakeholders ensure the
success of the Group and secure its place within the community. The Group’s stakeholder engagement strategy aims to maintain good working relations,
manages social risk and develops solutions to social challenges faced by its stakeholders. Tharisa’s stakeholder engagement framework will be further
developed for the new jurisdictions that it is entering as those operations are established.
HUMAN RESOURCES
The Group considers the wellbeing of employees central to its success and strives to maintain exemplary working standards, ensure job satisfaction and
create opportunities for professional growth. The Group’s human resources policy focuses on creating a positive atmosphere at all offices and facilities to
maximise productivity. The Group’s future success will partly depend on its ability to continue to attract, retain and motivate key employees and qualified
personnel, in particular an experienced management team.
Adequate remuneration packages, which are in line with or in excess of market levels, are offered to all employees and key managers. The Human
Resource function regularly monitors salary levels and other benefits to ensure that the Group’s remuneration packages are adequate.
NON-FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The Group will be publishing its non-financial information within its Annual Report that will be issued within four months after the balance sheet date and
will be available on the company’s website: www.tharisa.com.

Graphics
MANAGEMENT REPORT
for the year ended 30 September 2024
16
PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES
The Group’s critical estimates and judgements and financial risk management are disclosed in notes 3 and 33 to the consolidated financial statements
and notes 3 and 19 to the separate financial statements. Additional disclosure on financial risk and judgement is disclosed in each note to the financial
statements.
The Group’s contingencies, commitments and guarantees are disclosed in notes 35 and 36 to the consolidated financial statements and notes 20 and 21
to the separate financial statements.
The Tharisa Group understands that it operates in a dynamic business environment that is inherently characterised by change and uncertainty, therefore,
we understand that risk management is a critical success factor and view our risk management process as a strategic enabler in the achievement of our
strategic objectives and the maintenance of resilience in delivering shareholder value.
Risk management process
Our proactive and integrated risk management approach is central to both operational and strategic decision-making which enhances resilience and
safeguards the Group’s value whilst also exploiting identified opportunities to best serve the long-term interest of all our stakeholders.
Our risk management is a systematic and rigorous process that involves continuous communication & consultation, setting internal and external context
for identifying, analysing, evaluating, & treating risk, reporting and recording the outcomes and monitoring & reviewing.
Accountability and governance
Our enterprise risk management process is a strategic initiative fully supported by the board and executive management. The Executive Committee (‘Exco’)
constantly monitors risks, while the Risk Committee oversees the process. Exco maintains a quarterly-reviewed risk register, with updates reported to the
Board twice a year, ensuring accountability and strategic oversight.
Principal risks
Our principal risks are risks that the Group considers to be a threat to the achievement of its strategic objectives. In the tables that follow we have included
a summary of our principal risks, key drivers, impact, mitigation strategies and comments.
The principal risk report is based on changes in residual risk rating as a result of ongoing quarterly reviews and as such, could change significantly as a
result of both internal and external factors that drive these risks to materialise. Our risk ratings are derived from a calculated mitigation impact of the
unwanted event. The top 11 principal risks are arranged from highest to lowest risk score. Principal risks are prioritised, with treatment strategies designed,
implemented and continuously monitored to ensure effectiveness in managing them to acceptable levels.

Graphics
MANAGEMENT REPORT
for the year ended 30 September 2024
17
2024
Ranking
Risk Risk description & Key drivers Impact Mitigation
2025
Ranking
Trend
2024 vs
2025
Forward
looking
Comments
1
Health and
safety
Failure to achieve zero harm and maintain a healthy
workplace.
Key Drivers:
- Employee behaviour
- Our business partners’ health and safety
compliance maturity is not aligned to Tharisas
- Lack of internal standards control
- Lack of organisational system applications for real
time monitoring of incidents
- Inadequate alignment of risk management
- Operational stoppages
(Section 54 by the
Department of Minerals and
Petroleum Resources) which
has an impact on production.
- Decreased employee
wellness and quality of life
- Isometrix application for real time monitoring &
reporting of SHE incidents
- Document Management System (DMS) to
standardise and centralise documents
- Contractor onboarding system to ensure
compliance to the MHSA for our business
partners
- Standardised Operational Risk Management
procedure/ framework
- Management of Change procedure
- Safe Life Behaviours
- Fatal Hazard Code awareness and self-
assessments
- Group standards self-assessments
1 No change
Employees’ health and safety
remains a top value and priority.
We are dedicated to continued
implementation of our SHE
strategy with a focus on health
and safety improvement in our
quest for Zero Harm even though
a good safety performance has
been demonstrated in the recent
past.
2
Political
uncertainty (S.A)
Ongoing policy uncertainty
Key Drivers:
- National coalition government in SA between
parties with differing manifestos
- Decline in foreign
investment
- Closely monitoring the political land scape to
adapt where needed
- Government and community engagement
8 Down

Graphics
MANAGEMENT REPORT
for the year ended 30 September 2024
18
2024
Ranking
Risk Risk description & Key drivers Impact Mitigation
2025
Ranking
Trend
2024 vs
2025
Forward
looking
Comments
3
Regulatory non-
compliance &
Legislative
changes
Failure to comply with authorisation conditions,
obtain amendments to current authorisations and
other mining regulations.
Key drivers:
- Evolving regulations as a result of political
developments
- Changes in societal expectations and the public
perception of mining activities.
- Failure to comply with management processes will
threaten the ability to adhere to regulations and
permits.
- Delays in authorization process due to ever
changing regulatory requirements.
- Delays to projects and
disruption to existing
operations resulting in
financial loss
- Legal claims and regulatory
actions, fines and
reputational damage.
- Legal guidance/ advice and regular updates on
changing regulatory requirements
- Regular engagements with relevant authorities
to strengthen relationships
- Community forum established
- MHSA SHE alerts on newly introduced,
updated and obsolete laws / regulations/
legislations
6 Down
Tharisa prioritises compliance with
all regulatory bodies to ensure
sustainable mining practices. By
adhering to these regulations, we
demonstrate our commitment to
responsible and long-term
resource management.
4
Asset
concentration
Tharisa currently owns and operates one primary
producing asset located in South Africa.
Key drivers:
- Capital constrains
- Business interruption - The Group has invested in the development of
Karo Platinum.
- Focus on Research and Development and
commercialising projects such as Redox One
4 No change
This risk continues to be
monitored, taking all possible
opportunities for expansion into
account.
5
Global
commodity
prices
Volatility in commodity prices
Key drivers:
- Economic downturn impacting demand
- The Group’s revenues,
profitability and future growth
rate.
- The capacity to invest in
growth projects is constrained
during periods of low
commodity prices – which
may, in turn, affect future
performance.
- Maintaining a conservative balance sheet
- Proactive management of debt and cash
- Improvement and operational performance
targets.
- Regular updates of economic analysis and
ongoing product price assumptions discussions
with the Executive Managers and the Board.
- Multiple product streams. (PGM’s and chrome
concentrates)
2 Up
Macro-economic conditions
remain uncertain; that may result
in price volatility in the products
mined, and marketed, however,
our versatile group of metals give
Tharisa a competitive advantage
enabling us to adapt to market
fluctuations and sustain our
operational resilience.

Graphics
MANAGEMENT REPORT
for the year ended 30 September 2024
19
2024
Ranking
Risk
Risk description & Key drivers
Impact Mitigation
2025
Ranking
Trend
2024 vs
2025
Forward
looking
Comments
6
Financing and
liquidity
Inability to raise enough funds to meet financial
obligations, finance operations and sustain growth.
Key drivers:
- Static share price trading
- Debt funding capacity
- Greylisting’ of South Africa by the Financial Action
Task Force
- Tough financing and macroeconomic conditions
- Operational under performance
- Lower levels of cash flow,
profitability and valuation.
- Debt costs may increase
due to ratings agency
downgrades and the
possibility of restricted access
to funding.
- The Group may be unable
to complete investment
programme within the desired
timescales or achieve
expected values.
- Prudent financial planning,
- Maintaining a strong balance sheet.
3 Up
Tharisa remains committed to all
its stakeholders, applying financial
discipline ensuring long term
sustainability of the Group.
7
Customer
concentration
The bulk of Tharisa’s chrome production is exported
to China and Indonesia. This gives the Group
significant exposure to a single geographic market
although there are diverse customers)
Key drivers:
- Stainless steel market in China
- If a key customer is lost, it
can impact revenue.
- Loss of bargaining power.
- Business interruption
- Continuous stakeholder engagement
- Ongoing discussions on supply agreements
- Enforcement of supply agreements
- Investment in Research & Development for
beneficiation
7 No change
This risk continues to be
monitored, taking all possible
opportunities for alternative
markets into account.

Graphics
MANAGEMENT REPORT
for the year ended 30 September 2024
20
2024
Ranking
Risk Risk description & Key drivers
Impact Mitigation
2025
Ranking
Trend
2024 vs
2025
Forward
looking
Comments
9
Environmental
Risk and
Governance
(ESG)
Companies are facing increasing pressure from
investors, customers and regulators to address,
monitor and manage Environmental, Social and
Governance (ESG) risk.
Common ESG risks include those related to climate
change impact mitigation, environmental practices
and duty of care. From a social and governance risk
perspective, elements may include respect for
human rights, anti-bribery and corruption practices,
as well as compliance to relevant laws and
regulations.
Key Drivers:
- Inability to attain social license to operate.
- Lack of inclusive participation on business
opportunities for doorstep communities.
- Poor stakeholder engagement with the interested
and affected parties on issues that affect doorstep
communities.
- High unemployment rate within doorstep
communities.
- Cashflows negatively
affected
- Community unrest
- Reputational risk to Tharisa
- Environmental stewardship
- Monitoring of SLP programmes to ensure
completion of the identified projects
- Ringfenced community opportunities for
business and labour
- Ensuring compliance across the operational
permits from Regulators.
- Regular stakeholder engagement with
regulators and community structures.
5 Up
Climate change is one of the
defining challenges of our era and
our commitment to being part of
the global response presents both
opportunities and risks.
12
Labour Finding talent continues to be a major challenge for
mining and metals companies.
Key drivers:
- Increasingly competitive labour market
- The sector’s poor brand and perceptions around
License To Operate
- Aging workforce
Lack of continuity, knowledge
drain, decrease employee
engagement and morale,
increased recruitment costs
and business disruption
- Talent management framework
- Recruitment and selection policy
- Identification of scarce skills
- Upskilling or filling roles with internal
candidates, where possible
- Leveraging university and experiential
programs
- Participation in school career fairs within area of
influence
10 Up
We recognize our workforce as
our top one priority assets and are
committed to their continued
improvement and growth. We
strive to continue to maintain an
environment that encourages
employee contribution and attracts
new talent.

Graphics
MANAGEMENT REPORT
for the year ended 30 September 2024
21
2024
Ranking
Risk
Risk description & Key drivers
Impact Mitigation
2025
Ranking
Trend
2024 vs
2025
Forward
looking
Comments
15
Cyber security Loss or harm to our technical infrastructure and the
use of technology within the organisation from
malicious or unintentional sources.
Key drivers:
- Lack of user knowledge (employees).
- Lack of continuous software patching and updates.
- Lack of firewall rules to detect malicious attacks.
- Lack of network monitoring and strict network
boundaries.
- Lack of intrusion prevention system.
- Revenue loss and
reputational damage
- Exposure of confidential
information
- Business interruption
- Legal and regulatory
impacts (Protection of
Personal Information Act,
2013 (Act 4 of 2013) (POPIA)
implications)
- Cyber security awareness training, campaigns
- Unified email management system
- MS Defender| Intune| Darktrace.
- Ironscale| MultiFactorAuthetication.
- XG SOPHOS Firewalls| Darktrace AI|
- Annual vulnerability and penetration
assessment.
9 Up
During 2024, our controls
responded as planned and no
cyber-attack attempt resulted in
significant impacts for the Tharisa
group. Our cyber security
programs constantly evolve with
the continuously evolving risk
landscape.
New
Country risk
Karo Platinum
The political landscape in Zimbabwe is unstable
(frequent adjustments to policies).
Key drivers:
- Policy instability and unpredictable regulations
- Corruption
- Reserve bank rules and regulations around money
and currency.
- Poor infrastructure (power supply shortage and
deteriorated transport infrastructure)
- Liquidity constraints (the country has little or no
foreign currency reserves)
- Investor reluctance
- Increased operational costs
- Operational disruptions
- Erosion of profitability
- Difficulty repatriating profits
- Fixed-price contracts may
become unviable as inflation
drives up costs over time.
- Regular engagement with government and
regulatory authorities
- Political risk insurance
- Partnership with local stakeholders
- Indexing of contracts to inflation
- Cost control and efficiency
- Adequate cash reserve maintenance
- Pricing and contract flexibility
11 New
Tharisa has a well-thought-out
strategy, involving strong
community engagement, legal
safeguards, and contingency
plans for economic and political
instability. We remain vigilant in
the management of our risks and
maintain good relations with all
relevant stakeholders.

Graphics
MANAGEMENT REPORT
for the year ended 30 September 2024
22
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT
The Board is of the opinion that the Company is compliant with the JSE Listings Requirements and King IV in all material respects, other than having an
Executive Chairman. The former has been mitigated by the appointment of a Lead Independent Director (refer to the Corporate Governance Report).
On behalf of the Board of Directors
Phoevos Pouroulis Michael Jones
United Kingdom
27 November 2024

Graphics
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND THE CHIEF FINANCE OFFICER RESPONSIBILITY
STATEMENT
23
The directors, whose names are stated below, hereby confirm that:
The consolidated annual financial statements and company annual financial statements set out on pages 32 to 889 and 91 to 120 of this
document, fairly present in all material respects the financial position, financial performance and cash flows of Tharisa plc and subsidiaries and
of Tharisa plc company in terms of IFRS Accounting Standards;
To the best of our knowledge and belief, no facts have been omitted or untrue statements made that would make the consolidated annual
financial statements and separate annual financial statements false or misleading;
Internal financial controls have been put in place to ensure that material information relating to Tharisa plc and its consolidated subsidiaries
have been provided to effectively prepare the consolidated financial statements and company financial statements of Tharisa plc;
The internal financial controls are adequate and effective and can be relied upon in compiling the annual financial statements, having fulfilled
our role and function as executive directors with primary responsibility for implementation and execution of controls;
Where we are not satisfied, we have disclosed to the audit committee and the auditors any deficiencies in design and operational effectiveness
of the internal financial controls, and have remediated the deficiencies / taken steps to remedy the deficiencies; and
We are not aware of any fraud involving directors.
Phoevos Pouroulis Michael Jones
United Kingdom
27 November 2024

Graphics
23
STATEMENT BY THE MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE DRAFTING OF THE ANNUAL
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THARISA PLC ACCORDING TO THE UNITED KINGDOM
DISCLOSURE GUIDANCE AND TRANSPARENCY RULES (‘UK DTR’).
In accordance with DTR4.1 on Annual Financial Reporting, providing for the disclosure and transparency requirements for issuers whose
transferable securities are admitted to trading on a UK Recognised Investment Exchange, we, the members of the Board of Directors,
responsible for the preparation of the annual consolidated financial statements of Tharisa plc for the period ended 30 September 2024,
hereby declare that to the best of our knowledge:
(a) the financial statements, prepared in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards, give a true and fair view of the assets,
liabilities, financial position and profit of the Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole;
and
(b) the management report includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position of the
Company, and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole, together with a description of the principal
risks and uncertainties that they face.
Loucas Pouroulis Executive Chairman
Phoevos Pouroulis Chief Executive Officer
Michael Jones Chief Finance Officer
Carol Bell Lead independent non-executive director
Omar Kamal Independent non-executive director
David Salter Independent non-executive director
Roger Davey Independent non-executive director
Gloria Zvaravanhu Independent non-executive director
Shelley Lo Wai Man Non-executive director
Chen Hao Non-executive director
United Kingdom, 27 November 2024

Graphics
24
Independent Auditor’s Report
To the Members of Tharisa plc
Report on the Audit of the Consolidated and Parent Company Financial Statements
Opinion
Terry Kiely
Certified Public Accountant and Registered Auditor
for and on behalf of
BDO Limited
Certified Public Accountants and Registered Auditors
Nicosia
27 November 2024

Graphics
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE
INCOME
for the year ended 30 September 2024
32
20
2
4
20
2
3
Note
s
US$’000
US$’000
Revenue
5
721 394
649 893
Cost of sales
6
(536 785
)
(496 562)
Gross profit
184 609
153 331
Other income
7
986
2 372
Net foreign exchange gain
/(loss)
533
(3 590)
Other operating expenses
9
(66 573)
(57 422)
Results from operating activities
119 555
94 691
Finance income
10
8 597
4 772
Finance costs
10
(11 878)
(7 101)
Changes in fair value of financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
3
3
848
5 151
Changes in fair value of
financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
3
3
557
16 827
Profit before tax
117 679
114 340
Tax
12
(35 037)
(27 564)
Profit for the year
82 642
86 776
Other comprehensive
income/(
loss
)
Items that may be classified subsequently to profit or loss:
Foreign currency translation
differences
for foreign operations
32 721
(12 831)
Other comprehensive
income
/(
loss
)
, net of tax
32 721
(12 831)
Total comprehensive income for the year
115 363
73 945
Profit
/(loss)
for the year attributable to:
Owners of the
C
ompany
82 895
82 235
Non
-
controlling interest
(253)
4 541
82 642
86 776
Total comprehensive income
/(loss)
for the year attributable to:
Owners of the
C
ompany
115 616
69 404
Non
-
controlling interest
(253)
4 541
115 363
73 945
Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share (US cents)
13
27.7
27.4
D
iluted earnings per share (US
cent
s
)
13
27.0
27.2
The notes on pages 37 to 89 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


Graphics
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
as at 30 September 2024




33



20
2
4


20
2
3



Notes

US$’000


US$’000


Assets




Non
-
current assets




Property, plant and equipment

14

784 638


609 694


Intangible assets

15

7 261


1 555


F
inancial assets

17

9 561


19 834


Deferred tax assets

18

2 369


1 709


Total non
-
current assets


803 824


632 792






Current assets




Inventories

19

82 354


90 080


Trade and other receivables
20

92 194


103 741


Contract assets

21

507


1 876


Financial assets

17

4 384


2 404


Current taxation


6 859


1 851


Cash and cash equivalents

22

217 675


255 300


Total current assets


403 973


455 252


Total assets

1 207 802


1 088 044






Equity and liabilities




Share capital

and premium

23

346 314


346 296


Treasury shares

23

(5 004)

(3)

Other reserve

23

47 245


47 245


Foreign currency translation reserve

23

(172 629
)

(205 350)

Retained earnings

23

506 333


427 686


Equity attributable to owners of the Company


722 259


615 874


Non
-
controlling interests

23

57 323


59 302


Total equity


779 582


675 176







Non
-
current liabilities




Provisions
24

23 362


19 335


Borrowings

25

50 366


76 385


Other financial liabilities

26

-


11


Deferred tax liabilities

18

134 692


110 045


Total non
-
current liabilities


208 420


205 776






Current liabilities




Provisions
24

56 827


47 715


Borrowings

25

55 817


63 271


Other financial liabilities

26

40


-


Current taxation


877


766


Trade and other payables
27

105 732


93 464


Contract liabilities

28

507


1 876


Total current liabilities


219 800


207 092


Total liabilities


428 220


412 868


Total equity and liabilities


1 207 802


1 088 044



The consolidated financial statements were authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 27 November 2024
.


Phoevos Pouroulis


Michael Jones


Director


Director



The notes on pages 37 to 89 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


Graphics
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
for the year ended 30 September 2024
34
Attributable to owners of the Company
Share
capital
Share
premium
Treasury
shares
Other
reserve
Foreign
currency
translation
reserve
Retained
earnings Total
Non-
controlling
interest
Total equity
Notes
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
Balance at 1 October 2023 303
345 993
(3)
47 245
(205 350)
427 686 615 874
59 302
675 176
Total comprehensive income for the year
Profit for the year
-
-
-
-
-
82 895
82 895
(253)
82 642
Other comprehensive income
Foreign currency translation
differences
23
-
-
-
-

32 721

-
32 721
-
32 721
Total comprehensive income
/(loss)
for the year
-
-
-
-
32 721
82 895
115 616
(253)
115 363
Transactions with owners of the Company
Contributions by and distributions to owners
Dividends paid
3
8
-
-
-
-
-
(
10 480
)
(10 480)
-
(10 480)
Issue of ordinary shares
23
-
18
-
-
-
-
18
-
18
Ordinary shares repurchased
23
-
-
(5 001)
-
-
-
(5 001)
-
(5 001)
Increase in shareholding of subsidiaries – Karo
Mining Holdings plc 23 -
-
-
-
-
1 726 1 726
(1 726)
-
Equity
-
settled share
-
based payments
8, 23
-
-
-
-
-
4 248
4 506
-
4 506
Contributions by and distributions to owners of the
Company
-
18
(5 001
)
-
-
(4 248)
(9 231)
(1 726)
(10 957)
Total transactions with owners of the Company
-
18
(5 001
)
-
-
(4 248)
(9 231)
(1 726)

(10 957)
Balance at
30 September 2024
303
3
346 011
(5 001
)
47 245
(172 629
)
506 333
722 259
57 323
779 582
Companies, which do not distribute 70% of their profits after tax, as defined by the relevant tax law in Cyprus, within two years after the end of the relevant tax year, will be deemed to have distributed this amount as dividend on
the 31
December of the second year. The amount of the deemed dividend distribution is reduced by any actual dividend already distributed by 31 December of the second year for the year the profits relate. The Company pays
special defence contribution on behalf of the shareholders over the amount of the deemed dividend distribution at a rate of 17% when the entitled shareholders are natural persons tax residents of Cyprus and have their domicile
in Cyprus. In addition, from 2019 General Healthcare System contribution at a rate of 1,7% - 2,65%, when the entitled shareholders are natural persons tax residents of Cyprus, regardless of their domicile.
The notes on pages 37 to 89 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Graphics
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
for the year ended 30 September 2024
35
Attributable to owners of the Company
Share capital
Share
premium
Treasury
shares
Other
reserve
Foreign
currency
translation
reserve
Retained
earnings Total
Non-
controlling
interest
Total equity
Notes
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
Balance at 1 October 2022 303
345 597
(3)
47 245
(192 519)
358 403 559 026
61 355
620 381
Total
comprehensive income for the year
Profit for the year -
-
-
-
-
82 235 82 235
4 541
86 776
Other comprehensive loss
Foreign currency translation differences
23
-
-
-
-
(12 831)
-
(12 831)
-
(12 831)
Total
comprehensive (loss)/income for the year
-
-
-
-
(12 831)
82 235
69 404
4 541
73 945
Transactions with owners of the Company
Contributions by and distributions to owners
Dividends paid 38 -
-
-
-
-
(20 990) (20 990)
-
(20 990)
Issue of ordinary shares
23
-
396
-
-
-
-
396
-
396
Increase in shareholding of subsidiaries
Karo
Mining Holdings plc
23
-
-
-
-
-
6 594
6 594
(6 594)
-
Equity-settled share-based payments 8, 23 -
-
-
-
-
1 444 1 444
-
1 444
Contributions by and distributions to owners of the
Company -
396
-
-
-
(12 952) (12 556)
(6 594)
(19 150)
Total transactions with owners of the Company
-
396
-
-
-
(12 952)
(12 556)
(6 594)
(19 150)
Balance at
30 September 2023
303
345 993
(3)
47 245
(205 350)
427 686
615 874
59 302
675 176
The notes on pages 37 to 89 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.



Graphics
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
36
20
2
4
20
2
3
Notes
US$’000
US$’000
Operating cash flows
before changes in working capital
29
182 923
142 599
Changes in
:
Inventories
12 191
(18 820)
Trade and other receivables
and contract assets
18 766
39 583
Trade and other payables
and contract liabilities
9 819
744
Provisions
4 456
6 923
228 155
171 029
Income tax paid
30
(23 616)
(29 985)
Tax refunds received
30
10
7 225
Net cash flows
generated
from operating activities
204 549
148 269
Cash flows from investing activities
Interest received
10
8 020
4 340
Additions to property, plant and equipment
14
(194 996)
(69 884)
Additions to intangible assets
15
(5 645)
(649)
Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment
14
1 930
129
Additions to
financial
assets
17
(194)
-
Net cash flows used in investing activities
*
(190 885)

(66 064)

Cash flows from financing activities
Bank credit facilities advances
25
53 832

5 890
Repayment of bank credit facilities
25
(33 126)
(29 689)
Advances received from borrowings excluding credit facilities
25
27 355

180 082
Repayment of
borrowings
excluding credit facilities
25
(81 687)
(77 422)
Principal lease payments
25
(2 126)
(2 500)
Deposit of
restricted bank deposit*
17
-
(14 268)

Refund of restricted bank deposit
17
7 748

-
Ordinary shares repurchased
23
(5 001)
-
Dividends paid
3
8
(10 480)

(20 990)
Interest paid
3
2
(11 771)
(6 357)
Net cash flows
(
used in
)/generated from
financing activities
*
(55 256)
34 746
Net (decrease)/increase
in cash and cash equivalents
(41 592)
116 951
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year
255 300
143 300
Effect of
exchange rate fluctuations on cash held

3 967


(4 951)
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year
22
217 675
255 300
* The increase in restricted bank deposit was previously presented as part of investing activities. Since the restricted bank deposit is directly attributable to the
commodity off-take financing included in borrowings (refer to notes 17 and 25), the Group believes that the restricted bank deposit should have been presented as
part of financing activities. At 30 September 2024, the increase in restricted bank deposit was reclassified to financing activities. The reclassification had no impact
on the earnings of the Group at 30 September 2023.
The notes on pages 37 to 89 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


Graphics
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
37


1.
CORPORATE
INFORMATION
Tharisa plc (
the Company
) was incorporated in Cyprus on 20 February 2008 under registration number HE223412.
T
he Company
’s ordinary
shares are listed on the main board of the Johannesburg Stock Exchange (‘JSE’) as the primary listing and on the main board of the London
Stock
Exchange (‘LSE’)
as a standard
secondary
listing
.
The Company is also
list
ed
(secondary listing)
on the A2X Exchange
in South Africa
.
The Company’s r
egistered office is at Sofoklis Pittokopitis Business Centre, Offices 108
-
110, 17 Neophytou Nicolaides and Kilkis Street
s
,
8011 Paphos, Cyprus.

The principal activity of the
Company and its subsidiaries, (together referred to as ‘the
Group
’),
is the exploitation of metals and minerals,
principally platinum group metals (‘PGMs’) and chrome, the associated sales and logistics operations thereof as well as the development of a
PGM mining project
.
The principal activity
remains unchanged from the year ended 30 September 2023.

The principal subsidiaries of the Company are
Tharisa Minerals Proprietary Limited (‘Tharisa Minerals’), a
wholly owned
subsidiary
established
in South Africa and Karo Mining Holdings plc (‘Karo Mining’), a company incorporated in Cyprus. The principal activity of Tharisa Minerals is
PGM and chrome mining and processing. Tharisa Minerals’ functional currency is the South African Rand (‘ZAR’). The principal activity of
Karo Mining is that of an investment holding company. The Company holds 76.22% of the issued ordinary share capital of Karo Mining at
30 September 2024. The main indirect subsidiary of Karo Mining is Karo Platinum (Private) Limited (‘Karo Platinum’), a company incorporated
in Zimbabwe. The principal activity of Karo Platinum is PGM mining, smelting and refining. The functional currency of Karo Platinum is the
United States Dollar
(note 16)

.








2.1.
BASIS OF PREPARATION
Statement of
compliance
These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with
IFRS
Accounting Standards
as issued by the International
Accounting Standards Board, the Listings Requirements of the JSE Limited and the requirements of the Cyprus Companies Law, Cap. 113.
Statutory consolidated financial statements of the Company were additionally prepared in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards as
adopted by the EU and the requirements of the Cyprus Companies Law, Cap. 113. These have been approved and issued on the same date
and there are no
material
differences in the two sets of consolidated financial statements.

Basis of measurement
The consolidated financial statements are prepared on
the historical cost basis
,
except
for certain financial instruments
that are stated at fair
value
(note 33)
.



Material a
ccounting policies
The material accounting policies applied in the preparation of these consolidated
financial statements are set out below. Where an accounting
policy is specific to a note, the policy is described in the note which it relates to. These policies have consistently been applied to all years
presented.
Functional and presentation currency
The consolidated financial statements are presented in United States Dollars (‘US$’) which is the Company's functional curren
cy and
presentation currency. Amounts are rounded to the nearest thousand. The functional currency of the Company’s South African subsidiaries is
the South African Rand (‘ZAR’).
T
he following US$: ZAR exchange rates were used in preparing the consolidated financial statements:
Closing rate:
ZAR17.27 (2023: ZAR18.91)
Average rate:
ZAR18.53 (2023: ZAR18.18)

Going
concern
These consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis.
Refer
to note
s
2
3
and 3
3
for
s
tatements
on the Group’s objectives, policies and processes for managing its capital, details of its financial
instruments and hedging activities; its exposures to market risk in relation to commodity prices and foreign exchange risks; interest rate risk;
credit ri
sk; and liquidity risk.












2.2.
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS ADOPTED IN THE CURRENT YEAR
The Group has adopted the following new and/or revised standards and interpretations which became effective for the year ende
d
30 September 2024 for which the nature and effect of the changes as a result of the adoption of these new accounting standards are described
below:
Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising from a Single Transaction
Amendments to IAS 12
In May 2021, the IASB
issued amendments to IAS 12 Income Taxes which narrow the scope of the initial recognition exception under IAS
12,
so that it no longer applies to transactions that give rise to equal taxable and deductible temporary differences.
Under the
amendments, the initial recognition exception does not apply to transactions that, on initial recognition, give rise to equal
taxable
and deductible temporary differences. It only applies if the recognition of a decommissioning asset and decommissioning liability (or lease
asset or lease liability) give rise to taxable and deductible temporary differences that are not equal. This amendment had no impact on the
Group’s results for the year ended 30 September 2024.






Graphics
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
38


2.2.
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS ADOPTED IN THE CURRENT YEAR
Definition of Accounting Estimate
Amendments to IAS 8
The IASB has issued amendments to IAS 8 Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors (IAS 8) to clarify ho
w entities
should distinguish changes in accounting policies from changes in accounting estimates, with a primary focus on the definition of and
clarifications on accounting estimates. This is due to the term accounting estimate’ not being defined and the previous definition of a ‘change
in accounting estimate
being unclear.
The amendments introduce a new definition for accounting estimates, clarifying that they are monetary amounts in the financia
l statements
that are subject to measurement uncertainty. The amendment has been applied prospectively and had no impact on the Group’s results for
the year ended 30 September 2024
.
Disclosure of Accounting Policies
Amendments to IAS 1
To assist preparers of financial statements, the IASB had previously refined its definition of ‘material’ (effective 1 Jan
uary
2020) and issued
non-mandatory practical guidance on applying the concept of materiality. As the final step of the materiality improvements, the IASB issued
amendments on the application of materiality to the disclosure of accounting policies. The key amendments include requirements for entities
to disclose their material accounting policies rather than their significant accounting policies as well as certain clarifications regarding
accounting policies related to material transactions or events.
The amendment
has been
applied prospectively and
had no
impact on the
Group’s results for the year ended 30 September 2024
.
International Tax Reform
Pillar Two Model Rules
-
Amendments to IAS 12
IAS 12
-
Income Taxes was amended and requires entities during the period between the legislation being enacted or substantively enact
ed
and the legislation becoming effective to disclose known or reasonable estimable information to their exposure to Pillar Two income taxes.
The Group’s consolidated income for the year ended 30 September 2024 is less than €750 million and consequently the Group is not
subjected to
the scope of the Organisation for Economic Co
-
operation and Development (OECD) Pillar Two model rules.





(continued)


2.3.
STANDARDS AND
INTERPRETATIONS ISSUED BUT NOT YET EFFECTIVE
The new standards, interpretations and amendments to standards listed below are not effective and have not been early adopted
, but will
be adopted once these new standards, interpretations and amendments become effective. The Group notes the new standards, amendments
and interpretations which have been issued but not yet effective and does not plan to early adopt any of the standards, amendments and
interpretations. There are no other standards that are not yet effective and that would be expected to have a material impact on the Group
in the current or future reporting periods.
Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non
-
current
and
N
on
-
current liabilities with
C
ovenants
-
Amendments to IAS 1
The International Accounting Standards Board (IASB)
issued Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non
-
current
and
N
on
-
c
urrent
L
iabilities
with Covenants, which amends IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements. The amendments affect requirements in IAS 1 for the
classification of liabilities as current or non-current. The amendments clarify what is meant by a right to defer settlement, that a right to defer
settlement must exist at the end of the reporting period, the classification is unaffected by the likelihood that an entity will exercise its deferral
right, that only if an embedded derivative in a convertible liability is itself an equity instrument would the terms of a liability not impact its
classification, as well as the required disclosures in this regard. The amendment must be applied retrospectively and is effective for annual
periods beginning on or after 1 January 202
4
. Th
ese
amendment
s
are not expected to have a material impact on the
Group’s results
.
Lease Liability in a Sale and Leaseback
Amendments to IFRS 16
In September
2022, the IASB issued Lease Liability in a Sale and Leaseback (Amendments to IFRS 16).
The amendments to IFRS 16
Leases specify the requirements that a seller-lessee uses in measuring the lease liability arising in a sale and leaseback transaction, to
ensure the seller-lessee does not recognise any amount of the gain or loss that relates to the right of use it retains. The amendments must
be applied retrospectively to annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2024. These amendments are not expected to have a
material impact on the
Group
’s results
.
Disclosures: Supplier Finance Arrangements
Amendments to IAS 7 and IFRS 7
In May 2023, the IASB issued amendments to IAS 7 Statement of Cash Flows and IFRS 7 Financial Instruments:
Disclosures.
The
amendments specify disclosure requirements to enhance the current requirements, which are intended to assist users of financial statements
in understanding the effects of supplier finance arrangements on an entity’s liabilities, cash flows and exposure to liquidity risk. The
amendments will be effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2024. These amendments are not expected to
have a material impact on the
Group
’s results
.
Lack of
Exchangeability
-
Amendment to IAS 2
1
In August 2023, the IASB issued Lack of Exchangeability (Amendments to IAS 21), specifying how an entity should assess whethe
r a
currency is exchangeable and how it should determine a spot exchange rate when exchangeability is lacking. When an entity estimates a
spot exchange rate because a currency is not exchangeable into another currency, it discloses information that enables users of its financial
statements to understand how the currency not being exchangeable into the other currency affects, or is expected to affect, the entity’s
financial performance, financial position and cash flows. These amendments must be applied retrospectively to annual reporting periods
beginning on or after 1 January 2025.
These
amendments are not expected to have a material impact on the
Group
’s results





.

Graphics
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
39


2.3.
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS ISSUED BUT NOT YET EFFECTIVE
Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements
IFRS 18
In
April
2024, the IASB issued IFRS 18 Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements (IFRS 18) which replaces IAS 1 Presentation
in Financial Statements. IFRS 18 introduces new categories and subtotals in the statement of profit or loss. It also requires disclosure of
management-defined performance measures (as defined) and includes new requirements for the location, aggregation and disaggregation
of financial information. The new standard must be applied retrospectively to annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2027.
The impact of this new standard will be assessed on (and applied to) the Group’s annual financial statements for the financial year ending
30
September
2028.
Classification and Measurement of Financial Instruments
Amendments to IFRS 9 and IFRS 7
In May 2024, the IASB issued Amendments to the Classification and Measurement of Financial Instruments (Amendments to IFRS 9
and
IFRS 7), which:
clarified that a financial liability is derecognised on the ‘settlement date’, i.e., when the related obligation is discharged,
cancelled, expires or the liability otherwise qualifies for derecognition, and introduced an accounting policy option to
derecognise financial liabilities that are settled through an electronic payment system before settlement date if certain
conditions are met;
clarified how to assess the contractual cash flow characteristics of financial assets that include environmental, social and
governance (ESG
-
linked
)
features and other similar contingent features;
clarified the treatment of non
-
resource assets and contractually linked instruments; and
requires additional disclosures in IFRS 7 for financial assets and liabilities with contractual terms that reference a contingent
event (including those that are ESG-linked), and equity instruments classified at fair value through other comprehensive
incom
e.
The amendments are effective for reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2026
.
Th
e
impact of this new standard will be assessed
on (and applied to) the
Group
’s annual financial statements for the financial year ending 30
September
202
7
.
Annual Improvements to IFRS
Accounting Standards
Volume 11
During July 2024, the IASB issued
narrow amendments to IFRS Accounting Standards and accompanying guidance as part of its regular
maintenance of the Standards. These amendments, published in a single document Annual Improvements to IFRS
Accounting Standards—
Volume 11, include clarifications, simplifications, corrections and changes aimed at improving the consistency of several IFRS Accounting
Standards.
The amendments are:
IFRS 1 First-time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards;
IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures and its accompanying Guidance on implementing IFRS 7;
IFRS 9 Financial Instruments;
IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements; and
IAS 7
Statement of Cash Flows
.
The amendments are effective for
reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2026
.
Th
e
impact of this new standard will be assessed
on (and applied to) the
Group
’s annual financial statements for the financial year ending 30
September
202
7
.
(continued)








2.4.
BASIS OF CONSOLIDATION
The
consolidated financial statements include, on a line
-
by
-
line basis, the financial statements of all subsidiaries.
The following policies have
been applied during the consolidation process:
Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. Control exists where the Group is exposed, or has rights to variable retur
ns from its
involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the investee. The financial statements of
subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date on which the control commenced until the date on which
control cease
s
.

Transactions eliminated on consolidation
Intra
-
group balances and transactions and any unrealised income and expenses
arising from intra
-
group transactions are eliminated in
preparing the consolidated financial statements. Unrealised losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealised gains, but only to the extent
that there is no evidence of impairment.
Foreign operations
As at the reporting date
and
on consolidation, the assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries, including goodwill and fair value adjustments
arising on acquisition, are translated into the presentation currency of the Group (US$) at the rate of exchange ruling at the reporting date
and their statements of comprehensive income are translated at the weighted monthly average exchange rate for the period. The exchange
differences arising in the translation on consolidation are recognised in other comprehensive income.



Graphics
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
40




2.4.
BASIS OF CONSOLIDATION
(continued)
Foreign operations
(continued)
Non
-
current m
onetary assets
that are receivable from a foreign subsidiary and for which settlement is neither planned nor likely to occur in
the foreseeable future, forms part of the net investment in a foreign operation and the resulting exchange differences are recognised in other
comprehensive income. The repayment of such a balance is not considered to be a partial disposal and the cumulative exchange differences
recognised in other comprehensive income is not reclassified to profit and loss, until the foreign entity is disposed o
f.
Foreign currency transactions
Transactions in foreign currencies are translated to the respective functional currencies of Group entities at exchange rates
at the dates of
the transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the reporting date are retranslated to the functional
currency at the foreign exchange rate at that date. The foreign currency gain or loss on monetary items is the difference between amortised
cost in the functional currency at the beginning of the year, adjusted for effective interest and payments during the year, and the amortised
cost in foreign currency translated at the exchange rate at the end of the year.
Non
-
monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies that are measured at fair value are retranslated to the fun
ctional
currency at the exchange rate at the date that the fair value was determined. Non-monetary items in a foreign currency that are measured in
terms of historical cost are translated using the exchange rate at the date of the transaction. Foreign currency differences arising on
retranslation are recognised in profit or loss.
Foreign currency gains and losses are reported on a
net basis.



3.
USE OF JUDGEMENTS AND ESTIMATES
The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with IFRS
Accounting Standards
requires management to make
judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of accounting policies and reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income
and expenses and the accompanying disclosures, and the disclosure of contingent liabilities. The estimates and associated assumptions are
based on historical experience and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which
form the basis of making the judgements about carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources.
Actual results may differ from these estimates. The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to
accounting estimates are recognised in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period, or in the period of
the revision and future periods if the revision affects both current and future periods. Judgements and estimates made by management in
the application of IFRS Accounting Standards that have a significant effect on the consolidated financial statements and major sources of
estimation uncertainty are disclosed in the note relevant to the specific judgement or estimate. Management considers the following
judgement and estimates to be the most significant:
Note 12
Tax:
Corporate income t
ax rate applicable to Zimbabwean subsidiaries and transfer pricing
Note 14
Property, plant and equipment: Impairment of assets
Note 24
Provisions: Provision for rehabilitation and
provision for
disputed
mining
royalty


4.
OPERATING SEGMENTS

Accounting policy
Operating segments, and the amounts of each segment item reported in the consolidated financial statements, are identified fr
om the financial
information provided regularly to the Group’s management for the purposes of allocating resources to, and assessing the performance of,
the Group’s various lines of business and geographical locations. The Board of Directors is of the view that the Group had four operating
segments during the reporting period, the PGM segment, the chrome segment, the agency and trading segment and the manufacturing
segment. The following is a description of the Group’s current principal activities separated by reportable segment, from which the Group
recognises its rev
enue.
PGM segment
The PGM segment principally generates revenue from the sale of PGM concentrate, which consists of the sale of platinum, palla
dium,
rhodium, gold, ruthenium, iridium, nickel and copper. The Group enters into off-take agreements with customers for the supply of PGM
concentrate.
Chrome segment
The Group currently produces metallurgical chrome concentrate and specialty chrome concentrates. It generates revenue from th
e sale of
these products. The chrome market is typically a ‘spot’ market. The Group enters into short-term sale contracts. The Group also enters into
long
-
term volume off
-
take agreements for the supply of chrome concentrates.




Graphics
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
41

4.
OPERATING SEGMENTS
(continued)

Accounting policy
(continued)
Agency and trading segment
The Group
operates a third party chrome plant and markets and sells the chrome concentrate produced at this plant. The Group determines
whether it acts as principal or agent by assessing whether the Group controls the transaction and what its performance obligations are.
Considerations to determine control include whether the Group provides the performance obligation itself, the Group is primarily responsible
for fulfilling the promise to provide the specified chrome concentrates, the Group has inventory risk before the specified products are
transferred to the customer and the Group determines the selling price. In the absence of any of the aforementioned factors, control of the
transaction may be doubtful and the Group would recognise the margin achieved in revenue as an agent. The Group believes that these
factors are present and consequently the Group acts as principal. Metallurgical chrome concentrates are produced at this plant. The Group
enters into short
-
term contracts for the sale of these chrome concentrates.
From time
-
to
-
time the Group enters into t
hird
-
party logistics, third
-
party trading and third party chrome operations
transactions which are
aggregated together as the agency and trading segment.
Manufacturing segment
The Group
manufactures and sells mining and mineral processing equipment which represents the manufacturing segment.


For management purposes, the chief operating decision maker of the Group, being the executive directors of the Company and th
e executive
directors of the subsidiaries, reports its results per segment in order to assist them in making decisions regarding resource allocation as well
as enabling them to evaluate performance
.
Segment performance is evaluated on a PGM ounce
production and sales basis and a chrome concentrate tonnes p
roduction and sales
basis. The agency and trading segment performance is evaluated on third-party chrome concentrate tonnes production and sales basis.
Third-party logistics, third-party trading and third party chrome operations are evaluated individually but aggregated together as the agency
and t
rading segment. For the manufacturing segment, performance is evaluated on sales and gross profit basis.
The Group’s administrative costs, financing (including finance income and finance costs) and income taxes are managed on a gr
oup basis
and are not allocated to a segment.
Due to the in
tegrated
nature of the Group’s PGM and chrome concentrate production processes, assets are reported on a consolidated basis
and cannot necessarily be allocated to a specific segment. Consequently, assets are not disclosed per segment in the segmenta
l information.
PGM
Chrome
Agency and
trading
Manufacturing
Total
202
4
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
Revenue
154
541
491
274
68
535
7
044
721
394
Cost of sales
Manufacturing costs
(110
808)
(225
736)
(44
696)
(4
575)
(385
815)
Selling costs
(554)
(96
155)
(11
521)
-
(108
230)
Freight services
-
(36
395)
(6
345)
-
(42
740)
(111
362)
(358
286)
(62
562)
(4
575)
(536
785)
Gross profit
43
179
132
988
5
973
2
469
184
609
202
3
Revenue
198
498
389
972
55
961
5
462
649
893
Cost of sales
Manufacturing costs
(153
267)
(176
903)
(37 275)
(4
372)
(371
817)
Selling costs
(550)
(78
713)
(9
002)
-
(88
265)
Freight services
-
(32
133)
(4
347)
-
(36
480)
(153
817)
(287
749)
(50
624)
(4
372)
(496
562)
Gross profit
44
681
102
223
5
337
1
090
153
331
The shared costs relating to the manufacturing of PGM and chrome concentrates are allocated to the relevant operating
segments based on
the relative sales value per product on an ex-works basis. During the year ended 30 September 2024, the relative sales value of chrome
concentrates increased compared to the relative sales value of PGM concentrate compared to the comparative year and consequently the
allocation basis of shared costs was revised to 32.0% for PGM concentrate and 68.0% for chrome concentrates. The allocation basis of shared
costs was 45.0% (PGM concentrates) and 55.0% (chrome concentrate) for the year ended 3
0 September 2023.
Cost of sales includes a charge for the write off of property, plant and equipment
totalling US$1.9 million (2023
: US$
3.2
million) which mainly
relates to mining equipment. The write off has been allocated to the PGM and chrome segments in accordance with the allocation basis of
shared costs as described in the preceding paragraph. Refer to the consolidated statement of profit or loss for a reconciliation between the
gross profit and net profit after tax.


Graphics
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
42


4.
OPERATING SEGMENTS (continued)
Geographical information
The following table sets out information about the geographical location of:
(i)
the Group's revenue from external customers and
(ii)
the Group's property, plant and equipment
and
intangible assets (‘specified non
-
current assets’).
The geographical location analysis of revenue from external customers is based on the country of establishment of each custom
er. The
geographical location of the specified non-current assets is based on the physical location of the asset in the case of property, plant and
equipment and intellectual property and the location of the operation to which they are allocated in the case of goodwill.
(i)
Revenue from external customers
PGM
Chrome
Agency and
trading
Manufacturing
Total
202
4
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
South Africa
154
541
63
892
2
752
7
022
228
20
7
China
-
237
107
54
881
-
291
988
Singapore
-
147
207
-
-
147
20
7
Hong Kong
-
17
245
10
902
-
28
147
United Arab Emirates
-
25
823
-
-
25
823
Other countries
-
-
-
22
22
154
541
491
274
68
535
7
0
44
721
394
202
3
South Africa
198 498 47 365 3 686 5 081 254 630
China
- 170 659 52 275 - 222 934
Singapore
-
133 103 - - 133 103
Hong Kong
-
17 313 - - 17 313
Australia
-
5 381 - - 5 381
United Arab Emirates
-
16 029 - - 16 029
Japan
-
122 - - 122
Other countries
-
- - 381 381
198
498
389
972
55
961
5
462
649
893
Revenue represents the sales value of goods supplied to customers, net of value
-
added tax. The following table summarises sales to customers
with whom transactions have individually exceeded
5.0% (2023: 5
.0%
)
of the Group's revenues.
202
4
202
3
Segment
US$’000
Segment
US$’000
Customer 1
Chrome
147
207
PGM
128
131
Customer 2
PGM and agency and trading
108
789
Chrome
118
978
Customer 3
Chrome and agency and trading
60
314
Chrome and Agency and trading
51
187
Customer 4
Chrome
59
945
Chrome and Agency and trading
48
854
Customer 5
Chrome and agency and
trading
58
292
PGM
41
543
Customer
6
PGM
47
158
Chrome and Agency and trading
39
100
Customer 7
Chrome and agency and trading
45
576
-
-

202
4
202
3
(ii)
Specified non
-
current assets
US$’000
US$’000
South Africa
437
997
346
389
Zimbabwe
345
721
263
656
Cyprus
8 178
1
204
791
896
611
249
Non
-
current assets
comprises
property, plant and equipment
and
intangible assets.
Judgement and estimates
Third
-
party logistics, third
-
party trading and
third
-
party
chrome operations are evaluated individually but aggregated together as the agency and
trading segment. The Group believes that the nature of these operations are similar and it will be impractical to report on these operations
individually.



Graphics
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
43

5.
REVENUE

Accounting policy
Sales revenue is recognised on individual sales when control transfers to the customer. Control transfers to the customer upo
n satisfaction
of performance obligations within each contract. In most instances, control passes and sales revenue is recognised when the product is
delivered to the vessel or vehicle on which it will be transported to the destination port or the customer’s premises. There may be
circumstances when judgment is required based on the five indicators of control below:
The customer has the significant risks and rewards of ownership and has the ability to direct the use of, and obtain substantially all of
the remaining benefits from the good or service.
The customer has a present obligation to pay in accordance with the terms of the sales contract. For shipments under the Incoterms
Cost, Insurance and Freight (‘CIF’) this is generally when the ship is loaded, at which time the obligation for payment is for both product
and freight.
The customer has accepted the asset. Sales revenue may be subject to adjustment if the product specification does not conform to
the terms specified in the sales contract but this does not impact the passing of control.
The customer has legal title to the asset. The Group usually retains legal title until payment is received for credit risk pu
rposes only.
The customer has physical possession of the asset. This indicator may be less important as the customer may obtain control of an
asset prior to obtaining physical possession, which may be the case for goods in transit.
Revenue is presented net of Value Added Tax, rebates and discounts and after eliminating intergroup sales.
PGM revenue
Revenue from the sale of PGM concentrate is recognised based on the quantity of PGM concentrate delivered, prevailing market
prices
and exchange rates, when delivered to the customers in terms of the off-take agreements. Revenue recognised includes variable
consideration as revenue is subject to quality and quantity adjustments, final pricing and currency adjustments after the beneficiation
process is completed. Final pricing incurs at the latest 109 days after delivery. Revenue recognised is adjusted for finally determined quality,
quantity and spot rates, which are estimated based on prevailing market information and recognised as a separate component within
revenue. Adjustments to the sale price occur based on movements in the metal market prices and exchange rates up to the date of final
pricing.
Any subsequent changes that arise due to differences between initial and final assay are still considered within the scope of
IFRS
15 and
are subject to the constraint on estimates of variable consideration. When considering the initial assay estimate, the Group has considered
the requirements of IFRS 15 in relation to the constraint on estimates of variable consideration. It will only include amounts in the calculation
of revenue where it is highly probable that a significant revenue reversal will not occur when the uncertainty relating to final
quantity/assay/quality is subsequently determined.
Consequently, at the time the concentrate passes to the customer, the Group will
recognise a receivable as from that time it considers it
has an unconditional right to consideration. This receivable is accounted for in accordance with IFRS 9.
The provisional pricing features means the concentrate receivable fails to meet the requirements to be measured at amortised
cost. Instead,
the entire receivable is measured at fair value, with subsequent movements being recognised in profit or loss (
refer
to note 2
0
).
Chrome and agency and trading revenue
Revenue arising from chrome concentrate sales under short
-
term sale contracts and off
-
take agreements is recognised when the chrome
concentrate is delivered and a customer takes control of the chrome concentrate. Revenue is recognised based on the sale price in terms
of the contract, the quantity delivered and the quality as determined by an independent survey. Export sales may, as specified in the
contract, be subject to a final survey upon arrival at destination port. Revenue recognised for export sales is adjusted for expected final
quality and quantity
adjustments, which are estimated based on historical data for similar transactions.
The majority of the Group’s metallurgical chrome concentrate is exported. For these export sales, the point of
revenue recognition is
dependent on the contract sales terms, known as the International Commercial Terms (‘Incoterms’). For the Incoterms Cost, Insurance and
Freight (‘CIF’) the seller must contract for and pay the costs and freight necessary to bring the goods to the named port of destination. This
means that the Group is responsible (acts as principal) for providing shipping services and, in some instances, insurance after the date at
which control of goods passes to the customer at the loading port.
Consequently, the freight service on export commodity contracts with CIF Incoterms represents a separate performance obligati
on as
defined under IFRS 15 and as such, a portion of the revenue earned under these contracts, representing the obligation to perform the
freight service, is deferred and recognised over time as the obligation is been fulfilled, along with the associated costs (refer to notes 21
and 2
8
).
Since separate performance conditions exist for export commodity contracts with CIF Incoterms, the Group allocates the transa
ction price
to the separate performance conditions on a relative stand-alone selling price basis. Observable information with specific reference to sea
freight costs is used for allocation of the transaction price.




Graphics
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
44


5.
REVENUE
(continued)

Accounting policy: chrome and agency and trading revenue (continued)
The Group also provides inland logistics services to customers. These services include ad hoc
short
-
haul
logistics services. Revenue
from
ad hoc short-haul logistics services is recognised at a point in time as the performance obligation has been fulfilled which is the delivery of
the specified goods. Any earned consideration, which is conditional, will be recognised as a contract asset rather than a trade and other
receivable.
Payment terms and conditions vary by contract type and delivery method, although for
Free Carrier (‘FCA’)
sales terms generally include
a requirement of payment upon completion of delivery of the products. For export chrome concentrate transactions, payment terms vary
from 30 to 90 days, however, the Group obtains a letter of credit from a reputable bank in m
ost instances before shipment occurs.
In the instance where the timing of revenue recognition differs from the timing of invoicing, the Group has determined that d
ue to the short
-
term nature, the contracts with customers generally do not include a significant financing component. The primary purpose of the Group’s
invoicing terms is to provide customers with simplified and predictable ways of purchasing products, not to receive financing from customers
or to provide financing to customers. Similarly, due to the short-term nature of unearned revenue received, being less than 12 months. No
financing component exists in line with the
applied
practical expedient
in IFRS
1
5
.
Commissions recognised from costs to obtain a contract with a customer
The Group
applies the practical expedient according to IFRS 9 and consequently
recognises the incremental costs, arising from the
concluding of sale contracts, as expenses in cost of sales in the statement of profit or loss when incurred. Such commissions relate to the
chrome segment and are short
-
term in nature.
Manufacturing revenue
Revenue from the sale of mining equipment is recognised at the point in time when control of the asset is transferred to the
customer,
generally on delivery of the equipment at the customer’s location. The Group considers whether there are other undertakings in the contract
that are separate performance obligations to which a portion of the transaction price needs to be allocated. In determining the transaction
price for the sale of mining equipment, the Group considers the effects of variable consideration, existence of a significant financing
component, non
-
cash consideration, and consideration payable to the customer. Currently there aren’t any other undertakings.


PGM
Chrome
Agency and
trading
Manufacturing
Total
202
4
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
Revenue recognised at a point in time
Variable revenue based on initial results
156
699
394
305
61
983
-
612
987
Quality and q
uantity adjustments
(633)
(3
318)
(1
104)
-
(5
055)
Revenue based on
fixed selling prices
-
63
892
1
311
7
044
72
247
Revenue recognised over time
Freight services
-
36
395
6
345
-
42
740
Revenue from contracts with
customers
156 066 491 274 68 535 7 044 722 919
Fair value
adjustments (refer to note 3
3
)
(1
525)
-
-
-
(1
525)
Total revenue
154
541
491
274
68
535
7
044
721
394
202
3
Revenue recognised at a point in time
Variable revenue based on initial results
218
843
313
648
49
737
-
582
228
Quality and quantity adjustments
(5
289)
(3
174)
(100)
-
(8
563)
Revenue based on fixed selling prices
-
47
365
1
977
5
462
54
804
Revenue recognised over time
Freight services
-
32
133
4
347
-
36
480
Revenue from contracts with customers
213
554
389
972
55
961
5
462
664
949
Fair value adjustments (refer to note 3
3
)
(15
056)
-
-
-
(15
056)
Total revenue
198
498
389
972
55
961
5
462
649
893

During the year ended 30
September 202
4
, revenue from freight services
of US$
1.9
million (2023: US$2.
1
million) was recognised which was
classified as a contract liability at 30 September 202
3 (2023: 30 September 2022)

.

Graphics
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
45

5.
REVENUE
(continued)
Judgements and estimates
A significant portion of the Group’s chrome revenue is derived from commodity sales for which the point of recognition is dep
endent on the
contract sales terms known as the International Commercial Terms (‘Incoterms’). Under Incoterms cost, insurance and freight (‘CIF’), the
seller is required to contract, and pay, for the costs and freight necessary to bring the goods to a named port of destinatio
n.
Consequently, the Group believes that the freight service on export commodity contracts with CIF Incoterms represents a separ
ate
performance obligation as defined under IFRS 15 and as such, a portion of the revenue earned under these contracts, representing the
obligation to perform the freight service, is deferred and recognised
over time
as
th
e
obligation
is
fulfilled, along with the associated costs.
Since separate performance conditions exist for export commodity contracts with CIF Incoterms, the Group allocates the transa
ction price to
the separate performance conditions on a relative stand-alone selling price basis. Observable information with specific reference to sea freight
costs is used for allocation of the transaction price.
The determination of revenue from the sale of PGM concentrates from the time of initial recognition of the sale through to fi
nal pricing requires
management to re-estimate fair value of the price adjustment feature continuously. Management determines this with reference to actual spot
prices.


6.
COST OF SALES
Mining
Processing
Manufacturing
Total
202
4
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
Drill and blast
20
847
-
-
20
847
Load and haul
26
557
-
-
26
557
Diesel
21
496
1
000
-
22
496
Maintenance
19
584
1
257
-
20
841
Salaries and wages
12
255
15
183
985
28
423
Bonuses
1
103
1
849
70
3
022
Provident fund
contributions
2
285
2
727
132
5
144
Mining contractor*
34
543
-
-
34
543
Depreciation
37
322
13
851
162
51
335
Cost of commodities
**
55
390
38
207
-
93
597
W
rite off of property, plant and equipment
1
753
174
-
1
927
Utilities
758
19
476
171
20
405
Materials and consumables
-
26
500
3
212
29
712
Overheads
1
158
1
031
427
2
616
Contractor and equipment hire
-
6
192
26
6
218
235
051
127
447
5
185
367
683
State royalties
8
499
Change in inventories
finished products and ore
stockpile
9
633
Selling costs
108
231
Freight services
42
739
Cost of sales
536
785
*
Tharisa Minerals Proprietary Limited appointed a contractor to assist with
waste removal to ensure
sustainable access to the required
reef horizons.
**
Due to certain limitations on mining activities, Tharisa Minerals Proprietary Limited purchased ROM ore to maintain optimal p
lant
throughput.


Graphics
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
46
6.
COST OF SALES
(continued)
Mining
Processing
Manufacturing
Total
202
3
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
Drill and blast
31
097
-
-
31
097
Load and haul
29
614
-
-
29
614
Diesel
43
122
1
562
-
44
684
Maintenance
29
871
4
319
-
34
190
Salaries and wages
33
686
16
040
1
269
50
995
Provident fund contributions
2
145
2
474
129
4
748
Mining contractor
1
797
-
-
1
797
Depreciation
27
422
9
487
116
37
025
Cost of commodities
56
766
28
688
-
85
454
W
rite off of property, plant and equipment
3
208
-
-
3
208
Utilities
910
16
732
82
17
724
Materials and consumables
-
26
409
2
380
28
789
Overheads
797
2
606
396
3
799
Contractor and equipment hire
-
5
483
-
5
483
260
435
113
800
4
372
378
607
State royalties
9
714
Change in inventories
finished products and ore stockpile
(16
504)
Selling costs
88
265
Freight services
36
480
Cost of sales

496
562

7.
OTHER INCOME
202
4
202
3
US$’000
US$’000
Insurance proceeds received
229
1
497
Profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment
57
19
Reversal of credit loss allowance
-
114
Sundry sales
260
573
Consulting fees received
418
152
Rental income
as lessor
2
2
17
986
2
372



8.
SHARE
-
BASED PAYMENTS

Accounting policy
Equity settled share
-
based payments to employees are measured at the fair value of the equity instruments at the grant date.
The fair value determined at the grant d
ate of the equity settled share
-
based payment is expensed on a straight
-
line basis over the vesting
period, based on the Company's estimate of equity instruments that will eventually vest, with a corresponding increase in the equity
(retained earnings). At the end of each reporting period, the Company revises its estimate of the number of equity instruments expected to
vest. The amount recogni
s
ed as an expense is adjusted to reflect the revision of the original estimate.
Where the Company has the right to elect settlement either equity set
tled or cash settled, the share
-
based payment transactions will be
treated as equity settled share
-
based payments
as the Company does not have a present obligation to settle in cash



.

Graphics
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
47
8.
SHARE
-
BASED PAYMENTS
(continued)
Conditional awards (‘LTIP’) is the grant of shares in the Company where the risks and rewards of share ownership will vest on
specific vesting
dates with the employee subject to certain conditions. LTIPs will vest at the third anniversary of the grant for the 2021, 2022 and 2023 awards.
The
se
award, on vesting, may at the election of the Company, be either cash
-
settled or share
-
settled as provided for in the rules of the Plan.
Appreciation rights (‘SARS’) is the grant of an award by the Company where the employee is, subject to certain conditions, en
titled to receive
the increase in the share value above the award price. The awards may be exercised at any time up to five years from the date of the grant.
The appreciation in value may, at the election of the Company, be either cash settled or share settled as provided for in the rules of the Plan.
No SARS were issued during the years ended 30 September 2024 and 30 September 2023.
At 30 September 202
4
, the
Company
had the following
three
share
-
based payment arrangements
with the corresponding performance
conditions
:
Eighth award
:
2021
Ninth award
:
2022
Tenth award
:
2023
Vesting period
Grant date
8 Dec 2021
16 Jan 2023
14 Dec
2023
Vesting date
8 Dec 2024
16 Jan 2026
14 Dec 2026
Performance conditions
Weighting
Actual PGM production compared to market guidance
33.33%
20%
20%
Actual chrome production compared to market guidance
33.33%
20%
20%
Achievement of Karo Platinum project deliverables
-
20%
20%
Actual three
-
year rolling return on invested capital exceeding the
actual three
-
year rolling weighted cost of capital
11.11%
20%
20%
Performance against environmental plan to reduce
carbon
emissions by 30% by 2030
11.11%
10%
10%
Achievement of Vision 2025
11.12%
10%
10%
Eighth to tenth awards
These awards comprise of LTIPs only with the measurement periods being aligned to the Group’s financial year
-
end of 30
September. The
awards will vest on the third anniversary of the grant date. The three-year vesting period is divided into three annual measurement periods
at 30 September, the result of each being aggregated at the end of the vesting period to determine the final vesting percentage. The vesting
of these awards is subject to continued employment in good standing, achievement of the performance conditions (set out above) and the
following
additional
conditions:
The award will be reduced in each annual measurement period by one-third for each fatality that occurred during that measurement
period.
For avoidance of doubt, if any performance condition is not met in any annual measurement period and consequently is forfeited
(either wholly or partially) as a result of failure to achieve the performance condition, but the performance condition is achieved in
subsequent measurement periods the award will vest for that period as provided.
The awards are subject to the rules governing the Plan and the final discretion of the Tharisa plc Remuneration Committee will
prevail should there be any discrepancy.


Graphics

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024



48


8.
SHARE
BASED PAYMENTS (continued)
First
measurement
period

Second

measurement
period

Third

measurement
period





2021 eighth award

US$
1.52

US$1.52

US$1.52

2022 ninth award

US$0.92

US$0.92

US$0.92

2023 tenth award

US$0.51

US$0.51

US$0.51


The fair value at grant date of the LTIP awards was determined by present valuing the share price on grant date less the expe
cted dividends

and by using the
following inputs
:



LTIP 2023 tenth
Award


LTIP 2022 ninth
Award


LTIP 2021 eighth
Award







Spot price


ZAR14.50


ZAR20.10


ZA
R27.00

Exchange rate ZAR:US$


18.30


17.00


15.71


Dividend yield
1


14.55%

8.18%

4.16%

R
isk
-
free interest rate

(swap yield curve)
2


7.48%

7.35%

5.76%

Forfeiture assumption
3


1.43%

6
.
4
0%

0
.
10
%


1
The dividend

yield was calculated by using forecast dividends which

were estimated using a combination of broker consensus forecasts,
historical dividend data, and
the Company’s

view of the future

dividends.

2
The swap yield curve was independently constructed using a bootstrapping methodology together with a combination of traded mo
ney
-
market,
FRA and swap rate inputs
.

3
This adjustment is made with reference to the percentage of employees that are not expected to fulfil the service based vesti
ng conditions
prior to the vesting dates
, taking into account the forfeiture assumption b
ased on

participants’ employee turnover histor
y.


An expense of US$4.4 million (2023: US$2.0 million) was recognised in profit or loss.


A reconciliation of the movement in the Group's LTIP in the period under review is as follows:


2024

Opening balance

Allocated

Vested

Forfeited
*

Total







LTIP

Ordinary shares

11

978 371


5

171

870


-


(
2 991

628
)

14

1
5
8

613








2023












LTIP Ordinary shares

6

989

475


7

210

076


(287

476)

(1

933

704)

11

978

371








*

Forfeits includes LTIPs awarded to employees that left the employment of the Group and forfeits relating to the interim measu
rement periods.


SARS

N
o SARS were issued during the years ended 30 September 202
4

and 30 September 202
3 and consequently no expense was recognised
during these periods. In terms of previous awards, employees may exercise the SARS within five years from the grant date. During the year
ended 30 September 2024, the sixth award was amended to allow employees an additional year to exercise these awards. Consequently the
expiry date of this award is 30 June 2025. Number of SARS vested, not yet exercised:


Award

date

Expiry date

20
24


20
23






30 June 20
19

sixth award

30 June 202
5

1

191

377


1

193 009






N
umber of share options exercised during the
year

1

632


729 914


Weighted average
share price of options exercised during the year

ZAR16.51


ZAR2
1
.
8
7





Judgements and estimates

The
Company

measures the cost of equity
-
settled transactions with employees by reference to the fair value of the equity instruments at the
date at which they are granted. The fair value is determined by present valuing the share price on grant date less the expected dividends and
by using a Binomial Tree model
, using the
aforementioned assumptions.



-








LTIP v
aluation of share award at grant
date:





Graphics
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
49


9.
OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES





202
4
202
3
US$’000
US$’000
Directors and staff costs
Non
-
e
xecutive
d
irectors (
refer to note 11)
627
637
Employees:
salaries
21
737
19
889
bonuses
3
288
2
920
provident
fund, medical aid and other contributions
2
686
2
690
28
338
26
136
Fees paid to external auditors
external audit services
889
765
Fees paid to external auditors
tax compliance
services
-
5
Bank charges and
related fees
474
732
Consulting and business development cost
5
098
5
249
Consumables and r
epairs and maintenance
2
177
1
751
Corporate and social
investment
609
480
Depreciation
of property, plant and equipment
3
3
8
3
2
21
4
Amortisation of intangible assets
4
2
Equity
-
settled share
-
based payment expense
4
388
1
999
Expected credit loss allowance
61
-
Health and safety
2
352
2
277
Insurance
3
460
3
088
Legal and professional
1
225
563
Listing fees and investor relations
439
455
Office administration, rent and utilities
2
324
2
046
Research and development
1
028
1
247
Security
1
738
1
406
Telecommunications and IT related
6
550
5
245
Training
879
514
Travelling and accommodation
769
590
Write offs of property, plant and equipment
13
246
Sundry
3
7
5
412
66
57
3
57
422
Average number of employees
2
422
2
290













10.
FINANCE INCOME AND FINANCE COSTS



Accounting policy:
f
inance income
Finance income comprises interest income on funds invested. Interest income is recognised in profit or loss as it accrues usi
ng the effective
interest
rate
method.
Accounting policy:
f
inance costs
Finance costs comprise interest expense on
borrowings
and
unwinding of the discount on provisions. Borrowing costs that are not directly
attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying asset are recognised in profit or loss using the effective interest
rate
method.




202
4
20
23
US$’000
US$’000
Finance income
Interest received
banks
8
020
4
3
40
Interest received
South African Revenue Services
8
20
Interest received financial assets
(note 17)
569
4
12
8
597
4
772
Finance costs
Interest expense borrowings
(note 25)
(
11
774
)
(
7
460
)
Borrowing costs cap
italised
(note 14)
2
592
1
880
Interest expense
South African Revenue Services
(84)
(14)
A
mortisation of
transaction costs of
unutilised borrowing facilities
(513)
(
2
56)
Interest expense other
(110)
(65)
Unwinding of present value
of
rehabilitation
provision (
note 24)
(1
989)
(1
186)
(11
878)
(7
101)







Graphics
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
50
11.
DIRECTORS REMUNERATION
The
remuneration of the Directors is set out in the following tables:
Directors’
fees
Salary
Bonus
Expense
allowance
Share
-
based
payments
Provident
fund and
risk benefits
Total
202
4
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
Executive directors
LC Pouroulis
1
-
808
186
-
-
-
994
P Pouroulis
1
-
580
165
6
-
51
802
MG Jones
1
-
450
117
-
-
34
601
Non
-
executive directors
JD Salter
162
-
-
-
-
-
162
A Djakouris
*
40
-
-
-
-
-
40
OM Kamal
61
-
-
-
-
-
61
C Bell
122
-
-
-
-
-
122
R Davey
104
-
-
-
-
-
104
G Zvaravanhu
**
52
-
-
-
-
-
52
C Hao***
43
-
-
-
-
-
43
SWM Lo
43
-
-
-
-
-
43
Total
627
1
838
468
6
-
85
3
024
2023
Executive directors
LC Pouroulis
1
-
772
157
-
230
-
1
159
P Pouroulis
1
-
555
129
7
211
44
946
MG Jones
1
-
432
97
-
165
29
723
Non
-
executive directors
JD Salter
163
-
-
-
-
-
163
A
Djakouris
*
104
-
-
-
-
-
104
OM Kamal
60
-
-
-
-
-
60
C Bell
122
-
-
-
-
-
122
R Davey
104
-
-
-
-
-
104
SWM Lo
42
-
-
-
-
-
42
ZL Hong
****
42
-
-
-
-
-
42
Total
637
1
759
383
7
606
73
3
465
*
Resigned on 21 February 2024
***
Appointed on 1 October 2023
*
*
Appointed on 21 February 2024
****
Resigned on 30 September 2023
1
These salaries were paid by the Company and subsidiaries by which the directors are employed (Braeston
Proprietary Limited and
Dinami Limited).
Directors’ share awards
Details of each plan are
disclosed in note 8. N
on
-
Executive
Directors are not entitled to participate in the Group’s share award plan. The
number of LTIP
s
awarded to the Executive Directors are set out in the following tables:
202
4
Opening balance
Allocated
Vested
Forfeited
Total
LC
Pouroulis
1
476
375
-
-
(305
681)
1
170
694
P Pouroulis
1
572
504
727
859
-
(369
995)
1
930
368
MG Jones
880
933
395
867
-
(208
628)
1
068
172
3
929
812
1
123
726
-
(884
304)
4
169
234
202
3
LC Pouroulis
860
710
808
473
(38
562)
(154
246)
1
476
375
P Pouroulis
898
038
886
354
(42
378)
(169
510)
1
572
504
MG Jones
512
824
483
377
(23
054)
(92
214)
880
933
2
271
572
2
178
204
(103
994)
(415
970)
3
929
812


Graphics
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
51

12.
TAX


Accounting policy
Income tax comprises current and deferred taxes. Income tax is recognised in profit or loss
.
Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted
at the
reporting
date, and any adjustments to tax payable in respect of previous years.
Deferred tax is recognised in respect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for fin
ancial reporting
purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. Deferred tax is measured at the tax rates that are expected to be applied to
temporary differences when they reverse, based on the laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting d
ate.
All deferred tax
assets, to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the asset can be utilis
ed,
are recognised. Future taxable profits that may support the recognition of deferred tax assets arising from deductible temporary differences
include those that will arise from the reversal of existing taxable temporary differences, provided those differences relate to the same
taxation authority and the same taxable entity, and are expected to reverse either in the same period as the expected reversal of the
deductible temporary difference or in periods into which a tax loss arising from the deferred tax asset can be carried back or forward. The
same criteria are adopted when determining whether existing taxable temporary differences support the recognition of deferred tax assets
arising from unused tax losses and credits, that is, those differences are taken into account if they relate to the same taxation authority and
the same taxable entity, and are expected to reverse in a peri
od, or periods, in which the tax loss or credit can be utilised.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset if there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax liabilities and
assets, and they relate
to income taxes levied by the same tax authority on the same taxable entity. Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date and
are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realised.
Additional income taxes arise from the distribution of dividends
which
are recognised at the same time as the
right to receive
/pay
is
established.
In determining the amount of current and deferred tax, the Group takes into account the impact of uncertain tax positions and
whether
additional taxes and interest may be due. This assessment relies on estimates and assumptions and may involve a series of judgements
about future events. New information may become available that causes the Group to change its judgement regarding the adequacy of
existing tax liabilities; such changes to tax liabilities will impact tax expense in the period that such a determi
nation is made.



202
4
20
2
3
US$’000
US$’000
Corporate income tax
Cyprus
current year
3
956
3
760
Cyprus
prior year under provision
1
South Africa
current year
14
6
08
21 552
South Africa
prior year
(over)/
under provision
(124)
739
18
44
1
26 051
Deferred tax: originating and reversal of
temporary differences (note 18)
15
693
609
Deferred tax
prior year under provision (note 18)
156
128
15
8
49
737
Special contribution for defence in Cyprus
227
118
Dividend withholding tax
520
658
Tax charge
35
0
37
27
564


Graphics
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
52
12.
TAX (continued)
The entities within the Group are taxed in the countries in which they are incorporated and operate at the relevant tax rates
as follows:
Country
202
4
20
2
3
Cyprus
12.5%
12.5%
South Africa
2
7
.0%
27.0%
Zimbabwe
15
.
0
%
15.0%
Guernsey
0.0%
0.0%
China
25.0%
25.0%
Cypriot income tax rate
South African income tax rate
Reconciliation between tax charge and accounting
202
4
202
3
202
4
202
3
profit at applicable tax rates
:
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
Profit before tax
117
679
114
340
117
679
114
340
Notional tax on profit before tax, calculated at the
Cypriot/South African income tax rate of 12.5%/27.0%
(202
3
: 12.5%/2
7
.0%)
*
14
7
10
14
293
31
773
30
872
Tax effects of:
Different tax rates from the standard Cypriot/South
African income tax rate
16
2
09
12
455
(5
631)
(5
069)
Tax exempt income
Fair value adjustments
(1)
(1
887)
(3)
(4
076)
Interest received
(432)
(223)
(934)
(481)
Currency gains
(73)
(800)
(157)
(1
727)
Assessed losses utilised
(14)
-
(29)
-
Other
(6)
(6)
(14)
(12)
Non
-
deductible expenses
Investment related expenses
726
574
1
569
1
239
Interest paid
273
115
589
248
Currency losses
18
789
38
1
704
Capital expenses
874
506
1
889
1
093
Other
10
-
24
-
Special contribution for defence in Cyprus
190
118
410
256
Dividend withholding tax
-
current year
preference
dividends
520
658
1 123 1 420
Dividend withholding tax
-
accrued
dividends
45
42
97
90
Deferred tax
-
unremitted distributable reserves of
foreign subsidiaries
1
473
620
3
182
1
339
Prior year under provision of current income tax
99
58
214
124
Deferred tax not
raised: assessed losses
224
30
483
64
Recognition of deemed interest income for tax purposes
192
222
414
480
Tax charge
35
0
37
27
564
35
0
3
7
27
564
*
These adjustments are tax effected at 12.5% (Cyprus) compared to 27.0% (South
Africa) and therefore result in different amounts adjusted.
Under certain conditions interest income may be subject to defence contribution at the rate of 30.0% in Cyprus. Such interest
income is treated
as non-taxable in the computation of corporation taxable income. In certain instances, dividends received from abroad may be subject to
defence contribution at the rate of 17.0%.
In terms of the Double Taxation Agreement between Cyprus and South Africa, dividend withholding tax at a rate of 5.0% (202
3
: 5.0%) is
charged on dividends declared by the Company’s South African subsidiaries. The Group’s consolidated effective tax rate for the year ended
30 September 202
4
was
29.8
% (202
3
: 2
4
.
1
%).
Other than Cyprus and South Africa, no provision for tax in other jurisdictions was made as these entities either sustained l
osses for taxation
purposes or did not earn any assessable profits. At 30 September 2024, the Group had unutilised tax losses of US$170.0 million (2023:
US$71.5 million) available for offset against future taxable income. No deferred tax asset has been raised as it is doubtful whether future
taxable profits will exist for offset against these tax losses. The tax losses don’t expire pr
ovided that the entity remains operational.


Graphics
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
53

12.
TAX
(continued)
Transfer pricing
During the year ended 30 September 2024, the Group received an audit finalisation letter from SARS for Tharisa Minerals Propr
ietary Limited’s
(‘Tharisa Minerals’) 2018 and 2019 years of assessments, adjusting the margins charged by Tharisa Minerals on its cross-border transactions
with Arxo Resources Limited. SARS contends that the taxable income of Tharisa Minerals for these years has been understated which resulted
in reduced income tax paid to SARS. SARS has assessed Tharisa Minerals for additional income tax, penalties and a deemed dividend tax
totalling US$12.3 million (ZAR233.0 million). The Group has requested a suspension of payment and is in the process of filing its objection
against the assessment, however, there is uncertainty on the outcome of the objection process which could lead to a possible outflow of
resources. The Group believes that its objection to the SARS assessment will be successful. Accordingly, the estimate of the contingent
amount payable has not been provided for.
Judgement and estimates: taxes
Judgement is required in determining the liability for income taxes due to the complexity of legislation. There are many tran
sactions and
calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain during the ordinary course of business. The Group recognises liabilities for
anticipated tax audit issues based on estimates of whether additional taxes will be due. Where the final tax outcome of these matters is
different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences will impact the income tax and deferred tax provisions in the period in
which such determination is made.
The Group recognises the net future tax benefit related to deferred income tax assets to the extent that it is probable that
the
deductible
temporary differences will reverse in the foreseeable future. Assessing the recoverability of deferred income tax assets requires the Company
to make significant estimates related to expectations of future taxable income. Estimates of future taxable income are based on forecast cash
flows from operations and the application of existing tax laws.
Judgement and estimates
:
Zimbabwean tax rate
Karo Platinum (Private) Limited
(‘Karo Platinum’)
, Karo Zimbabwe Holdings (Private) Limited
(‘Karo Zimbabwe’)
and Salene Chrome
Zimbabwe (Private) Limited (‘Salene’) have been awarded a Special Economic Zone Licence (‘SEZ’) which stipulates a 15.0% corporate tax
rate. Subsequent to being granted the SEZ, legislation was amended stipulating that mining companies were not eligible for the SEZ benefits.
The Group obtained legal advice confirming that the legislation cannot be applied retrospectively. The Group has also engaged with regulatory
authorities and is expecting a favourable outcome. Accordingly, while the standard Zimbabwean corporate tax rate is 24.72%, Karo Zimbabwe,
Karo Platinum and Salene have applied the SEZ corporate tax rate of 15.0%.
Judgement and estimates: most meaningful tax rate
IAS 12 requires entities to disclose a tax rate reconciliation
to enable users to understand whether the relationship between the accounting
profit and taxation is unusual and to understand significant factors that could affect that relationship in the future. In preparation of the tax rate
reconciliation, entities select a most meaningful tax rate to which the profit before tax is applied and to which the tax charge for the year is
then reconciled. The Group previously selected the Cyprus corporate income tax rate as the most meaningful tax rate. Since the majority of
the Group’s profits are currently earned in South Africa, management considers that it is appropriate to include a tax rate reconciliation for
which the South African income tax rate is select
ed as the most meaningful tax rate.


13.
EARNINGS PER SHARE
The calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share and headline and diluted headline earnings per share has been based o
n the
profit attributable to the ordinary shareholders of the Company and the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding.
Treasury shares are excluded from the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding. Allocated unvested conditional
awards (‘LTIP’), granted to employees at no cost in terms of the LTIP 2021 Award (first, second and third measurement periods),
LTIP 2022 Award (first and second measurement periods) and the LTIP 2023 Award (first measurement period) that are still in
employment within the Group at year-end, with the remaining vesting condition being to remain in employment as at the third anniversary
of the grant date, result in a potential dilutive impact on the weighted average number of issued ordinary shares and have been included
in the calculation of dilutive weighted average number of issued ordinary shares. Vested SARS issued to employees at award prices
higher than the share price at 30 September were excluded from the calculation of diluted weighted average number of issued ordinary
shares because its effect would be anti-dilutive.


Graphics
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
54
13.
EARNINGS PER SHARE
(continued)
202
4
20
23
Basic and diluted earnings per share
Profit for the year attributable to ordinary shareholders (US$’000)
82
8
9
5
82
235
Weighted average number of issued ordinary shares for basic
and headline earnings
per share ('000)
299
072
299
816
Dilutive impact of LTIP (‘000)
8
419
2
896
Weighted average number of issued ordinary shares for diluted
basic and diluted headline earnings
per
share ('000)
307
491
302
712
Earnings per share
Basic (US$ cents)
27.7
27.4
Diluted (US$ cents)
27.0
27.2
Headline and
diluted headline earnings per share
Headline earnings for the year attributable to ordinary shareholders (US$’000)
84
1
04
84
811
Headline earnings per share (US$ cents)
28.
1
28.3
Diluted h
eadline earnings per share (US$ cents)
27.4
28.0
Reconciliation of profit to headline earnings
2024
2023
Gross
US$’000
Net
US$’000
Gross
US$’000
Net
US$’000
Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders
82
8
9
5
82 235
Adjustments:
Write off
of property, plant and equipment
1
942
1
418
3
454
2
590
Insurance proceeds received
(229)
(167)
-
-
Profit
on disposal of property, plant and equipment
(57)
(42)
(18)
(14)
Headline earnings
84
1
0
4
84
811


14.
PROPERTY, PLANT AND
EQUIPMENT



Accounting policy
Mining assets and infrastructure
Mining assets and infrastructure typically include those costs incurred for the development of the mine, including the design
of the mine
plan, constructing and commissioning the facilities and preparation of the mine and necessary infrastructure for production. The mine
development phase generally begins after completion of a feasibility study and ends upon the commencement of commercial production.
Mining assets are measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and less any accumulated impairment losses. Expenditure, including
evaluation costs, incurred to establish or expand productive capacity, to support and maintain that productive capacity prior to the
commencement of commercial levels of production, are capitalised to assets under construction and transferred to mining assets and
infrastructure when the mining venture reaches commercial production. Maintenance costs incurred to maintain current production are

expensed.

The
Th
arisa Mine’s (South Africa)
remaining useful life of mine and infrastructure
based on the remaining open pit life of mine and excluding
future potential underground development, is currently
estimated to be 1
7
(202
3
: 1
8
years) years.

Deferred stripping costs
All
stripping costs incurred (costs incurred in removing overburden to expose the reef) during the production phase of a mine are
treated
as variable production costs and as a result are included in the cost of inventory during the period in which the stripping costs are incurred.
However, any costs of overburden stripping in excess of the expected open-pit life average stripping ratio are deferred. Any costs deferred
are capitalised to property, plant and equipment
provided all the following conditions are met
:
it is probable that the future economic benefit associated with the stripping activity will be realised;
the component of the ore body for which access has been improved can be identified; and
the costs relating to the stripping activity associated with the improved access can be reliably measured
.
If all of the criteria are not met, the production stripping costs are charged to the consolidated statement of
profit or loss
as
they are incurred.
This deferred stripping asset is depreciated using the units of production method over the expected useful life of the identified component
of the ore body that becomes more accessible as a result of the stripping activity.





Graphics
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
55

14.
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
(continued)





Accounting policy (continued)
General
A
ssets are initially measured at cost and
are subsequently measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and less any accumulated
impairment losses. The cost of self-constructed assets includes the cost of materials, direct labour and an appropriate portion of normal
production overheads. Directly attributable expenses relating to major capital projects and site preparation are capitalised until the asset is
brought to a working condition for its intended use. These costs include dismantling and site restoration costs. Administrative and other
general overhead costs are expensed as incurred. Purchased software that is integral to the functionality of the related equipment is
capitalised as part of that equipment.
Borrowing costs directly attributable to the construction or acquisition of
qualifying assets are capitalised directly to the cost of the qualifying
asset. To the extent that funds are borrowed specifically for the purpose of obtaining a qualifying asset, these borrowing costs shall be
determined as the actual borrowing costs incu
rred on that borrowing.

Where an item of property, plant and equipment comprises major components with different useful lives, the components are acc
ounted for
as separate items of property, plant and equipment.
Expenditure incurred to replace a
component of an item of property, plant and equipment that is accounted for separately, including major
inspection and overhaul expenditure, is capitalised when the costs can be reliably measured and if it is probable that the future economic
benefits embo
died within the component will flow to the Group. The carrying amount of the replaced component, if any, are derecognised.
Maintenance and day to day servicing and repairs, which neither materially add to the value of assets nor appreciably
prolong their useful
lives, are recognised in profit or loss.

Gains and losses on disposal of an item of property, plant and equipment are determined by comparing the
net
proceeds from disposal with
the carrying amount of the item and are recognised in profit or loss.
Depreciation
Depreciation of mineral rights and mining assets and infrastructure is calculated using the units-of-production method based on estimated




economically recoverable proved and probable mineral reserves. Proved and probable reserves reflect estimated quantities of economically
recoverable resources which can be recovered in the future from known mineral deposits. Depreciation is first charged on mining assets and
infrastructure from the date on which they are available for use.
Mining fleet is depreciated using the units
-
of
-
production method based on estimated achievable machine hours.
For other property, plant and equipment, depreciation is recognised in profit or loss on a straight
-
line basis at rates that will reduce the
carrying amounts to estimated residual values over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements on premises occupied
under leases are expensed over the shorter of the lease term and the useful lives.
Depreciation, unless
otherwise stated, is calculated as follows:
buildings at 10.0% pa
motor vehicles at 20.0% pa
computer equipment and software at 33.3% pa
office equipment between 10.0% and 33.3% pa
furniture at 20.0% pa
No depreciation is provided on freehold
land and mine development assets under construction.
Depreciation methods, residual values and
useful lives are reviewed at least annually, and adjusted prospectively if appropriate, at each reporting date.

Exploration and evaluation
expenditure
All exploration and evaluation expenditure, prior to obtaining the legal rights to explore a specific area, is recognised in
profit or loss. After
the legal rights to explore are obtained, exploration and evaluation expenditure, comprising the costs of acquiring prospecting rights and
directly attributable exploration expenditure, is capitalised as a separate class of property, plant and equipment, on a project-by-project basis,
pending determination of the technical feasibility and commercial viability.
The technical feasibility and commercial viability of extracting a mineral resource is generally considered to be determinabl
e through a
feasibility study and when proven reserves are determinable to exist. Upon determination of proven reserves, exploration and evaluation
assets attributable to those reserves are first tested for impairment and then reclassified to another appropriate class of property, plant and
equipment. Subsequently, all costs directly incurred to prepare an identified mineral asset for production are capitalised to mine development
assets. Amortisation of these assets commences once these assets are available for use. These assets will be measured at cost less
accumulated amortisation and impairment losses.





Graphics
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
56

14.
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
(continued)


Accounting policy
Minerals reserve
The estimation of reserves impacts the amortisation of property, plant and equipment, the recoverable amount of property, pla
nt and equipment
and the timing of
rehabilitation expenditure.
Factors impacting the determination of proved and probable reserves
include
:
commodity prices;
the grade of mineral reserves;
operational issues at the mine; and
the reliability of the measurement of the fair value or
cost of the asset.
The carrying amounts of the Group's non
-
financial assets are reviewed at each reporting date to determine whether there is any indication of
impairment. If any such indication exists, the asset's recoverable amount is estimated. An impairment loss is recognised whenever the carrying
amount of an asset or its related CGU exceeds its recoverable amount. A CGU is the smallest identifiable asset group that generates cash
flows that are largely independent from other assets and groups. Impairment losses are recognised in profit or loss. Impairment losses
recognised in respect of CGUs are allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the CGUs (group of units) and
then, to reduce the carrying amount
of the other assets in the CGU (group of units) on a pro rata basis.
The recoverable amount of an asset or CGU is the greater of its value in use and its fair value less costs to sell. In assess
ing value in use,
the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments
of the time value of money and the risks specific to the assets. For the purpose of impairment testing, assets that cannot be tested individually
are grouped together into the smallest group of assets that generates cash flows from continuing use that are largely independent of the cash
inflows of the other assets of the CGU.
Impairment losses recognised in prior periods are assessed at each
reporting date for any indication that the loss has decreased or no longer
exists. An impairment loss is reversed through profit or loss if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable
amount. An impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the asset's carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would
have been determined, net of depreciation or amortisation, if no impairment loss had been recognised.

L
eases
The Group recognises a
right
-
of
-
use asset at the commencement date of the contract for all leases conveying the right to control the use of
identified assets for a specified period. The commencement date is the date on which a lessor makes an underlying asset available for use
b
y the lessee.
The right
-
of
-
use assets are initially measured at cost, which comprises the amount of initial measurement of the lease liability adjusted
for
any lease payments made at or before the commencement date plus any initial direct costs incurred by the lessee and an estimate of costs
to be incurred by the lessee in dismantling and removing the underlying assets or restoring the site on which the assets are located, less
any lease incentives.
Subsequent to initial measurement, the
right
-
of
-
use assets are depreciated from the commencement date using the straight
-
line method
over the shorter of the estimated useful lives of the right
-
of
-
use assets or the end of lease term. These are as follows:
Right
-
of
-
use asset
Depreciation term in years
Buildings and premises
Straight
-
line over the respective lease terms, between 3 and 5 years
Mining fleet
Based on estimated production hours

After the commencement date, the right
-
of
-
use assets are measured at cost less
any accumulated depreciation and any accumulated
impairment losses and adjusted for any re
-
measurement of the lease liability.
Short
-
term leases and leases of low
-
value assets:
The Group has elected not to recognise right
-
of
-
use assets for short
-
term leases that
do not contain a purchase option and
have a lease
term of 12 months or less and leases of low
-
value assets such as computer equipment.





Graphics
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
57

14.
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
(continued)
Freehold land
and buildings
Mineral rights
Mining assets
and
infrastructure
Mining flee
t
Right-of-use
asset: mining
fleet
Motor
vehicles
Computer
equipment
and software
Office
equipment and
furniture,
community
and site office
improvements
Right-of-use
asset:
buildings
Total
30 September 202
4
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
Cost
Balance at 30 September 2023
24
646
201
750
432 803
126 793
5
477
5
257
5
619
1
422
1
587
805
354
Additions
2
811
-
164
00
5
24
206
-
262
1
815
185
-
193
28
4
Borrowing costs
-
-
2
592
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
592
Lease agreements entered into
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
544
544
Disposals
-
-
(12)
(3
324)
-
(47)
-
-
-
(3
383)
Re
-
measurement
-
-
-
-
(35)
-
-
-
(3)
(38)
Write offs
(231)
-
(2
2
98
)
(9
550)
(131)
(60)
(493)
(252)
-
(13
015)
Transfers
(
4
)
-
(
7
0
)
1
559
(1
559)
-
58
1
6
-
-
Exchange differences on translation
2
3
8
8
-
40
5
6
1
13
005
39
6
193
5
73
81
359
57
55
6
Balance at 30 September 202
4
29
610
201
750
637
5
81
152
689
4
14
8
5
605
7
572
1
452
2
487
1
04
2
89
4
Accumulated depreciation
and
impairment
Balance at 30 September 202
3
1
989
-
121 393
59 322
4
799
1
645
4
705
683
1
124
195
660
Depreciation c
harge for the year
409
-
30
127
2
1 205
389
866
1
148
193
3
85
54
722
Disposals
-
-
(6)
(1
466)
-
(38)
-
-
-
(1
510)
Write offs
(62)
-
(2
298)
(8
082)
(76)
(34)
(397)
(126)
-
(11
075)
Transfers
-
-
-
1 559
(
1 5
5
9
)
-
-
-
-
-
Exchange differences on translation
1
70
-
12
6
81
6
6
1
0
376
2
450
40
1
30
20
459
Balance at 30 September 202
4
2
506
-
161
897
79
148
3
929
2
441
5
906
790
1 639
258
256

Freehold land and buildings
comprise various portions of the farms Elandsdrift 467 JQ, Buffelspoort 343 JQ and Farm 342 JQ, North West Province, South Af
rica. All land is freehold.
Property, plant and equipment, with the exception of motor vehicles, is insured at
approximate cost of replacement. Motor vehicles are insured at market value. Land is not insured.
Included in additions to mining assets and infrastructure are additions to the deferred stripping
asset
of US$
65.8
million
(202
3
: US$
4.4
million).
The estimated economically recoverable proved and probable mineral reserve of Tharisa Minerals Proprietary Limited was reasse
ssed during October 202
3
which gave rise to a change in accounting estimate.
The remaining reserve that management had previously assessed was 107.2 Mt (during October 2022). During October 2023, the remaining reserve was assessed to be 85.1 Mt. As a result, the expected useful
life of the plant and other assets, included in mining assets and infrastructure, decreased. The impact of the change on the actual depreciation expense, included in cost of sales, is an increased depreciation charge
o
f US$0.
1
million. The change in estimate was recognised prospectively.
Included in mining assets and infrastructure are projects under
construction
of US$
168.6
million
(202
3
: US$
6
8.
0
million).


Graphics
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
58

14.
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
(continued)
Freehold land
and
buildings
Mineral rights
Mining assets
and
infrastructure
Mining fleet
Right-of-use
asset: mining
fleet
Motor vehicles
Computer
equipment and
software
Office
equipment and
furniture,
community
and site office
improvements
Right-of-use
asset:
buildings
Total
30 September 2023
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
Cost
Balance at 30 September 2022
23
200
201
750
387
329
111
271
6
456
2
989
4
197
1
332
1
733
740
257
Additions
2
529
-
60 979
27
292
-
2
387
1
625
147
-
94 959
Borrowing costs
-
1
880
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
880
Lease agreements entered into
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
211
211
Disposals
-
-
(147)
-
-
(36)
(5)
-
-
(188)
Re
-
measurement
-
-
-
-
1
364
-
-
-
62
1
426
Write offs
(6)
-
(631)
(7 733)
(338)
(16)
(58)
(3)
(348)
(9 133)
Transfers
-
-
(168)
1 746
(1
746)
84
86
(2)
-
-
Exchange differences on translation
(1
077)
-
(16
439)
(5 783)
(259)
(151)
(226)
(52)
(71)
(24
058)
Balance at 30 September 202
3
24
646
201
750
432 803
126 793
5
477
5
257
5
619
1
422
1
587
805
354
Accumulated depreciation
and
impairment
Balance at 30
September 202
2
1
353
-
110
490
47 815
4
210
1
022
3
994
582
1
211
170 677
Depreciation c
harge for the year
706
-
16 439
18 819
1
044
796
963
162
310
39
239
Disposals
-
-
(55)
-
-
(19)
(4)
-
-
(78)
Write offs
(2)
-
(385)
(4
633)
(236)
(16)
(58)
(3)
(346)
(5
679)
Transfers
-
85
-
-
(81)
(1)
(3)
-
-
Exchange differences on translation
(68)
-
(5
181)
(2
679)
(219)
(57)
(189)
(55)
(51)
(8
499)
Balance at 30 September 202
3
1
989
-
121 393
59 322
4
799
1
645
4
705
683
1
124
195
660



Graphics
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
59

14.
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (continued)
20
2
4
20
2
3
Net book value
US$’000
US$’000
Freehold land and buildings
27
104
22
657
Mineral right
201
750
201
750
Mining assets and infrastructure
475
68
4
311 410
Mining fleet
73
541
67 471
Right
-
of
-
use mining fleet
21
9
678
Motor vehicles
3
164
3
612
Computer equipment and software
1
666
914
Office equipment and furniture,
community and site office improvements
662
739
Right
-
of
-
use buildings and premises
848
463
784
63
8
609 694
At 30 September 202
4
, trade and other
payables include US$2
4.0
million (2023
: US$25.3 million)
owing
to vendors providing capital goods
and services to the Group.
Borrowing costs relating to the Karo Platinum project of US$
2.6
million were capitalised during the year ended 30 September 202
4
(202
3
:
US$1.9 million). A capitalisation rate of 9.5% (2023: 9.5%) was used which is equal to the coupon of the bond listed on the Victoria Falls
Stock Exchange (note 25). The bond was issued specific for the construction of the Karo Platinum
project
in Zimbabwe.
Capital commitments
At 30 September 2024, the Group’s capital commitments for contracts to purchase property, plant and equipment amounted to
US$
46.9
million (202
3
: US$
157.7
million).
Securities
At 30 September 202
4
and 30 September 202
3
,
US$23.2 million (
2023:
US$30.9
million)
of the
Group’s mining fleet was pledged as security
against the asset backed facilities (refer to note 25).
Write offs
During the year ended 30 September 202
4
, the Group scrapped individual assets with net book values
totalling US$
1.9
million
(202
3
:
US$3.2 million). The write offs during both the financial years mainly relate to yellow fleet equipment identified as no longer fit for use and
premature component failures.
The mining component pre
-
mature failures are identified through the measurement of the hours depreciated for each component in
relationship to the expected useful live. A write off is recognised for each component that did not reach its expected useful life. Further to
this, mining fleet is also written off as identified from fleet that is confirmed as obsolete by management.
Impairment of assets
At 30 September 202
4
, the operational environment and circumstances of Salene
Chrome Zimbabwe (Private) Limited (‘Salene’)
have not
improved and the operations remain on care and maintenance. The Group believes that due to a prolonged delay in start-up, an impairment
indicator was still present at 30 September 2024. The carrying value of the Salene CGU of US$2.3 million was tested for impairment by
determining the value in use and the fair value less cost to sell. The Group believes that no additional impairment is required at
30 September 2024 as the fair value less cost to sell of US$2.3 million exceeds the value in use and supports the recoverability of the Salene
CGU.
At 30 September 202
4
, operations at Skyler Storm (Private) Limited (‘Skyler’) have not commenced and remained
o
n care and maintenance.
The Group believes that due to a prolonged delay in start-up, an impairment indicator was still present at 30 September 2024. The carrying
value of the Skyler CGU
had no value a 30 September 2024 and hence no

impairment is required.
Karo Platinum Project
During the year ended 30 September 2024, development of t
he Karo Platinum Project
was slowed down due to a delay in funding
workstreams as a consequence of PGM market conditions together with a delay in the fiscal regime discussions with the Zimbabwean
Government necessary for a Tier 1 project. The Group believes that due to the slow down, an impairment indicator is present at
30 September 2024. The carrying value of the Karo Platinum Project CGU of US$317.3 million was tested for impairment by determining the
value in use. The Group performed a value in use calculation on a Karo Platinum CGU level by using a discounted cash flow forecast covering
a period of 10 years which represents the life of the open cast mine, a PGM basket price of US$1 855 and a pre-tax weighted average cost
of capital of 13.2%. The Group believes that the recoverable value of the CGU exceeds the carrying value of US$317.3 million. Consequently
the Group believes that no impairment is required at 30 September 2024 as the value in use exceeds the carrying value and supports the
recoverability of the Karo Platinum Project CGU. The Group is in possession of term sheets received from financiers and is currently
assessing these while smaller work packages at the Karo Platinum Project are being completed.


.


Graphics
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
60

14.
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (continued)
Judgements and
estimates: mineral reserves estimates
Economically recoverable ore reserves represent the estimated quantity of product in an area of interest that can be expected
to be profitably
extracted, processed and sold under current and foreseeable economic conditions. The determination of ore reserves includes estimates and
assumptions about a range of geological, technical and economic factors, including: quantities, grades, production techniques, recovery rates,
production costs, transport costs, commodity demand and commodity prices. Changes in ore reserves impact the assessment of recoverability
of exploration and evaluation assets, property, plant and equipment, the carrying amount of assets depreciated on a units-of-production basis,
provision for site rehabilitation and the recognition of deferred tax assets, including tax losses. The mineral reserve is re-assessed annually.
The Group estimates and reports mineral reserves in accordance with the principles and guidelines contained in the South African Code for
Reporting of Mineral Reserves of 200
7, revised in 2016 (SAMREC 2016).
Judgements and estimates:
assessment of CGU
The Group’s main subsidiary, Tharisa Minerals Proprietary Limited (‘Tharisa Minerals’) is a vertically integrated operation.
The Group believes
that there is no active market for the run of mine ore (‘ROM’) mined at Tharisa Minerals due to the high volume being processed and as the
ROM is of a relative low grade compared to other deposits in the same region. Tharisa Minerals’ integrated processing plants are specifically
designed to treat the volume and low grade ROM. Tharisa Minerals produces PGMs and chrome concentrates on a co-product basis and the
operation is managed as a joint product mine. The Group therefore believes that the processing plants together with the mining assets are
dependent on each other in order to generate cash inflows.
The Group therefore believes that the mining fleet and mining assets cannot generate cash inflows that are largely independen
t of the cash
inflows from the processing plants and other assets or group of assets and as a result are not separate cash generating units. Consequently
the Group believes that the mining assets and the processing plants together represents the smallest identifiable group of assets that
generates cash inflows largely independent from other assets and represents a single CGU.
Karo Mining Holdings plc (‘Karo’) and subsidiary companies collectively in future will generate cash inflows independently. T
he Group therefore
believes that Karo together with its subsidiaries represents the smallest identifiable group of assets that will generate cash inflows largely
independent from other assets and represents
another
single CGU
.
Judgements and estimates: impairment of assets
Indicators for impairment on non
-
financial assets are assessed at each reporting period. Should an
indication exist, individual assessments
of property, plant and equipment are performed based on the technical, economic an
d
business circumstances
.
Judgements and estimates: depreciation
Mi
ning assets and infrastructure are
depreciated using the units
-
of
-
production method. Management has elected to use the tonnes mined in
relation to tonnes proved and probable mineral reserve as an appropriate units-of-production depreciation method. Changes in the proved and
probable mineral reserve will impact the useful lives of the assets depreciated based on this method. The average remaining useful life of the
open pit mine is
estimated at 1
7
years (
202
3
: 1
8
years)
.
Re
fer to the Accounting Policies f
or the depreciation of the
remaining assets.
Judgements and estimates: deferred stripping
IFRIC 20 requires that production stripping costs in a surface mine be capitalised to non
-
current assets if, and only if, all of the following criteria
are met:
it is probable that the future economic benefit associated with the stripping activity will flow to the entity;
the entity can identify the component of the ore body for which access has been improved; and
the costs relating to the stripping activity associated with that component can be measured.
The Group uses a long
-
term life of opencast mine stripping ratio which consist
s
of actual historical numbers and forecast numbers. The
forecast numbers are updated annually according to the Reserve and Resource Statement. In the event that the actual stripping ratio exceeds
the life of mine stripping ratio, the actual weighted average stripping cost associated with the stripping ratio that is in excess of the life of mine
stripping ratio is deferred and capitalised to property, plant and equipment. Excess deferred stripping costs are only capitalised if it can be
reliably measured and if the open pit is improved and
/or the ore body is
exposed for future benefit.



Graphics
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
61




15.
INTANGIBLE ASSETS



Accounting policy
Intangible assets
acquired separately are measured on initial recognition at cost. Following initial recognition, intangible assets are carried
at cost less any accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment losses. The useful lives of intangible assets are assessed as either
finite or indefinite.
Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortised, but are tested for impairment annually, either individually
or at the cash
-
generating unit level. The assessment of indefinite life is reviewed annually to determine whether the indefinite life continues to be
supportable. If not, the change in useful life from indefinite to finite is made on a prospective basis.
Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortised using the
straight
-
line method over their estimated useful lives. Residual values of
intangible assets are presumed to be zero and along with their useful lives are reassessed on an annual basis.


Impairment
The carrying amounts of the Group's non
-
financial assets are reviewed at each reporting date to determine whether there is any indication
of impairment. For goodwill and intangible assets that have indefinite lives or are not yet available for use, the recoverable amount is estimated
annually
as to
whether or not there is any indication of impairment.
For the purposes of goodwill impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated to groups of CGUs t
hat are expected
to benefit from the synergies of the combination.
An impairment loss in respect of goodwill is not reversed.






202
4
202
3
Goodwill
Intellectual
property
Total
Goodwill
Intellectual
property
Total
Cost
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
Balance at 1 October
2
579
956
3
535
2
634
311
2
945
Additions
-
5
645
5
645
-
649
649
Effect of movement in exchange rates
113
9
12
2
(55)
(4)
(59)
Balance at 30 September
2
692
6
6
1
0
9
30
2
2
579
956
3
535
Accumulated
amortisation and
impairment losses
Balance at 1 October
1
978
2
1
980
2 005
-
2 005
Amortisation for the year
-
4
4
-
2
2
Effect of
movement in exchange rates
56
1
5
7
(27)
-
(27)
Balance at 30 September
2
034
7
2
04
1
1
978
2
1
980
Carrying amount
658
6
60
3
7
261
601
954
1
555

The goodwill arose on the acquisitions of Braeston Proprietary Limited, Arxo
Logistics Proprietary Limited, MetQ Proprietary Limited and
Salene Chrome Zimbabwe (Private) Limited.
The goodwill relating to Braeston Proprietary Limited (US$0.
2
million) was attributed to the synergies of operations at the Group’s head office
and established client and supplier relationships. The goodwill was allocated to the PGM and chrome operating segments.
The goodwill relating to Arxo Logistics
Proprietary Limited (US$0.5 million) was attributed to supplier relationships specific to the transport and
sea freight industry and skills and knowledge of the workforce. The goodwill was allocated to the chrome operating segment.
The goodwill relating to MetQ Proprietary Limited
(US$0.5
million
)
was impaired in full during the year ended 30
September
2022.
The goodwill
is not tax deductible.
The goodwill relating to Salene Chrome Zimbabwe (Private) Limited (US$1.4 million) was impaired in full during the year ended
30
September
2022. The goodwill is not tax deductible.
The recoverable amount of the remaining goodwill was calculated based on the value in use of the operating segment to which t
he goodwill
was allocated and was higher than the carrying values.
The recoverable amounts of the operating segments were
determined based on discounted cash flows approved by management covering a
sixteen-year period, which represents the estimated opencast life of mine at 30 September 2024. The cash flows were discounted using
a real
discount rate of 13.3% (2023: 12.2%) for
South African operations, an exchange rate of ZAR17.27:US$1; (2023: ZAR17.80 US$1) spot PGM
basket price of US$1 545/oz (2023: US$1 889/oz) and spot chrome concentrate prices of US$276/tonne (2023: US$280/tonne). The
discount
rate used was a pre-tax real rate and reflects specific risks relating to the relevant operating segment. Cash flows are based on the life-of-
mine
plan that takes into account proved and probable ore reserves and appropriate capital expenditure estimates.
It is estimated that a decrease of 15.9% (from US$276/tonne to US$232/tonne) in the long
-
term real chrome concentrate price would cause
the recoverable amount of goodwill to equal its carrying amount without any other changes in key assumptions.




Graphics
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
62






15.
INTANGIBLE ASSETS
(continued)
Judgements and estimates: allocation of goodwill
T
he Group believes that the mining assets and the processing plants together represents the smallest identifiable Group of ass
ets that
generates cash inflows largely independent from other assets and represents a single CGU, refer to note 14. IAS 36 does not prohibit entities
having a CGU larger than its operating segments. However, in such circumstances where a CGU is larger than its operating segments, goodwill
should be allocated and tested on an operating segment level. The Group has consequently allocated and tested the goodwill on an operating
segments
level
.

Intellectual property
The Group acquired certain intellectual property associated with the development and
commercialisation of an electrical energy storage device
suitable for large scale static applications and ultimately suitable for large scale usage of chrome concentrates. The Group
believes that
potential cash inflows resulting from the application of the
intellectual property to the Group’s existing operational processes and products will
exceed the carrying value and hence no impairment was recognised. At 30 September 2024 and 30 September 2023, the Group continued
to
assess that the
majority of the
intellectual property has an indefinite useful life.
During the
year
ended 3
0
September
2024, the Group acquired certain intellectual property associated with the PGM beneficiation process,
specifically suitable for the PGM concentrate produced by the Group. The Group believes that applying the
intellectual property to the PGM
refining process will result in numerous enhancements compared to the conventional PGM refining process.
At 30 September 2024, the
intellectual property
was not available yet for its intended use, hence no amortisation has been re
cognised.





16.
GROUP
COMPOSITION
The Group holds 100% of the voting rights in all subsidiaries apart from
Karo Mining
Holdings plc
(‘Karo Mining’)
(7
6.22
% holding, 202
3
:
7
5
.00
% holding)
.
For the increase in shareholding within Karo Mining,
refer to note 23.
The following table summarises the information relating to the Company's subsidiar
ies with material non
-
controlling interests
,
Karo Mining
Holdings plc owns 85.0% of the voting rights of Karo Platinum (Private) Limited. The non-controlling interests of Karo Mining and subsidiaries
before any inter
-
group eliminations
were
:
2024
2023
US$’000
US$’000
Non
-
current assets
140
878
57
670
Current assets
15
749
79
63
9
Non
-
current liabilities
(3
6
376
)
(3
6 463
)
Current liabilities
(1
9 325
)
(1
7 4
19
)
Net assets
100
926
83
427
Carrying amount of non
-
controlling interest
in the net assets of Karo Mining Holdings Plc
(1
653)
(1
552)
Fair value adjustments on the net assets at acquisition attributable to non
-
controlling interest
55
451
55 451
Value of net assets attributable to non
-
controlling interest, taking
acquisition adjustments into account
53
798
53
899
Net (loss)
/profit
after tax
and total comprehensive
(loss)/
income
(2
501)
13
528
Non
-
controlling interest in
loss
after tax
(101)
(64)
Cash flows
generated
from/(
used in
)
operating activities
13
430
(8
35
2
)
Cash flows
used in
investing activities
(
79 63
1
)
(4
1 948
)
Cash flows
generated
from financing activities
16 501
99 803
Net change in cash and cash
equivalents
(49 700)
49
503
Judgements and estimates: functional currency
In accordance with IAS21, Karo Holdings has considered the following factors in the determination of the functional currency:
Currency of sales and future sales. While operations are still in
development
phase, PGM concentrates sales are concluded in
US$
.
Currency of operating costs. The majority of costs are paid in US$ to service providers in Zimbabwe, South Africa, Cyprus and
Australia. Fees for services are quoted in US$. Karo Mining’s subsidiaries obtained foreign exchange control approval to allow
funds to be transferred into its Zimbabwean local account.
Funding: the funding made available to Karo Holdings is denominated in US$.
Cash flows: the cash flows comprised of US$ denominated intergroup loans paid directly to the service providers and suppliers
of
goods;
Group considerations: Karo Zimbabwe Holdings (Private) Limited is a 100% subsidiary of Karo Mining. In terms of degree of
autonomy of Karo Zimbabwe Holdings (Private) Limited and its subsidiaries, the group is dependent on the holding company.
The
Group concludes that the
functional currency of Karo
Mining and s
u
bsidiaries
is the US
$
. The Zimbabwean government has issued a
number of Statutory Instruments while it has been managing in a hyper inflationary economic environment with a shortage of hard foreign
currency reserves.




Graphics
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
63

17.
FINANCIAL
ASSETS






Accounting policy
Measurement: Financial assets at amortised cost
Financial assets at amortised cost are initially recognised at fair value, and subsequently carried at amortised cost less an
y
allowance for
impairment.
Measurement: Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
Financial assets carried at fair value through profit or loss are initially recorded at fair value and transaction costs are
expensed in the
statement of profit or loss. Realised and unrealised gains and losses arising from changes in the fair value of the financial assets held at fair
value through profit or loss are included in the statement of profit or loss in the period in which they arise.

Derecognition: Financial assets
The Group derecognises financial assets only when the contractual
rights to cash flows from the financial assets expire, or when it transfers
the financial assets and substantially all the associated risks and rewards of ownership to another entity. Gains and losses on derecognition
are generally recognised in the statem
ent of profit or loss

.

Hedge accounting
The Group does not apply hedge accounting.


Accounting policy:
i
mpairment
Financial asset at amortised cost
Impairment requirements are based on expected credit losses (expected credit loss model).
Expected credit losses (‘ECLs’) are an estimate
of credit losses over the life of a financial instrument and are recognised as a loss allowance or provision. The amount of ECLs to be
recognised depends on the extent of credit deterioration since initial re
cognition.
The Group applies the expected credit loss model to all debt instruments classified as measured at amortised cost, or at fair
value through
other comprehensive income, including lease receivables and contract assets.
The Group
considers both approaches: the general approach and the simplified approach. For trade receivables (not subject to provisiona
l
pricing) due in less than 12 months, the group applies the simplified approach in calculating ECLs. Therefore, the Group does not track
changes in credit risk, but instead, recognises a loss allowance based on the financial asset’s lifetime ECL at each reporting date. The Group
considers its historical credit loss experience, adjusted for forward looking factors that could indicate impairments taking into account the
specific debtors and the economic environment.
The general approach requires the assessment of financial assets to be split into 3 stages:
Stage 1: no significant deterioration in credit quality. This
identifies financial assets as having a low credit risk, and the asset is considered to
be performing as anticipated. At this stage, a 12 month expected credit loss assessment is required.
Stage 2: significant deterioration in credit quality of the financial asset but no indication of a credit loss event. This st
age identifies assets as
under
-
performing. Lifetime expected credit losses are required to be assessed.
Stage 3: clear and objective evidence of impairment is present. This stage
identifies assets as non
-
performing financial instruments. Lifetime
expected credit losses are required to be assessed
.
Once a default has occurred, it is considered a deterioration of credit risk and therefore an increase in the credit risk.
The Group considers a wide variety of indicators when assessing the increase in credit risk as well as the probability of the
default happening
for impairment purposes. Some indicators considered include: significant changes in the expected performance and behaviour of the debtor;
past due information; significant changes in external market indicators including market information related to the debtor, existing or forecast
adverse changes in business, financial or economic conditions; an actual or expected significant adverse change in the regulatory, economic,
or technological environment; actual or expected significant internal credit rating downgrade or decrease; actual or expected significant
change in the operating results of the debtor.
The expected credit loss value is determined as the estimated cash shortfall that would be incurred, multiplied by the probab
ility of the default
occurring






Graphics
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
64




17.
FINANCIAL ASSETS
(continued)


202
4
20
2
3
Non
-
current assets
Fair value
hierarchy
US$’000
US$’000
Financial assets
Investments in money markets, current accounts, cash funds and income funds
Level 2
7
485
6
040
PGM commodity hedging derivative
Level
2
14
81
Restricted
bank deposit
2
062
13
713
9
561
19 834
Current assets
Financial assets
PGM commodity hedging derivative
Level 2
-
2
288
Forward exchange contracts
Level
2
366
68
Investments in equity instruments
Level 1
80
48
Restricted
bank deposit
3
938
-
4
384
2
404



The
carrying amounts of other non
-
current and current assets carried at amortised cost approximate their fair value.
Investments in money markets, current accounts, cash fun
ds and income funds
Investment in money market and current accounts
totalling US$
6.6
million (202
3
: US$5.3 million) is managed by Centriq Insurance Company
Limited (‘Centriq’). The investment serves as security for the guarantee issued by Centriq to the Department of Mineral Resources for the
rehabilitation provision. The guarantee issued by Centriq ha
s a fixed cover period from 1 December 202
3
to 30 November 202
6
.
Investment in cash funds and income funds of US$0.
9
million (202
3
: US$0.7 million) is managed by Stanlib Collective Investments. The
investment is ceded to Lombard Insurance Group (‘Lombard’) against a US$0.7 million (ZAR12.0 million) (2023: US$0.6 million
(ZAR12.0 million)) guarantee issued by Lombard on behalf of Arxo Logistics Proprietary Limited to Transnet Freight Rail, a division of Transnet
SOC Limited. These investments are separately administered and the Group’s right of access to these fun
ds is re
stricted.
The investments in cash funds and income funds are held at fair value through profit or loss. The underlying investments are
in money
market
and other funds and the fair value has been determined by reference to their quoted prices.
PGM commodity hedging derivative
In terms of the commodity off
-
take financing (note 25), the lenders require commodity price protection for capital repayment amounts against
commodity price volatility. The PGM commodity hedging derivative comprises of commodity hedges for a maximum 13-month rolling basis for
platinum and palladium. The Group enters into commodity hedges over sufficient of the production to match the capital repayment profile. The
total exposure at 30 September 2024 for contracts expiring between 1 October 2025 and 15 October 2026 (2023: 15 October 2024) was
US$46.3 million (2023: US$63.8 million). The commodity hedges were mark-to-market by using applicable quoted closing commodity prices
at 30 September 2024.
The total exposure at 30 September 2024 for contracts expiring
no later than 15 October
202
4
was US$
1.8 million resulting in a liability of
US$40 thousand
(2023: asset of US$2.3 million) (refer to note
26

)
.
Restricted bank deposit
The balance represents a debt reserve account held at Absa Bank Limited and serves as security as required by the commodity o
ff
-
take
financing (refer to note 25). The balance arose on 22 September 2023 and represents cash in the name of Tharisa Minerals Proprietary
Limited. Tharisa Minerals Proprietary Limited is unable to utilise the funds on demand due to access restrictions placed by lenders in accessing
the account, which is only allowed if certain criteria within the commodity off-take financing agreement are satisfied. The balance is equal to
approximately three months’ instalments in terms of the commodity off-take financing with the required balance to be maintained dependent
on the debt profile. The current balance became available on 15 October 2024.

Forward
exchange contracts
fair value through profit or loss
The Group entered into a number of forward exchange
contracts to hedge certain aspects of the foreign exchange risk associated with the
conversion of the US$ to the ZAR. At 30 September 2024 the net exposure of these contracts was US$20.0 million (2023: US$11.0 million)
with various expiries no later than 15 October 2024 (2023: no later than 16 November 2023). The forward exchange contracts were mark-to-
market by using applicable closing exchange rates at 30 September 2024 (2023: 30 September 2023).
Investments in equity instruments
fair value through profit or loss
Investments at fair value through profit or loss are valued based on quoted market prices at the end of the reporting period
without any
deduction for transaction costs. The investment represents shares in the Bank of Cyprus Public Co Limited.



Graphics
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
65

18.
DEFERRED TAX
20
2
4
20
2
3
US$’000
US$’000
Deferred tax assets
2
3
69
1
709
Deferred tax liabilities
(134
692)
(110
045)
Net deferred tax liability
(132
3
23
)
(108
336)
Deferred tax assets
Property, plant and equipment
(112)
(62)
Tax losses not utilised
216
501
Provisions and a
ccrued leave
5
50
461
Share
-
based payments
1
710
731
Dividend
withholding tax
(7)
-
Other
12
78
2
3
69
1
709
Deferred tax liabilities
Property, plant and equipment
(136
205)
(114
078)
Inventory
1
701
2
730
Provisions
and accrued leave
7
577
6 106
Share
-
based payments
329
160
Dividend
withholding tax
(211)
(166)
D
ividend withholding ta
x
-
unremitted distributable reserves of foreign subsidiaries
(7
325)
(4
143)
Exchange losses
(33)
(422)
Other
(525)
(232)
(134
692)
(110
045)
Reconciliation of deferred tax liability
Balance at the beginning of the year
(108
336)
(111
167)
Temporary differences recognised in profit or loss in relation to:
Capital allowances on property, plant and equipment
(13
696)
(3 375)
Provisions
and accrued leave
1
423
1
533
Tax losses utilised/available for future set off against profits
(304)
177
Currency losses
(253)
(497)
Inventory
(1
029)
2 730
Share
-
based payments
991
293
Dividend withholding tax
(52)
(42)
D
ividend withholding ta
x
-
unremitted distributable reserves of foreign subsidiaries
(3
182)
(1
339)
Other
253
(217)
(15
8
49
)
(737)
Exchange differences
(8
1
38
)
3
568
Balance at the end of the year
(132
3
23
)
(108
336)
Amounts recognised in:
Profit and loss (
refer to note 12)
(15
8
49
)
(737)
Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are not offset unless the Group has a legally enforceable right to offset su
ch assets and liabilities.
All of the above amounts have used the
currently enacted income taxation rates of the respective tax jurisdictions the Group operates in.
South African taxation losses normally expire within 12-months of the respective entities not trading. The deductible temporary timing
differences do not expire under current taxation legislation. Deferred tax assets have only been recognised in terms of these items when it is
probable that taxable profit will
be available in the immediate future against which the respective entities can utilise the benefits t
herefrom.
Deferred tax assets were recognised for MetQ
Proprietary Limited (US$0.2 million) (2023
: US$0.2 million)
and
Arxo
Finance plc (US$0.1
million) (2023: US$0.1 million)
resulting from generated tax losses to be utilised against future taxable income
.
The estimates used to assess the recoverability of recognised deferred tax assets include a forecast of the future taxable in
come and future
cash flow projections.



Graphics
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
66


19.
INVENTORIES

Accounting policy
Inventories comprising PGM and chrome
concentrates, ore stockpiled, in
-
process metal contained in ore and consumable items are measured
at the lower of cost and net realisable value. The cost is determined using the weighted average method and includes direct mining expenditure
and an appropriate portion of overhead expenditure. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less
the estimated costs of completion and costs to sell. Obsolete, redundant and slow-moving inventories are identified and written down to net
realisable value.


202
4
20
2
3
US$’000
US$’000
Finished products
39
509
47
644
Ore stockpile
17
370
17
648
Consumables
25
334
24
545
82
213
89
837
Reversal of net realisable value write down
141
243
Total
carrying amount
82
35
4
90 080
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realisable value. Low
-
grade chrome concentrates to
the value of US$
1
.
0
million (2023:
US$5.5 million) are carried at the realisable value after a net realisable write down reversal of US$0.2 million (2023: write down of
US$0
.
2
million). T
he net realisable write down
reversal
was allocated to the chrome segment.
Certain PGM finished products
to the value of US$0.6 million
were provided for in full during the year ended 30 September (202
3
: reversal of
a write down previously recognised of US$0
.5
million). The provision and the
2023
reversal
were allocated to the PGM segment.
Certain consumables and spares, which were provided for in full during previous periods, were reused in the operational proce
ss during the
year ended 30 September 2024. This resulted in a reversal of US$0.5 million (2023: reversal of US$0.1 million). The reversal is allocated
32.0% and 68.0% to the PGM and chrome operating segments respectively (2023: 45.0% and 55.0%).
Judgement and estimates: net realisable value and measurement of inventories
Net realisable value tests are performed at least
quarterly
based on the estimated future sales price of the products based on prevailing metal
prices, less estimated costs to complete production and bring the product to sale. The nature of the net realisable value test inherently limits
the ability to precisely m
onitor recoverability levels and may result in additional write
-
downs of inventories in future periods.
The prevailing PGM basket price and chrome concentrate prices as at 30 September 20
2
4
were used as estimated selling prices less forecast
selling costs to determine the net realisable value of the Group’s inventories. At 30 September 2024, except for certain PGM finished products
and low
-
grade chrome concentrates,
the calculated net realisable values exceeded the cost of inventories.
Below are
the prices and exchange rate used to determine the net realisable value of inventories:
202
4
20
2
3
Platinum
US$/oz
964
922
Palladium
US$/oz
1
019
1
238
Rhodium
US$/oz
4
654
3
918
Gold
US$/oz
2
568
1
918
Ruthenium
US$/oz
359
388
Iridium
US$/oz
4
532
4
311
Metallurgical chrome concentrate
US$/tonne
279
284
US$: ZAR exchange rate
17.27
18.98



20.
TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

Accounting policy
Trade and other receivables, excluding
the PGM discounting receivable
, prepayments
,
deposits and
value added tax, are non
-
derivative
financial assets categorised as financial assets measured at amortised cost.
The
se
non
-
derivative financial assets are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently carried at amortised cost less allowance
for
impairment. Estimates made for impairment are based on a review of all outstanding amounts at year end in line with the impairment policy
described
in note 1
7
. Irrecoverable
amounts are written off during the period in which they are identified.
The Group entered into offtake agreements in terms of which the concentrate of the PGMs is treated by the offtake parties.
The PGM receivable
is measured at fair value through profit or loss from the date of recognition up to date of settlement, as it fails the IFRS 9 amortised cost
requirement of cash flows representing solely payment of principal and interest. Payment is due on the last day of the fourth month following
delivery.




Graphics
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
67





20.
TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES
(continued)

Accounting policy
(continued)
The fair value changes due to non
-
market variability (that is, changes based on quantity and quality of the contained metal) are considered to
be variable consideration within the scope of IFRS 15 as the Group's right to consideration is contingent upon the physical attributes of the
contained metal. Therefore, the variable consideration is considered to be constrained. At each subsequent reporting date the receivable is
restated to reflect the fair value movements (market variability) in the pricing mechanism which are recognised in revenue. Foreign exchange
movements subsequent to the recognition of a sale are recognised as a foreign exchange gain
or loss in profit or loss.


202
4
20
23
US$’000
US$’000
Trade receivables
26
020
37
564
PGM receivables
34
615
27
900
Total trade receivables
60
635
65
464
Other receivables
related parties (
refer to note 3
4
)
375
112
Deposits, prepayments and other receivables
8
336
23 455
Accrued income
6
392
4
726
Value added tax
(VAT)
receivable
16
510
9
870
92
248
103
627
Expected credit loss allowance
(
raised
)
/reversed
(54)
114
92
194
103 741

The fair value of trade and other receivables measured at amortised cost approximate the carrying amount due to the short
-
term maturity. The
fair value of the PGM receivables was determined
based
on ruling quoted
commodity
market prices and exchange rates.
Trade and other receivables of the Group are expected to be recoverable within one year from each reporting date. Trade recei
vables are
unsecured, non-interest bearing and payment terms vary from 0 to 120 days (30 September 2023: 0 to 120 days). During the year ended
30 September 2024, the Group raised an expected credit loss allowance of US$0.1 million against customers specific to the sale of unused
and scrap metal (2023: expected credit loss reversal of US$0.1 million). The expected credit loss allowance relates to other income and is not
allocated to a segment (2023: chrome and manufacturing segments). No impairment of trade receivables was recognised due to their
insignificant exposure to credit risk
during the years ended 30 September 2024 and 30
September 2023.
The table below summarises the maturity profile of trade receivables:
202
4
20
23
US$’000
US$’000
Current
60
055
64
863
Between current and
90 days
86
558
Greater than 90 days
440
43
60
581
65
464
The
credit exposure of trade receivables by country is as follows:
South Africa
41
634
36
504
China
15
613
11
483
Hong Kong
2
843
-
Singapore
91
17
402
Other countries
400
75
60
581
65
464
The foreign currency balances,
translated to US$ included in trade receivables were as follows:
ZAR’000
7
081
8
009
US$’000
53
500
57
455

Diesel rebates
At 30 September 2024, the Group had certain
unresolved tax matters. Included in trade
and other receivables is an amount of US$4.8
million
(ZAR82.3 million) (2023: US4.4 million (ZAR82.3 million)) which relates to diesel rebates receivable from the South African Revenue Service
(‘SARS’) in respect of the mining operations. SARS rejected diesel claims relating to the period from September 2011 to February 2018. The
Group is taking the necessary action to recover the amount due and believes that
it remains probable that the amounts will be recovered.
Judgements and estimates: expected credit losses (‘ECL’)
The Group applies a simplified approach to measure the loss allowance for trade receivables classified at amortised cost, usi
ng the lifetime
expected loss provision. The expected credit loss on trade receivables is estimated using a provision matrix by reference to past default
experience and credit rating if available, adjusted as appropriate for current observable data.



Graphics
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
68

20.
TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES
Judgements and estimates: expected credit losses
(continued)
The customer base of the Group
consists of a limited number of premium customers of high credit quality and no historical defaults, with
relationships that have been established over many years. The sale of products typically is of a high quantity and consequently high value.
The Group’s policy and preference is to sell products in large quantities to only established premium customers. The Group believes that this
policy reduces the overall group credit risk.
PGM concentrate is sold in terms of off
-
take agreements
to a limited number of clients
. The following entity
-
specific observable data
was
considered for each of the PGM customers:
An assessment of the accessibility and transparency of the business relationship with the customer, with specific reference t
o how
differences (if any) in assayed results had been resolved and whether any requests to amend contractual terms had been receiv
ed;
The payment history and history of credit limits granted;
A general assessment of the bi
-
annual financial statements with specific reference to cash flow information, servicing of outstanding
debt and outstanding commitments;
A general review of the quarterly production and operational information; and
An assessment of the reputation of the customer across the mining
industry.
The majority of chrome concentrates are exported from South Africa.
F
or export chrome concentrate transactions, payment terms vary from
30 days to 90 days, however, the Group obtains letters of credit from reputable financial institutions before shipment occurs. The Group only
accepts letters of credit from financial institutions that are approved by the Group’s financiers. Before entering into an export chrome
concentrate sale agreement, the Group ensures that the customer/potential customer is able to provide a letter of credit from such an
acceptable financial institution.



21.
CONTRACT ASSETS
Accounting policy
Contract assets
are non
-
derivative financial assets categorised as
other
financial assets
recognised and
measured at
the amount of
consideration the Group is contractually entitled to in exchange for the transfer of goods and services. Timing of revenue recognition may
differ from the timing of invoicing to customers. The Group records a contract asset in the statement of financial position, when goods or
services have been transferred to a customer before the customer pays the consideration or before payment is due.

202
4
20
2
3
US$’000
US$’000
Freight services
507
1 876
The balance
represents prepaid freight costs
and will be recognised in cost of sales upon completion of the performance obligations

.

22.
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Accounting policy
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash at bank and on hand, demand
deposits with banks and other financial institutions, and short
-
term,
highly liquid investments held for the purpose of meeting short-term cash commitments that are readily convertible into known amounts of
cash and which are subject to insignificant risk of changes in value, having been within three months of maturity at acquisition. Cash and cash
equivalents are stated at amortised cost less any expected credit losses.


202
4
20
2
3
US$’000
US$’000
Bank balances
67
671
162
071
Short
-
term bank deposits
and money market investments
150
004
93
229
217
675
255
300
The credit exposure by country is as follows:
South Africa
105
246
142
306
Hong Kong
70
376
3
997
Mauritius
401
42
471
United Kingdom
608
609
Ireland
11
396
-
Zimbabwe
12
498
20
313
Cyprus
17
144
45
596
Other countries
6
8
217
675
255
300


Graphics
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
69
22.
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
(continued)
2024
2023
The credit exposure by
credit ratings
of financial institutions
are
as follows:
US$’000
US$’000
AAA
16
704
2
769
A+
71
877
43
502
A
28
769
35
430
BB+
17
144
45
596
BB
-
77
4
50
119
041
B (ZW)
5
731
8
962
217
675
255
300
Cash at banks earns interest at
floating rates based on daily bank deposit rates. Short
-
term deposits are generally call deposit accounts and
earn interest at the respective short
-
term deposit rates.
The amounts reflected approximate fair value.
At 30 September 202
4
, an
amount of
US$2.2 million (2023: US$2.0 million) was provided as security
for a bank guarantee issued in favour of
a trade creditor of a subsidiary of the Group and US$0.3 million (2023: US$0.3 million) was provided as security against certain credit facilities
of the Group.







23.
SHARE CAPITAL AND RESERVES


Accounting policy
: share capital
The share capital is stated at nominal value. The difference between the fair value of the consideration received by the Comp
any and the
nominal value of the share capital being issued is taken to the share premium account. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of
ordinary shares are recognised as a deduction from equity, net of any tax effects.
When share options are exercised
in terms of the Tharisa Share Award Plan
, the Company issues new shares or issues shares from treasury
shares held. The proceeds received net of any directly attributable transaction costs are credited to share capital and share premium.



Accounting policy: treasury shares
The cost of the repurchase of the Company’s own shares is deducted from equity. Where they are purchased, issued to employees or sold,
no gain or loss is recognised in the consolidated statement of income. Such gains and losses are recognised directly in equity.

Accounting policy: non
-
controlling interest
Non
-
controlling interests are measured at their proportionate share of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets at the date of the
acquisition.
Changes in the Group’s interest in a subsidiary that do not result in a loss of control, are accounted for as equi


ty transactions.
30 September 202
4
30 September 20
23
Share capital
Number of
Shares
US$’000
Number of
Shares
US$’000
Authorised
ordinary shares of US$0.001 each
10
000 000 000
10 000
10
000 000 000
10
000
Authorised
convertible redeemable
preference
shares of US$1 each
1 051
1
1 051
1
Issued o
rdinary shares
Balance at the beginning
and end
of the year
302
596 743
303
302
596 743
303
Share premium
Balance at the beginning of the year
300
019
694
345
993
299
746 365
345
597
Shares issued
21
615
18
273
329
396
Balance at the end of the year
300
041
309
346
011
300
019
694
345
993
Treasury
shares
Balance at the beginning of the year
2
577 049
3
2
850 378
3
Transferred as part of management share award plans
(21
615)
-
(273
329)
-
Shares repurchased
4
836
918
5 001
-
-
Balance at the end of the year
7
3
92
352
5 004
2 577 049
3




Graphics
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
70




23.
SHARE CAPITAL AND RESERVES
(continued)
Share capital
No shares were
issued during the year
s
ended 30 September 202
4 and 30 September 202
3.
During the year ended 30 September 2024, 4
836
918 ordinary shares were repurchased while 21
615 (2023: 273
329)
ordinary shares were
transferred from treasury shares to satisfy the vesting/exercise of Conditional Awards and Appreciation Rights by the participants of the Tharisa
Share Award Plan.
At 30 September 202
4
,
7
392 352
(202
3
: 2
577
049
) ordinary shares were held in treasury.
All shares rank equally with regard to
the Company’s residual assets. The holders of ordinary shares, other than treasury shares, are entitled
to receive dividends as declared from time to time and are entitled to one vote per share at meetings of the Company.
Share premium
The share premium represents the excess of the issue price of ordinary shares over their nominal value, to the extent that it
is registered at
the Registrar of Companies in Cyprus, less share issue costs. The share premium is not distributable for dividend
purposes.
The increase in the share premium account during the years ended 30 September 2024 and 30 September 2023 relates to the issue and
allotment of ordinary shares to satisfy the vesting/exercise of Conditional Awards and Appreciation Rights by the participants of the Tharisa
Share Award Plan.

Other
reserve
The other reserve represents a historic ordinary share issue by the Company to parties external to the Group in exchange for
preference
shares in Tharisa Minerals. The ordinary shares were issued at a price reflective of the fair value of the preference shares less share issue
costs, which was in excess of the nominal value of the ordinary shares, but the excess was not registered as share premium at the Registrar
of Companies in Cyprus, thus presented and disclosed separately from share premium. The other reserve is not distributable for dividend
purposes.
Foreign currency translation reserve
The foreign currency translation reserve comprises all foreign currency differences arising from the translation of the finan
cial statements of
foreign operations with a functional currency other than US$ and foreign currency differences relating to translation of intergroup loans and
funding arrangements which are considered to be part of the Company’s net investment in a foreign operation.
Retained earnings
The retained earnings include the accumulated retained profits and losses of the Group (
2024: US$4
99
.
3
million
(2023: US$425.1 million)
and the share-based payment reserve (2024: US$7.1 million (2023: US$2.6 million)). Retained earnings are distributable for dividend
purposes.

Capital management
The Group
s target is to maintain a strong capital base so as to maintain investor, creditor and market confidence and to sustain futur
e
development of the business in a way that optimises the cost of capital and matches the current strategic business plan. The Board of Directors
monitors both the demographic spread of shareholders, as well as the return on capital. Capital is defined as equity attributable to owners of
the Company. Management is aware of the risks associated to capital management. Capital needs are monitored on a regular basis and
whenever needed management takes steps in an attempt to effectively manage any corresponding r
isks.
In addition, capital management objectives included the group’s ability to continue as a going concern, in order to provide r
eturns for
shareholders and benefits to other stakeholders while maintaining an optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of capital.
The
G
roup manages its capital structure (which consists of equity) and makes adjustments to it, in light of changes in economic co
nditions
.
No changes were made in the objectives, policies or processes during the year.

Non
-
controlling interests
Non
-
controlling interests at 30 September 2024 and 30 September 2023 comprise amounts attributable to the Government of Zimbabwe
for
its 15.00% share in Karo Platinum (Private) Limited as well as amounts attributable to the Leto Settlement for its 23.78% (2023: 25.00%) share
in Karo Mining Holdings plc.
The non
-
controlling interest share of total comprehensive income for the year amounts to
a loss of
US$
0
.
3
million (
2023:
profit of
US$4.5
million).




Graphics
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
71
23.
SHARE CAPITAL AND
RESERVES
(continued)
Increase in shareholding in Karo Mining Holdings plc (‘Karo Mining’)
During the year ended 30 September 2024, Karo Mining issued an additional 2 784 new ordinary shares for a cash subscription of
US$20.0 million to the Company. The additional shares issued represented 1.22% of the issued share capital of Karo Mining which increased
the Company’s shareholding to 76.22%. The non
-
controlling shareholders did not subscribe to additional shares.
During the year ended 30 September 2023, Karo Mining issued an additional 9 048 new ordinary shares for a cash subscription of
US$65.0 million to the Company. The additional shares issued represented 5.01% of the issued share capital of Karo Mining which increased
the
Company’s shareholding to 7
5.00
%.
The non
-
controlling shareholders did not subscribe to additional shares.
202
4
202
3
US$’000
US$’000
Consideration for additional new shares issued by Karo Mining
-
-
Reduction in
non
-
controlling interest
(1
726)
(
6 594
)
Increase to equity attributable to ordinary shareholders
1
726
6 594


24.
PROVISIONS


Accounting policy
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events where it i
s probable that
an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate of the amount of the
obligation can be made. Provisions are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects current market
assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability.
Long
-
term environmental obligations are based on the Group
s environmental management plans, in compliance with the current
environmental and regulatory requirements.
Where it is not p
robable
that an outflow of economic benefits will be required, or the amount cannot be estimated reliably, the obligation is
disclosed as a contingent liability, unless the probability of outflow of economic benefits is remote.
Rehabilitation costs
The
net present value of estimated future costs for mine closure and rehabilitation is recognised and provided for in the consoli
dated financial
statements and capitalised within mining assets on initial recognition. Rehabilitation will generally occur on closure or after closure of a mine.
Initial recognition of the provision is at the time that the disturbance occurs and thereafter as and when additional disturb
ances take place.
The estimates are reviewed bi
-
annually to take into account the effects of inflation and changes in estimates and are discounted using rates
that reflect the time value of money. Bi-annual increases in the provision due to the passage of time are recognised in profit or loss as an
unwinding of the value of the provision expense. The present value of additional disturbances and changes in the estimate of the rehabilitation
liability is recognised in mining assets as a direct cost against an increase in the rehabilitation provision. The rehabilitation asset is depreciated
as per the Group’s accounting policy on depreciation. Rehabilitation projects undertaken, included in the estimates, are charged to the
provision as incurred.
Costs for restoration and rehabilitation which are created on an ongoing basis during production of inventories are provided
for at their net
present values and included as part of inventory costs. Environmental liabilities, other than rehabilitation costs, which relate to liabilities
arising from specific events, are recognised in the consolidated statement of financial position when they are known, probable and may be
reasonably estimated.
G
ains or losses from the expected disposal of assets are not taken

into account when determining the provision.




Graphics
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
72
24.
PROVISIONS
(continued)
2024
2023
Non
-
current
US$’000
US$’000
Provision for rehabilitation
23
362
19 335
Current
Provision for
disputed
mining
royalty
56
827
47
715
Provision for rehabilitation
The Group has a legal obligation to rehabilitate the mining area, once the mining operations cease. The provision has been ca
lculated based
on total estimated rehabilitation costs, discounted back to their present values. The pre-tax discount rates are adjusted annually and reflect
current market assessments. These costs are expected to be utilised mostly towards the end of the life of mine and associated infrastructure.
The provision for the Tharisa Mine is determined using commercial closure cost assessments and not the inflation adjusted Department of
Mineral Resources published rates.
20
2
4
20
2
3
Restoration
Decommis
-
sioning
Total
provision
Restoration
Decommis
-
sioning
Total
provision
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
Opening balance
14
606
4
729
19
335
7
190
5 186
12
376
Recognised in profit and loss
183
(119)
64
7
383
(203)
7
180
Capitalised/(reversal) to mining
assets and
infrastructure
-
82
82
-
(604)
(604)
Unwinding of
discount (note 10)
1
496
493
1
989
683
502
1
185
Exchange differences
1
472
420
1
892
(650)
(152)
(802)
Closing balance
17
757
5
605
23
362
14
606
4
729
19
335
The table below illustrates the movement in the provision as a result of mining operations and changes in variables.
30 September 202
4
Opening
balance
US$’000
Mining
operations
US$’000
Changes in
variables/
estimates
US$’000
Exchange
differences
US$’000
Closing
Balance
US$’000
Provision for restoration
14
606
1
988
(309)
1
472
17
757
Provision for decommissioning
4
729
585
(129)
420
5
605
19
335
2
573
(438)
1
892
23
362
30 September 20
23
Provision for restoration
7
190
2
299
5
767
(650)
14
606
Provision for decommissioning
5 186
535
(840)
(152)
4
729
12 376
2
834
4
927
(802)
19
335
The current estimated
rehabilitation cost for the Tharisa Mine to be incurred
taking escalation factors into account is US$
91.3
million
(ZAR1 576.9 million) (2023: US$73.5 million (ZAR1 390.5 million)). The estimate was calculated by an independent external expert. The
change is mainly due to the considerations of the closure objectives as set out in the Environmental Management Plan and what is most likely
to occur as these impacts are being reconsidered and the expected timing of performing this work which is driven to a large extent by the most
likely life of mine
. The change is also impacted to a smaller extent by
the changes in future inflation and discount rates
.
The current estimated rehabilitation cost is
projected to a future value based on a weighted average long
-
term inflation rate of 6.4
2
% (2023:
6.41%). The net present value of the rehabilitation estimated future value is discounted based on a weighted average SWAP cur
ve. The
calculated interest rate was 10.13% (2023: 9.98%). An insurance company has provided a guarantee to the Department of Mineral Resource
s
to satisfy the legal requirements with respect to environmental
rehabilitation and the Group has pledged as collateral its investments in
interest
-
bearing instruments to the insurance company to support this guarantee.


Graphics
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
73

24.
PROVISIONS
(continued)
Judgement and estimates:
closure objectives as set out in the Environmental Management Plan
The Group’s mining and exploration activities are subject to extensive environmental laws and regulations. The Group has made
, and expects
to make in the future, expenditures to comply with such laws and regulations, but cannot predict the full amount of such future expenditures.
Estimated future rehabilitation costs are based principally on legal and regulatory requirements. The approved Environmental Management
Programme (‘EMPr’) of Tharisa Minerals Proprietary Limited (‘Tharisa Minerals’) commits the company to completely backfill the pit voids to
natural ground level and restore the pre-mining land potential, namely agricultural land with grazing and wilderness capabilities. Tharisa
Minerals has evaluated alternative mine closure strategies building on the establishment of a post-mining economy with socioeconomic
benefits. An amendment application has been submitted to the Department of Mineral Resources (‘DMR’) seeking its approval for a backfill of
the pit voids concurrent with mining only, also called in-pit dumping, which results in a partial void and associated pit lake which is profiled and
‘made safe’ before rehabilitation of the surface with the residual waste rock stockpiles remaining on surface (‘pit-lake option’). This application
was supported by the necessary specialty studies. On 19 September 2023 the DMR advised that it had decided to refuse the application.
Tharisa Minerals has submitted an appeal of this decision in terms of the applicable regulations and is confident of a successful ruling in its
favour on the appeal. As there is uncertainty as to the successful outcome of the appeal, Tharisa Minerals has applied a probability weighted
factor in calculating the mine closure liability applying a 60% (2023: 60%) probability to the successful outcome of the appeal and approval of
the pit-lake option. In the alternative, Tharisa Minerals has applied a 30% (2023: 30%) probability to an alternative ‘make safe’ option with the
partial backfilling of the pit whereby the walls of the pit will be profiled at 24 degrees on a stepped basis for each bench and, with the passage
of time, result in a pit-lake forming in the void. In view of the adverse record of decision by the DMR and notwithstanding Tharisa Minerals
expectation of a favourable ruling on the appeal, Tharisa Minerals has applied a 10% (2023: 10%) probability to the complete backfill of the
pit voids to natural ground level. The rehabilitation expense and provision has been accounted for on this basis. Tharisa Minerals is confident
of the successful outcome of the appeal in its engagement with the DMR, failing which it will proceed to challenge the decision through the
judicial system. It is not possible to determine and measure any additional requirements that may be required as the amended EMPr is
advanced through the various regulatory process, hence no provision has been made for any such potential additional requireme
nts.
At 30 September 202
4
the Group performed a sensitivity analysis by applying different weighted probabilities to the actual weighted probability
factor used in determining the provision for rehabilitation. A 57.5% probability was applied to the successful outcome of the appeal and
approval of the pit-lake option, a 27.5% probability used to an alternative ‘make safe’ option with the partial backfilling of the pit and a 15.0%
probability to the complete backfill of the pit voids to natural ground level. By using these probabilities, the provision for rehabilitation would
increase by US$
4.6
million (ZAR
80.1
million).

202
4
202
3
Provision for
disputed
mining
royalty
US$’000
US$’000
Opening balance
47 715
50
444
Raised during the year
4
262
-
Reversed during the year
-
(503)
Exchange differences
4
850
(2
226)
Closing balance
56
827
47
715
The Group has objected and appealed the assessments issued by SARS
imposing an additional mining royalty in relation to the 2015 and
2017 years of assessment in an amount of US$5.9 million (ZAR102.3 million) (2023: US$5.4 million (ZAR102.3 million)) (inclusive of penalties
and interest). Due to the technical nature of the matter at hand, the matter underwent two separate Alternate Dispute Resolution processes
and the matter is now set to be heard at the tax court on 31 March 2025. SARS increased the gross sales value of the PGM sales to the
minimum specified condition (of 150 parts per million) as set out in the legislation by adjusting the average PGM grade on a linear basis. SARS
did not take into account the increase in the associated costs to bring the concentrate to the minimum specified condition whether on a linear
basis or otherwise. This is inconsistent with both past practice by SARS and industry applied norms. The Group objected and appealed against
the assessment on the basis that it is not in terms of the applicable legislation. The Group has re-assessed the basis on which it is liable for
payment of the mining royalty challenging both the linear basis of grossing up the sales value and determining the incremental costs which
would be incurred in bringing the concentrate to the minimum specified standard.
In the event that
SARS would be successful, the Group has provided for an estimated incremental mining royalty for the period up to the
current year of assessment to be US$33.6 million (ZAR580.9 million) (2023: US$33.3 million (ZAR630.5 million)), with the amount net of tax
estimated to be US$24.3 million (ZAR419.1 million) (2023: US$24.3 million (ZAR460.3 million)). In addition, the remainder of the balance
provided for mainly represents estimated interest and penalties. If the Group is successful with a favourable outcome of calculating the mining
royalty on the re
-
assessed basis, it would result in a refund of past royalty payments with a net inflow to the Group.
The principles being applied have not been tested by either SARS or the judiciary and there is therefore uncertainty on the p
ossible outcome
of the objection which could lead to an outflow (royalty payable to SARS) or inflow (amount recovered by the company from SARS).
Furthermore, the time period to reach
finality may be protracted. Accordingly, no estimate of the contingent amount receivable has been made.


Graphics
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
74

25.
BORROWINGS


Accounting
policy: borrowings
Borrowings are non
-
derivative financial liabilities categorised as other financial liabilities. Borrowings are recognised initially at fair valu
e,
net of transaction costs incurred, where applicable and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.
Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least 12
months after the reporting date.

Accounting policy: leases
The Group recognises a lease liability at the commencement date of the contract for all leases conveying the right to control
the use of
an
identified asset for a specified period. The commencement date is the date on which a lessor makes an underlying asset available for use
by the lessee.
The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the commencement da
te, discounted
using the interest rate implicit in the lease or, if that rate cannot be readily determined, the Group’s incremental borrowing rate. Generally,
the Group uses its incremental borrowing rate as the discount rate.
Short
-
term leases and leases of low
-
value assets:
The Group has elected not to recognise lease liabilities for short
-
term leases that
do not contain a purchase option and
have a lease term
of 12 months or less and leases of low
-
value assets such as computer equipment.


202
4
20
2
3
Non
-
current
US$’000
US$’000
Commodity off
-
take financing
9
936
30
347
Bond
listed on the Victoria Falls Stock Exchange
26
612
26
392
Asset backed
facilit
ies
13
282
18
951
L
ease
liabilities
536
695
50
366
76
385
Current
Commodity off
-
take financing
20
388
47
356
Bond
listed on the
Victoria Falls Stock Exchange
807
765
Asset backed
facilit
ies
13
182
13
133
L
ease
liabilities
734
2
017
Bank credit facilities
20
706
-
55
817
63
271
The fair value of borrowings approximates its carrying amounts as the interest rates charged are variable and considered to b
e market related.
At 30 September 2024, the Group has unutilised borrowing facilities
available of US$
84.6
million (2023:
US$70.3 million).
Commodity off
-
take financing
During the year ended 30 September 2023,
the Group concluded a US$130 million, 42
-
month commodity off
-
take based facility with Société
Générale and Absa Bank Limited. The Facility comprises a term loan of US$80 million and a revolving US$50 million facility, secured by
commodity off-take agreements, PGM commodity hedging derivative (note 17) and restricted bank deposit (note 17). Interest accrues at the
SOFR plus 360 basis points on the term loan and the SOFR plus 420 basis points on the revolving facility. The financing is repayable over 42
months that commenced during October 2023. The revolving US$50 million facility was undrawn as at 30 September 2024 and 30 September
2023
.
The balance outstanding at 30 September 2024 amounted to US$30.3 million (2023: US$
77.7
million).


Graphics
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
75

25.
BORROWINGS
(continued)
Bond
listed on the Victoria Falls Stock Exchange
On 16 December 2022, a subsidiary of the Company, Karo Mining Holdings plc (‘Karo Mining’) raised external funds of US$26.4 m
illion through
the issuance of a listed bond on the VFEX in Zimbabwe. The bond has a 3-year maturity, has an annual coupon of 9.5% and is measured at
amortised cost using the effective interest rate. Interest payments will occur every 6-months. The Company has guaranteed the capital amount
and interest payments relating to the bond issue.
The fair value of the bond will typically be determined at its closing market value on the VFEX. However, during the
year
ended
3
0
September
2024, no trading
(2023: no trading)
occurred resulting in no available market value of the bond.
Asset backed facilities
Asset
backed
facilities comprise of the equipment loan facility, Atrafin loan, commercial asset finance and the revolving facility.
Equipment loan facility
The equipment loan facility represents funding for certain Caterpillar mining equipment, both replacement parts and new minin
g equipment,
from Caterpillar Financial Services Corporation. The total facility amounts to US$35 million (2023: US$35 million), bears interest rates between
the one-month SOFR plus 325 basis points and the one-month SOFR plus 350 basis points (2023: one-month SOFR plus 325 basis points
and one-month SOFR plus 350 basis points) and is repayable over 48 months from drawdown. The unutilised portion of the facility
(US$19.5 million) (2023: US$15.8 million) is available for drawdown until 28 February 2027. The acquired equipment serves as security for
the loan facility.
The equipment loan facility contains the following Group financial covenants:
Net debt to tangible net worth not higher than 1.4 times;
Net debt to EBITDA lower than 2.0 times; and
EBITDA to interest greater than 4.0 times.
At 30 September 202
4
and 30 September 202
3
, the Group complied with all financial covenants.
Atrafin loan
The loan from Atrafin LLC is for a total
amount of US$3.7 million (202
3
: US$3.7 million), bears interest at the six
-
month SOFR plus 225 basis
points (2022: six-month US Libor plus 200 basis points) and is repayable in ten equal bi-annual instalments ending May 2026. The balance
outstanding at 30 September 202
4
amounted to US$
1.5
million (202
3
: US$
2.2
million).
Commercial Asset Finance
The commercial asset finance facility with Absa Bank Limited is for US$8.7 million (ZAR150.0 million) (2023: US$7.9 million (ZAR150 million)).
The balance outstanding at 30 September 2024 amounted to US$4.9 million (2023: US$5.5 million). The facility bears interest at the South
African Prime rate less 115 basis points and is repayable monthly in arrears over 48 months. The equipment acquired by utilising this facility
serves as security. As part of the commercial asset finance facility, Absa Bank Limited provided Tharisa Minerals Proprietary Limited with a
bank overdraft facility to the value of US$8.7 million (ZAR150.0 million). At 30 September 2024 and 30 September 2023, the overdraft facility
was available in full
and included in the unutilised borrowing facilities
.
Revolving facility
The revolving facility with Wesbank Corporate Finance for a facility of US$7.2 million (ZAR125 million) (2023: US$6.9 million (ZAR125 million))
bears interest at the RSA prime rate less between 65 and 115 basis points and is repayable monthly in arrears between 36 and 48 months
from November 2022. The facility is for financing mining equipment and specifically includes drill rigs and excavators. Such equipment serves
as security for the facility.
The balance outstanding at 30 September 202
4
amounted to US$
4
.
6
million (202
3
: US$
5
.
2
million).
Lease liabilities
The Group entered into a number of lease arrangements for the renting of office buildings, premises, computer equipment, vehi
cles and mining
fleet. The Group has elected not to recognise right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for short-term leases that do not contain a purchase
option and that have a lease term of 12 months or less and leases of low-value assets such as computer equipment. Lease expenses of
US$1.4 million (2023: US$0.1 million) and US$0.1 million (2023: US$0.1 million) were included in cost of sales and other operating expenses
respectively for the year ended 30
September 202
4
.
The duration of leases relating to buildings and premises is for a period of five years, payments are due at the beginning of
the month escalating
annually on average by 8.0%. At 30 September 2024, the remaining term of these leases vary between one and three and a half years (2023:
one and f
our and a halve
years). These leases are secured by cash deposits varying from one to three times the monthly lease
payments.
The duration of leases relating to the mining fleet and
manufacturing equipment are for periods between twelve and forty eight months (202
3
:
twelve and forty eight months) and bear interest at interest rates between the South African prime interest rate and the South African prime
interest rate plus 375 basis points (2023: South African prime interest rate and South African prime interest rate plus 375 basis points). The
leases are secured by the mining fleet leased.



Graphics
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
76
25.
BORROWINGS
(continued)
2024
2023
L
ease payments due:
US$’000
US$’000
Within one year
797
2
116
Two to five years
570
718
1
367
2
834
Less future finance charges
97
(122)
Present value of lease payments due
1
270
2
712
Present value of lease payments due:
Within one year
734
2 017
Two to five years
536
695
1
270
2
712

Bank credit facilities
The bank credit facilities relate to pre
-
and post
-
shipment finance and discounting of the letters of credit by the Group’s banks following
performance of the letter of credit conditions by the Group, which results in funds being received in advance of the normal payment date.
Interest on these facilities at the reporting date varied between the one-month SOFR plus 165 basis points and the three-month SOFR plus
285 basis points (2023: one-month SOFR plus 165 basis points and the one-month SOFR plus 305 basis points). Inventory serves as security
for credit facilities. The available bank credit facilities at 30 September 2024 amounted to US$39.3 million (2023: US$20.0 million). Bank credit
facilities are not included in unutlised borrowing facilities at 30 September 202
4
.
Asset
backed
facilities
Commodity
off-take
financing
Bond
listed on the
Victoria Falls
Stock
Exchange
Lease
liabilities
Bank credit
facilities
Total
borrowings
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
Balance 30
September 2023
32
084
77
703
27
157
2
712
-
139
656
Changes from financing cash flows
Advances: bank credit facilities
-
-
-
-
53
832
53
832
Repayment: bank credit facilities
-
-
-
-
(33
126)
(33
126)
Advances
received
7
069
20
286
-
-
-
27
355
Repayment of borrowings
(13
654)
(68
0
33
)
-
-
-
(81
68
7
)
Principal l
ease payments
-
-
-
(2
126)
-
(2
126)
Repayment of interest
(2
623)
(5
3
73
)
(2
549)
(111)
(104)
(10
76
0
)
Changes from financing cash
flows
(9
208)
(53
120)
(2
549)
(2
237)
20
602
(46
512)
Foreign currency translation
differences
2
462
3
664
-
141
-
6
267
Non
-
cash flow l
iability
-
related changes
Lease agreements entered into
-
-
-
544
-
544
Re
-
measurement of lease liabilities
-
-
-
(9)
-
(9)
Interest expense
2
675
6
073
2
811
111
104
11
774
Revaluation of foreign denominated loan
(1
549)
(3
996)
-
8
-
(5
537)
Total liability
-
related changes
1
126
2
077
2
811
654
104
6
772
Balance at 30 September 202
4
26
464
30
324
27
419
1
270
20
706
106
183
Non
-
current borrowings
13
282
9
936
26
612
536
-
50
366
Current borrowings
13
182
20
388
807
734
20
706
55
817
Total borrowings
26
464
30
324
27
419
1
270
20
706
106
183



Graphics
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
77

25.
BORROWINGS
(continued)
Asset backed
facilities
Commodity
off-take
financing
Bridge term
loan
Bond
listed
on the
Victoria Falls
Stock
Exchange
Lease
liabilities
Bank credit
facilities
Property
loans
Total
borrowings
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
Balance 30
September 202
2
34
943
-
-
-
3
579
23
809
553
62
884
Changes from financing cash flows
Advances: bank credit facilities
-
-
-
-
-
5
890
-
5
890
Repayment: bank credit facilities
-
-
-
-
-
(29
689)
-
(29
689)
Net repayment of bank credit facilities
-
-
-
-
-
(23
799)
-
(23
799)
Advances received
13
022
80
732
59
936
26
392
-
-
-
180
082
Repayment of borrowings
(15
443)
-
(61
429)
-
-
-
(550)
(77
422)
Principal lease
payments
-
-
-
-
(2
500)
-
-
(2
500)
Repayment of interest
(2
865)
-
(2
015)
(1
115)
(241)
(48)
-
(6
284)
Changes from financing cash flows
(5
286)
80
732
(3
508)
25
277
(2
741)
(23
847)
(550)
70
077
Foreign currency
translation differences
(1
503)
(3
146)
-
-
(129)
-
(3)
(4
781)
Non
-
cash flow l
iability
-
related changes
Lease agreements entered into
-
-
-
-
133
-
-
133
Re
-
measurement of lease liabilities
-
-
-
-
1
502
-
-
1
502
Interest expense
2
945
101
2
255
1
880
241
38
-
7
460
Revaluation of foreign denominated loan
985
16
1
253
-
127
-
-
2
381
Total liability
-
related changes
3
930
117
3
508
1
880
2
003
38
-
11
476
Balance at 30
September 202
3
32
084
77
703
-
27
157
2
712
-
-
139
656
Non
-
current borrowings
18
951
30
347
-
26
392
695
-
-
76
385
Current borrowings
13
133
47
356
-
765
2
017
-
-
63
271
Total borrowings
32
084
77
703
-
27
157
2
712
-
-
139
656



Graphics
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
78

26.
OTHER FINANCIAL LIABILITIES



Accounting policy
Measurement: Financial liabilities at fair value
through profit or loss
Financial liabilities carried at fair value through profit or loss are initially recorded at fair value and transaction costs
are expensed in the
statement of profit or loss. Realised and unrealised gains and losses arising from changes in the fair value of the financial liabilities held at
fair value through profit or loss are included in the statement of profit or loss in the period in which they arise. Where management has
designated to recognise a financial liability at fair value through profit or loss, any changes associated with the Group’s own credit risk will be
recognised in other comprehensive income.

Derecognition: Financial liabilities
The Group derecognises financial liabilities only when its obligations under the
financial liabilities are discharged, cancelled or expired. The
difference between the carrying amount of the financial liability derecognised and the consideration paid and payable, including any non-
cash assets transferred or liabilities assumed, is reco
gnised in profit or loss.



202
4
20
2
3
Non
-
current liabilities
Fair value hierarchy
US$’000
US$’000
Option granted to NCI to call upon shares in Karo Platinum (Private) Limited
Level 3
-
1
1
Current liabilities
PGM
commodity hedges derivative
(refer to note
17
)
Level 2
40
-



27.
TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

Accounting policy
Trade and other payables, excluding payroll creditors and leave pay accruals are non
-
derivative financial liabilities categorised as other
financial liabilities. Trade and other payables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the
effective interest
rate
method.
Provision is made for employee entitlement benefits accumulated as a result of employees rendering services up to the reporti
ng date.
Liabilities arising in respect of salaries, annual leave and other benefits due to be settled within 12 months of the reporting date are measured
at rates which are expected to be paid when the liability is settled.


202
4
20
2
3
US$’000
US$’000
Trade payables
51
377
50
329
Accrued expenses
45
413
33
897
Leave pay accrual
6
620
5
520
Value added tax
payable
2
108
3
497
Other payables
related parties (note 3
4
)
112
109
Other payables
102
112
105
732
93
464

T
rade payables in foreign currency
balances
translated to US$
were as follows:
US$
5
269
2
647
ZAR
44
834
46
793
EUR
1
270
857
Other
4
32
51
377
50
329
-
The amounts above are
unsecured, non
-
interest bearing and
payable within one year from the reporting period. The amounts reflected above
approximate fair value
, due to the short
-
term thereof

.

28.
CONTRACT LIABILITIES
Accounting policy
Contract liabilities
are non
-
derivative financial liabilities categorised as other financial liabilities.
Contract liabilities
are recognised
when a
customer has paid the consideration or the payment is due from the customer before the entity has transferred all of the promised goods or
services in a contract. Timing of revenue recognition may differ from the timing of invoicing to customers. A contract liability is measured based
on the unearned revenue received (income received in advance) within a contract and is presented as a current liability in the statement of
financial position due to its short
-
term nature

.
202
4
20
23
US$’000
US$’000
Freight services
507
1 876
The balance represents deferred revenue for which performance conditions still have to be satisfied.


Graphics
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
79
29.
OPERATING
CASH FLOWS BEFORE CHANGES IN WORKING CAPITAL
202
4
20
23
US$’000
US$’000
Profit for the year
82
642
86
776
Adjustments for:
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
(note 14)
54
723
39
2
39
Amortisation of intangible assets
(note 15)
4
2
Profit on disposal
of property, plant and equipment
(note 14)
(57)
(19)
Net realisable value reversal
(note 19)
(141)
(243)
Write off of property, plant and equipment
(note 14)
1
942
3
454
Expected credit loss allowance raised/(reversal) (note 20)
54
(114)
Equity
-
settled share
-
based payments
(note 8)
4
388
1
999
Changes in fai
r
value of financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
(note 3
3
)
(848)
(5
151)
Changes in fair value of financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss – unrealised
(note 33)
2
431
(16
827)
Net foreign exchange
(gain)/
lo
ss
(533)
3
590
Interest
income
(note 10)
(8
597)
(4
772)
Interest
expense
(note 10)
11
878
7 101
Tax
(note 12)
35
0
37
27
564
Operating cash flows before changes in working capital
18
2 923
142
599

30.
TAX PAID
202
4
20
23
US$’000
US$’000
Opening balance
s
Current taxation receivable
1
851
7
302
Current taxation payable
(766)
(2
056)
Corporate income tax for the year
(note 12)
(18
441)
(26
051)
Special contribution for defence in Cyprus
(note 12)
(227)
(118)
Dividend
withholding tax
(note 12)
(520)
(658)
Tax refunds received
(10)
(7
225)
Interest
receiv
able
8
20
Closing balance
s
Current taxation receivable
(6
859)
(1 851)
Current taxation payable
877
766
Exchange differences on
translation
471
(114)
Tax paid
(23
616)
(29
985)




31.
INTEREST
PAID
202
4
20
23
US$’000
US$’000
Interest paid borrowings (note 25)
(10
767)
(6
284)
Interest paid South Africa Revenue Services
(84)
(8)
Other interest paid
(110)
(65)
Transaction costs paid
(810)
-
(11
771)
(6
357)





Graphics
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
80
32.
DIRECTORS INTEREST IN STATED CAPITAL
202
4
20
2
3
%
%
LC Pouroulis
0.42
0.41
P Pouroulis
2.73
2.69
MG Jones
0.24
0.24
A Djakouris
-
0.01
C Bell
0.02
0.02
Total
3.41
3.37
Where a member of the Board of Directors holds no direct or indirect interest, the director is not reflected in the table abo
ve.
There has been no change in the Director’s interests in the share capital of the Company between the end of the financial yea
r and the date
of the approval of the consolidated financial statements.







33.
FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT



Accounting
policy: Financial instruments
-
classification
The Group classifies its financial instruments in the following categories:
At fair value through profit or loss
At fair value through other comprehensive income
At amortised cost
The Group
determines the classification of financial assets at initial recognition. The classification of debt instruments is driven by
the Group’s
business model for managing the financial assets and their contractual cash flow characteristics. Equity instruments that are held for trading
are classified at fair value through profit or loss, for other equity instruments, on the day of acquisition the Group can make an irrevocable
election (on an instrument-by-instrument basis) to designate them as at fair value through other comprehensive income. Financial liabilities
are measured at amortised cost, unless they are required to be measured at fair value through profit or loss (such as derivatives) or the Group
has designated to measure them at fair value through profit
or loss.
The following table presents the classification of the Group’s financial instruments:
Financial assets
Classification
Investments in money markets, current accounts, cash funds and income funds
Fair value through profit or loss
PGM commodity hedging derivative
Fair value through profit or loss
Investment in equity instruments
Fair value through profit or loss
Restricted bank deposit
Amortised cost
Trade and other receivables
Amortised cost
PGM
receivables
Fair value
through profit or loss
Forward exchange contracts
Fair value through profit or loss
Cash and cash equivalents
Amortised cost
Financial liabilities
Classification
Borrowings
Amortised cost
Option granted to NCI to call upon shares in
Karo Platinum (Private) Limited
Fair value through profit or loss
PGM commodity hedging derivative
Fair value through profit or loss
Trade and other payables
Amortised cost







Graphics
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
81


33.
FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT
(continued)
In the ordinary course of
business the Group is exposed to credit risk, liquidity risk, and market risk. This note presents information about the
Group's exposure to each of the aforementioned risks and its objectives, policies and processes for measuring and managing risks. Further
quantitative disclosures are included throughout this note.
The Group's risk management policies are established to identify and analyse the risks faced by the Group, to set appropriate
risk limits and
controls and to monitor risks and adherence to limits. Risk management policies and systems are reviewed regularly to reflect changes in
market conditions and the Group's activities. The Group, through its training and management standards and procedures, aims to develop a
disciplined and
constructive control environment in which all employees understand their roles and obligations.
The Board of Directors has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of the Group's risk management framewor
k.
Credit risk
Credit
risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or a counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its c
ontractual obligations
and arises principally from the Grou
p's trade and other receivables,
cash and cash equivalents and
other financial assets
.
Trade and other receivables
The Group's exposure to credit risk is influenced mainly by the individual characteristics of each customer. However, managem
ent also
considers the demographics of the Group's customer base, including the default risk of the industry and country, in which customers operate,
as these factors may have an influence on credit risk. In monitoring customer credit risk, management reviews on a regular basis the ageing
of trade and other receivables to obtain comfo
rt that there are no past due amounts
without acceptable mitigating credit information available
.
The Group establishes an allowance for credit losses that represents its estimate of expected credit losses in respect of tra
de and other
receivables. The Group applies a simplified approach to measure the loss allowance for trade receivables, using the lifetime expected loss
provision. The expected credit loss on trade receivables is estimated using a provision matrix by reference to past default experience and
credit rating if available, adjusted as appropriate for current observable data.
The main component of the allowance for credit losses (if applicable) is a specific loss component that relates to individual
ly significant
exposures. As at 30 September 2024 and 30 September 2023, none of the carrying amounts of trade receivables that are past due, but not
impaired require the recognition of an allowance for credit losses due to their insignificant exposure to credit risk. Receivables that were neither
past due nor impaired relate to customers for whom there was no recent history of default and for whom no current observable adverse credit
information
is available.
The allowance for credit losses in respect of trade and other receivables is used to record credit losses unless management i
s satisfied that
no recovery of the amount owing is possible and at that point the amount considered irrecoverable is written off against the financial asset
directly.
The most significant exposure of the Group to credit risk is represented by the carrying amount of trade receivables. The Boa
rd of Directors
performs regular ageing reviews of trade receivables to identify any doubtful balances. Based on the review performed for the reporting period,
the Board of Directors concluded that other than the allowance for credit losses raised against sundry customers (refer to note 20), no further
allowance for credit losses is required in respect of trade receivables due to their insignificant exposure to credit risk. 33.7% and 31.2% of the
trade receivables were due from the Group's largest customer as at 30 September 202
4
and 30
September
202
3
respectively.
Investments in money markets, current accounts, cash funds and income funds
,
restricted bank deposit and cash
The Group limits its exposures on cash and cash equivalents by dealing only with well
-
established financial institutions of
high
-
quality
credit
standing. The majority of the Group's cash resources were deposited with HSBC based in Hong Kong, Nedbank in South Africa and Stanlib
in South Africa
.
The Group invests only in well
-
known reputable financial institutions.
The majority of the investment in
money markets, current accounts,
cash
funds
and income funds are kep
t
in cash at financial institutions of high credit quality standing.
20
2
4
20
2
3
The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date of the consolidated financial statements was:
US$’000
US$’000
Financial assets
7
945
6 040
Restricted
bank deposit
6
000
13
713
Trade and other receivables
92
194
103 741
Contract
assets
507
1
876
Cash and cash equivalents
217
675
255
300
324
321
380 670




Graphics
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
82



33.
FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (continued)
Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will encounter difficulties in meeting the obligations associated with its financia
l liabilities that are settled
by delivering cash or another financial asset. The Group's approach to managing liquidity is to ensure, as far as possible, that it will always
have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities when due, under both normal and stressed conditions, without incurring unacceptable losses or
risking damage to the Group's reputation. At 30 September 2024 the Group had undrawn banking facilities of US$84.6 million
(ZAR
1
460.3
million) (202
3
: US$
70
.
3
million (ZAR
1
330.3
million))
available (note 2
5
).
Management is aware of the above risk. Liquidity risk is monitored on a regular basis and management is
taking steps deemed necessary in
an attempt to manage the corresponding risk. This excludes the potential impact of extreme circumstances that cannot reasonably be
predicted, such as natural disasters. In addition, financial risk management may not be possible for instances where weakened commodity
prices persist, forecast production not being achieved and further funding is not raised.
The following table presents the remaining contractual maturities of the Group's financial liabilities at the end
of the reporting period, which are
based on contractual undiscounted cash flows (including interest payments computed using contractual rates or, if floating, based on rates
current at the end of the reporting period) and the earliest date the Group can be
required to pay:
Contractual undiscounted cash flow
Within 1 year
or on
demand
More than 1
year but less
than 2 years
More than 2
years but
less than 5
years
More than 5
years
Total
Carrying
amount
30 September 202
4
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
Borrowings
60
383
45
373
7 923
-
113
679
106
183
Trade and other payables
51
591
-
-
-
51
591
51
591
111
974
45
373
7
923
-
165
270
157
774
30 September 20
23
Borrowings
71 402
37 728
48 446
-
157 576
139
656
Trade and other payables
50
550
-
-
-
50
550
50
550
121 952
37 728
48 446
-
208 126
190
206


Market risk
Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as
foreign exchange rates and interest rates, will affect the Group's income and the
values of its financial instruments. The objective of market risk management is to manage and control market risk exposures within acceptable
parameters, while optimising the
return.
Currency risk
Currency risk is the risk that the value of financial instruments will fluctuate due to changes in foreign exchange rates. Cu
rrency risk arises
when future commercial transactions and recognised assets and liabilities are denominated in a currency that is not the Group's functional
currency.
The Group is exposed to currency risk on transactions that are denominated in a currency other than the respective functional
currency of the
Group entities. These currency risk exposures arise primarily from exchange rate movements in
US$ and
ZAR.
Management is aware of the above risk. Currency risk arising from currency fluctuations is monitored on a regular basis and m
anagement is
taking steps deemed necessary in managing the corresponding risk. These steps may include entering from time to time, into forward exchange
contracts within board
-
approval limits.





Graphics
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
83



33.
FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (continued)

Market risk (continued)
The following table details the Group's exposure at the end of each reporting period to currency risk arising from recognised
assets and
liabilities denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the entity to which they relate. Exposures in US$ relate to recognized
assets and liabilities denominated in US$ of entities of the Group that have a functional currency other than US$. For presentation purposes,
the amounts of the exposure are shown in US$, translated using the spot rate at the reporting date. The spot rates used at the reporting date
against the US$ are a) US$:ZAR, 17.27 (2023: 18.91); b) US$:EUR, 0.90 (2023: 0.94) and c) US$:GBP, 0.75 (2023: 0.82). Differences resulting
from the translation of the financial
statements of foreign operations into the Group's presentation currency are excluded.
The Group entered into a number of forward exchange contracts to hedge certain aspects of the foreign exchange risk associate
d to the
conversion of the US$ to the ZAR and the EUR against the ZAR. The net exposure of these contracts was US$48.1 million (2022:
US$
11.0
million) with various expiries no later than
1
5
October
202
5
(20
2
3
: no later than
16
November
20
2
3
)
.
At the reporting date the Group's exposure to currency risk was as follows:
30 September 202
4
Amounts in US$’000
US$
ZAR
CHF
GBP
Other financial assets
6 000
-
80
-
-
Trade and other receivables
88
305
142
641
2
109
Current taxation
-
-
229
-
-
Cash and cash equivalents
33
343
63
477
-
21
Borrowings
(49
205)
-
(17)
-
-
Current
taxation
-
-
(393)
-
-
Trade and other payables
(3
842)
(3
897)
(2
486)
(102)
(292)
74
601
(3
692)
(1
469)
(100)
(162)
30 September 2023
US$
ZAR
AUD
GBP
Other financial assets
13 713
-
48
-
-
Trade and other
receivables
28
485
80
450
-
57
Current taxation
-
-
(682)
-
-
Cash and cash equivalents
65 329
429
246
-
45
Borrowings
(101
531)
-
(53)
(1
117)
-
Trade and other payables
(103)
(4
606)
(1
651)
(7)
(258)
5
893
(4
097)
(1
642)
(1
124)
(156)
A 10.0% strengthening of the US$ against the above currencies at the reporting date would have changed profits and equity by
the amounts
presented below. This analysis assumes that all other variables, and in particular interest rates, remain constant. The analysis has been
performed on the same basis for each reporting date.
202
4
20
23
(Decrease)/
increase/
in profit or loss
and equity
(Decrease)/
increase
in profit or loss
and equity
US$’000
US$’000
US$
(8
289)
(655)
ZAR
410
455
163
183
CHF
11
-
AUD
-
125
GBP
18
17
A 10.0% weakening of the US$ against the above currencies at each reporting date would have had an equal but opposite effect
to the
amounts shown above, on the basis that all
other variables remain constant.





Graphics
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
84


33.
FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (continued)
Interest rate risk
Interest rate risk is the Group's exposure to movements in interest rates. It arises as a result of timing differences on the
repricing of assets
and liabilities. Management is aware of the above risk. Interest rate risk is monitored on a regular basis and management is taking steps
deemed necessary
managing
the corresponding risk.
As at the reporting date, the interest rate profile of the Group was as follows:
20
2
4
20
2
3
202
4
20
2
3
US$’000
US$’000
Variable rate financial assets
Investments in money markets, current
accounts, cash funds and income funds
3
.
8
%
-
9
.
4
%
6.9%
-
8.6%
7
485
6
040
Restricted
bank
deposit
3.8%
3.8%
6
000
13
713
Cash and cash equivalents
0%
-
8.
6
%
0%
-
8.2%
217
675
255 300
231
160
275
053
Variable rate financial liabilities
Commodity off
-
take financing
SOFR plus 3.6%
SOFR plus 3.6%
30
324
77
703
Equipment loan facility
1
-
month SOFR plus
between 3.25% and
3.5%
1
-
month SOFR plus
between 3.25% and
3.5%
15
463
19
099
Atrafin loan
6
-
month SOFR plus
2.25%
6
-
month
SOFR
plus
2
.25
%
1
495
2
243
Absa commercial asset finance
RSA prime less 1.15%
RSA prime less 1.15%
4
902
5
508
Wesbank revolving facility
RSA prime less
between 0.65% and
1.15%
RSA prime less
between 0.65% and
1.15%
4
604
5
234
L
ease
liabilities
5.9%
-
RSA prime +
3.75%
5.9%
-
RSA prime +
3.75%
1
270
2
713
Bank credit facilities
1
-
month SOFR plus
1.65% and 3-month
SOFR plus 2.85%
-
20
706
-
78
764
112 500
A change of 100
basis points in interest rates at each reporting date would have changed profits and equity by the amounts presented below.
This analysis assumes that all other variables, and in particular foreign currency rates, remain constant. The analysis has been performed on
the same basis for each reporting date.
202
4
20
23
Increase/
(decrease) in
profit or loss and
equity
Increase/
(decrease) in
profit or loss
and equity
US$’000
US$’000
Investments in money markets, current accounts, cash funds and
income funds
515
498
Restricted
bank deposit
99
2
Cash and cash equivalents
1
902
1
535
Commodity off
-
take financing
(300)
(833)
Equipment loan facility
(145)
(200)
Atrafin loan
(14)
(24)
Absa commercial asset finance
(46)
(57)
Wesbank
revolving facility
(43)
(54)
L
ease
liabilities
(12)
(29)
Bank credit facilities
(14)
-
1
942
838
A decrease of 100 basis points in interest rates at each reporting date would have had an equal but opposite effect to the am
ounts shown
above, on the basis that all other variables remain constant.




Graphics
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
85


33.
FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (continued)

Fair values
The Board of Directors considers that the fair values of significant financial assets and financial liabilities
approximate to their carrying values
at each reporting date.
Financial instruments carried at fair value:
The following table presents the carrying values of financial instruments measured at fair value at the end of each reporting
period across the
three levels of the fair value hierarchy defined in IFRS 13, Fair Value Measurement, with the fair value of each financial instrument categorised
in its entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to that fair value measurement.
The levels are defined as follows:
Level 1: fair values measured using quoted prices (unadjusted) in active
markets for identical financial instruments (highest level).
Level 2: fair values measured using quoted prices in active markets for similar financial instruments, or using valuation met
hodologies in which
all significant inputs are directly or indirectly based on observable market data.
Level 3: fair values measured using valuation methodologies in which any significant inputs are not based on observable marke
t data.
Fair value
Fair value
202
4
20
2
3
Valuation technique
Financial
instrument
level
US$’000
US$’000
a
nd key inputs
Financial assets measured at fair value
Investments in money markets, current
accounts, cash funds and income funds
Level 2
7
485
6
040
Quoted market price for similar
instruments
PGM commodity hedging derivative
Level 2
14
2
369
Quoted market metal
prices
Forward exchange contracts
Level 2
366
68
Quoted market closing exchange
rates
Investments in equity instruments
Level 1
80
48
Quoted market price
Trade and other receivables measured at
fair value
PGM receivables
Level 2
34
615
27
900
Quoted market metal prices and
exchange rate
Financial liabilities measured at fair value
Option granted to NCI to call upon shares in
Karo Platinum
(Private) Limited
Level 3
- 11 Discounted cash flow valuation and a
Monte Carlo Simulation model
PGM commodity hedges derivative
Level 2
40
-
Quoted market
metal prices
There have been no transfers between fair value hierarchy levels in the current year.
Refer
to note 20 for the
fair value recognised relating to the PGM discounting receivable.





Graphics

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024



86



33.
FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (continued)


Fair value gains and
losses recognised in the financial instruments during the year:

202
4

20
2
3


US$’000

US$’000

Changes in fair value of financial assets at fair value through profit or loss




Investments in equity instruments

32


29



Investments in money
markets, current accounts, cash funds and income funds

544


367



PGM commodity hedges derivative

-


4

497



Forward exchange contracts

272


258



8
48


5

151


Chan
ges in fair value of financial liabilities

at fair value through profit or loss




PGM discount facility hedging derivative

-


59



Option granted to NCI to call upon shares in Karo Platinum (Private) Limited
-

unrealised

11


16

768



PGM commodity hedges derivative

realised

2 988




PGM commodity hedges derivative

unrealised

(2

44
2
)

-



557


16

827





Level 3: Option granted to NCI to call upon shares in Karo Platinum (Private) Limited

(‘Karo Platinum’)

The Republic of
Zimbabwe has an option to increase its
shareholding in Karo Platinum by 11.0% exercisable after 24 months from
30 March 2022, but before 36 months, payable in cash at the net present value of Karo Platinum at 30 March 2022. The option represents a
financial instrument which is recognised at fair value through profit or loss. At 30 September 2024, the Group completed a valuation of Karo
Platinum. In determining the fair value, the discounted cash flow valuation technique was used. The following significant inputs were used in
determining the fair value:




202
4

20
23






PGM basket price (6E)

US$/oz


1

855


1

565


Base metal basket price

US$/t


16

929


19

315


Life of Mine

years


10


11


Annual throughput

kt


220


215


6E PGM grade per tonne feed

g/t


3.0


3.0


Annual production (6E)

k
oz


193


211


PGM recovery

%


82.74%

81% first three
years, thereafter
83%

WACC

%


1
3
.
2
%


10.4%






The Monte
-
Carlo simulation was used in determining the fair value of Karo Platinum at the end of the 36
-
month period (31 March 2025). The
option value has been determined by averaging the discounted values between month 25 and 36 (the period in which the option can be
exercised).

The following significant inputs were used:



202
4


20
23






Strike price:

Independently verified net present value of Karo
Platinum as at 30 March 2022 using a discounted
cash flow model

US$71.8 million


US$71.8 million


Valuation of 11.0% of Karo Platinum

Discounted cash flow model

US$
3
5.
3

million


US$37.4 million


Volatility:

Sector volatility (converted to monthly)

4.0%

4.4%


Drift: Risk free rate (converted to monthly) based on the
US risk free zero yield curve and includes a country
risk premium for the operations being in Zimbabwe.

1.5% 1.3%
Time step:

Annual time intervals

1.0


1.0


Discount rate:

Converted to
monthly

0.81%


0.87%


















Graphics
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
87


33.
FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (continued)
Estimation of fair values
The fair value of financial instruments that are not traded in an active market (for example, over the counter derivatives) i
s determined by using
valuation techniques. The Group uses a variety of methods and makes assumptions that are based on market conditions existing at the end
of each reporting period. Other techniques, such as estimated discounted cash flows, are used to determine fair value for the remaining
financial instruments. The fair value of forward foreign exchange contracts is determined using quoted forward exchange rates at the end of
the reporting period.
T
he carrying value less impairment allowance of trade receivables and the carrying value of trade payables are assumed to appr
oximate their
fair values as the short term effect of discounting is not material. The fair value of financial liabilities for disclosure purposes is estimated by
discounting the future contractual cash flows at the current market interest rate that is available to the Company for simila
r financial instrument
s.
T
he
carrying v
alue of financial assets and liabilities at amortised cost approximates its fair value.



34.
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS AND BALANCES
In the normal course of the business, the Group enters into various transactions with related parties. Related party transact
ions exist between
shareholders, directors, directors of subsidiaries and key management personnel. Outstanding balances at the year-end are unsecured and
settlement occurs in cash.
All intergroup transactions have been eliminated on consolidation.
202
4
20
2
3
US$’000
US$’000
Trade and other receivables
(note 2
0
)
Rocasize Proprietary Limited
374
112
Trade and other payables
(note 27)
Rocasize Proprietary Limited
1
4
Amounts due to Directors
and former Directors
J Salter
22
22
O Kamal
12
12
C Bell
22
22
R Davey
19
19
S Lo Wai Man
9
9
C Hao
9
G Zvaravanhu
17
A
Djakouris
-
12
Z Hong
-
9
110
105
Total other payables
111
109


Graphics
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
88

34.
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS AND BALANCES
(continued)
202
4
20
2
3
US$’000
US$’000
Revenue
Rocasize
Proprietary Limited
12
-
Cost of sales
The
Tharisa Community Trust
9
-
Rocasize Proprietary Limited
423
528
Other income
Rocasize Proprietary Limited
56
37
Compensation to key management:
Salary and
fees
Expense
allowances
Share-based
payments
Provident
fund and risk
benefits
Bonus
Total
202
4
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
Non
-
Executive Directors
627
-
-
-
-
627
Executive Directors
1
838
6
-
85
468
2
397
Other key management
1
746
12
-
64
408
2
230
4
211
18
-
149
876
5
254
2023
Non
-
Executive Directors
637
-
-
-
-
637
Executive Directors
1
759
7
606
73
383
2
828
Other key management
1
738
17
187
65
406
2
413
4
134
24
793
138
789
5
878
Share
-
based awards to the Directors are
disclosed in note 11. Det
ails of each plan are disclosed in note 8. Awards
to the key management in
the period under review are as follows:
202
4
Ordinary shares
Opening
balance
Allocated
Vested
Forfeited
Total
LTIP
2
987 940
1
207
355
-
(693
923)
3
501 372
20
23
Ordinary shares
Opening
balance
Allocated
Vested
Forfeited
Total
LTIP
1
642 207
1
668
225
(64
498)
(257
994)
2
987
940

Relationships between parties:
The Tharisa Community Trust and Rocasize Proprietary Limited
The Tharisa Community Trust is a
former
shareholder of Tharisa Minerals Proprietary Limited
The Tharisa Community Trust
owns 100% of
the issued ordinary share capital of Rocasize Proprietary Limited.


35.
CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
As at 30 September
202
4
, there is no litigation (202
3
: no litigation), current or pending, which is considered likely to have a material adverse
effect on the Group.
Refer to note 3
6
for guarantees


.

Graphics
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
89

36.
CAPITAL COMMITMENTS AND GUARANTEES
20
2
4
20
2
3
Capital commitments
US$’000
US$’000
Authorised and contracted
46
098
156
219
Authorised and not contracted
831
1
490
46 929
157
709
The above commitments are with respect to property, plant and equipment and are outstanding at the respective reporting perio
d. All
contracted amounts will be funded through existing funding mechanisms within the Group and cash generated from operations. Balances
denominated in currencies other than the US$ were converted at the closing rates of exchange ruling at 30 September
20
2
4
.
Guarantees
The Company issued a guarantee
limited to US$10.0 million (2023: US$10.0 million) as
a security for trade finance facilities provided by a
bank to Arxo Resources Limited.
Karo Mining Holdings plc, a subsidiary of the Company, issued fixed income notes with a tenor of three years on 16 December 2
022 listed
on the Victoria Falls Stock Exchange to the value of US$26.8 million to external subscribers and US$10.0 million to Arxo Finance plc. The
Company guarantees the capital repayment and interest of subscribers.
Tharisa Minerals Proprietary Limited entered into an equipment loan facility of US$35.0 million (2023: US$35.0 million) with
Caterpillar
Financial Services Corporation. The equipment loan facility is secured by a first notarial bond over the equipment and is guaranteed by the
Company.
The Company issued a guarantee limited to US$17.4 million (ZAR300.0 million) (2023: US$15.9 million (ZAR300.0 million)) to Ab
sa Bank
Limited in respect of the Commercial Asset Finance and overdraft facilities of Tharisa Minerals Proprietary Limited.
The Company guarantees a total of US$8.1 million (ZAR153 million) (2023: US$8.1 million (ZAR153 million)) to third party supp
liers
of Tharisa Minerals Proprietary Limited.
An insurance company has provided a guarantee to the Department of Mineral Resources to satisfy the legal requirements with r
espect to
environmental rehabilitation and the Group has pledged as collateral its investments in interest-bearing instruments to the insurance
company to support this guarantee. The total value of the guarantee is US$31.6 million (ZAR545.5 million) (2023: US$22.1 million
(ZAR418.9
million)).
The Company issued a guarantee to Absa Bank
Limited which guarantees payment of certain liabilities of Arxo Logistics Proprietary Limited
to Transnet amounting to US$1.1 million (ZAR19.4 million) (2023: US$1.0 million (ZAR19.4 million)).
The Company and Arxo Metals Proprietary Limited jointly indemnify a third party for any claims which may result from negligen
ce or breach
in terms of the plant operating agreement between Arxo Metals Proprietary Limited and the third-party. This contract expired on
29
September 2024.


37.
EVENTS AFTER THE
On
27 November
202
4
, the Board has proposed a final
dividend of
US
3
ce
nts
per share, subject to the necessary shareholder approval at
the Annual General Meeting.
The Board of Directors is not aware of any
other
matter or circumstance arising since the end of the financial year that will impact these
financial results.

REPORTING PERIOD
38.
DIVIDENDS
During the year ended 30 September 2024, the Company
declared and paid a final dividend of US 2.0 cents per share in respect of the
financial year ended 30 September 2023. In addition, an interim dividend of US 1.5 cents per share was declared and paid in respect of the
financial year ended 30 September 2024
.
During the
year
ended 30 September 2023, the Company declared and paid a final dividend of US 4.0 cents per share in respect of the
financial year ended 30 September 2022. In addition, an interim dividend of US 3.0 cents per share was declared and paid in respect of the
financial year ended 30 September 2023.


Graphics
SEPARATE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
30 September 2024

Graphics
STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
for the year ended 30 September 2024
91
202
4
20
2
3
Notes
US$’000
US$’000
Revenue
5
28
750
41 249
Dividend income
16
004
25
000
Interest revenue
12
746
16
249
Foreign exchange
profit/(
loss
)
554
(30)
Operating expenses
7
(7
299)
(6 432)
Reversal of e
xpected credit losses
/(expected credit losses
raised
)
19
723
(5
955)
Operating
profit
22
728
28 832
Finance income
8
6
17
28
Finance costs
-
(1)
Changes in fair value of financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
19
173
(1
418)
P
rofit before tax
23
5
18
27
441
Tax
9
(725)
(811)
P
rofit for the year
22
793
26
630
Other comprehensive income
Items that
may not be
classified subsequently to profit or loss
-
-
Items that may be classified subsequently to profit or loss
-
-
Other comprehensive income
-
-
Total
comprehensive income for the year
22
793
26
630
The notes on pages 95 to 120 are an integral part of these financial statements.

Graphics
STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
as at 30 September 2024




92



202
4


20
2
3



Notes

US$’000

US$’000

Assets




Non
-
current assets




Investment in subsidiaries

1
0

3
6
7

126

334

201

Financial assets

1
1

4

453

3

875

Total
non
-
current assets


3
7
1

57
9

338 076





Current assets




Financial

assets

1
1

34 646

40 297

Other receivables

1
2

4

485

4

668

Cash and cash equivalents

1
3

25

499

40

442

Total current assets


6
4

630

85 407

Total assets


436

209

423
483





Equity and liabilities




Share capital and premium

1
4

34
6

31
4

346

29
6

Treasury shares

14

(5

004)

(3)

Other reserve

1
4

47

245

47

245

Retained earnings

1
4

39

468

22

649

Total equity


428

023

416 187





Non
-
current liabilities




Deferred taxation

1
5

211


166






Current liabilities




Other f
inancial liabilities

1
6

7

78
5

7

025

Current taxation

9

190


105


Total current liabilities


7

97
5

7

130

Total liabilities


8

18
6

7

296

Total equity and liabilities


436

20
9

423 483














The financial statements were authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 27 November 2024.



Phoevos Pouroulis


Michael Jones


Director


Director



The notes on pages 95 to 120 are an integral part of these financial statements.

Graphics

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
for the year ended 30 September 2024



93



Share
capital

Share
premium

Treasury
shares

Other
reserve

Retained
earnings

Total equity


Note

US$’000

US$’000

US$’000

US$’000

US$’000

US$’000









Balance at 1 October 20
22


30
3


345

597


(3)

47

245

15

611

408 753










Total comprehensive income for the
year








Profit

for the year


-


-


-


-


26 630

26 630


Total comprehensive
income

for the
year


-


-


-


-


26 630

26 630










Transactions with owners of the
Company








Contributions by and distributions to
owners








Issue of ordinary shares

1
4

-


396


-


-


-


396


Dividends paid

23

-


-


-


-


(20

990)

(20

990)

Equity
-
settled share
-
based payments

1
4

-


-


-


-


1

398

1

398


Contributions by and distributions to
owners of the Company


-


396


-


-


(19

592)

(19

196)

Total transactions with owners of the
Company


-


396


-


-


(19

592)

(19

196)

Balance at 30 September 20
23


30
3


345

993


(3)

47

245

22

649

416

187










Total comprehensive
income
for the
year








Profit

for the year


-


-


-


-

22

793

22

793


Total comprehensive
income

for the
year


-


-


-


-

22

793

22

793










Transactions with owners of the
Company








Contributions by and distributions to
owners








Issue of ordinary shares

1
4

-


18


-


-


-


18


Ordinary shares
repurchased

14

-


-


(5

001)

-


-


(5

001)

Dividends paid

23

-


-


-


-


(10

480)

(10

480)

Equity
-
settled share
-
based payments

1
4

-


-


-


-


4

506

4

506


Contributions by and distributions to
owners of the Company


-


18


(5

00
1
)

-


(5

974)

(10

957)

Total transactions with owners of the
Company


-


18


(5

00
1
)

-


(5

974)

(10

957)

Balance at 30 September 202
4


303


346

011


(5

004)

47

245

39

468

428

023










Companies, which do not distribute 70% of their profits after tax, as
defined by the relevant tax law in Cyprus, within two years after the end of the
relevant tax year, will be deemed to have distributed this amount as dividend on the 31

December of the second year. The amount of the deemed
dividend distribution is reduced by any actual dividend already distributed by 31 December of the second year for the year the profits relate. The
Company pays special defence contribution on behalf of the shareholders over the amount of the deemed dividend distribution at a rate of 17% when
the entitled shareholders are natural persons tax residents of Cyprus and have their domicile in Cyprus. In addition, from 2019 General Healthcare
System contribution at a rate of 1,7%
-

2,65%, when the entitled shareholders are natural persons

tax residents of Cyprus, regardless of their domicile.


The notes on pages 95 to 120 are an integral part of these financial statements.

Graphics
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
94
202
4
20
2
3
Notes
US$’000
US$’000
Operating c
ash flows
before changes in working capital
17
(6
217)
(5
409)
Changes in:
Other receivables
1
065
(350)
Other financial liabilities
1
438
(837)
Cash flows used in operations
(3
714)
(6
596)
Dividend income
20
16
004
25
905
Interest revenue received
20
10
398
13
150
Income tax paid
9
(595)
(727)
Net cash flows
generated from
operating activities
22
093
31
732
Cash flows from
investing activities
Additions to investment in subsidiaries
10
(32
370)
(68
335)
Redemption of unlisted preference shares
10
10
080
95
246
Refund of
financial assets
11
72
-
Repayment of financial assets
11
-
445
Interest received
8
617
28
Net cash flows
(used)/generated from
investing activities
(21
601)
27
384
Cash flows from financing activities
Ordinary shares repurchased
(5
001)
-
Dividends paid
23
(10
480)
(20
990)
Interest paid
-
(1)
Net cash flows
used in
financing activities
(15
481)
(20
991)
Net
(decrease)/increase
in cash and cash equivalents
(14
989)
38 125
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year
40
442
2
429
Effect of exchange rate
fluctuations on cash held
46
(112)
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year
1
3
25
499
40
442
The notes on pages 95 to 120 are an integral part of these financial statements.

Graphics
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
95
1.
INCORPORATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES
Tharisa plc (the ‘Company’) was incorporated in Cyprus on 20 February 2008 under registration number HE223412 as a private li
mited liability
company under the Cyprus Companies Law, Cap. 113. The Company was converted to a public company and accordingly the name of the
Company was changed from Tharisa Limited to Tharisa plc on 19 January 2012. The registered office is at Sofoklis Pittokopitis Business
Centre, Office 108-110, 17 Neophytou Nicolaides & Kilkis Street, 8011, Paphos, Cyprus. On 10 April 2014, the Company listed its ordinary
share capital on the main board of the Johannesburg Stock Exchange (‘JSE’) as its primary listing. On 8 June 2016 the Company listed its
ordinary share capital as a secondary standard listing on the main board of the London Stock Exchange (‘LSE’). On 6 February 2019 the
Company listed its ordinary share capital as a secondary listing on the A2X Exchange in South Africa.
The principal activity of the Company is that of an investment holding company with controlling interests
mainly
in PGM and chrome
assets
both operational and development stage including mining and processing and associated sales and logistics operations. The principal activity
remains unchanged from the previous year.
2.
MATERIAL
ACCOUNTING POLIC
IES
The
material
accounting policies applied in the preparation of these annual financial statements are set out below. Where an accounting po
licy
is material and specific to a note, the policy is described in the note which it relates to. These policies have consistently been applied to all the
years presented.
2.1.
BASIS OF PREPARATION
Statement of compliance
The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards, the Listings Requirements of the
Johannesburg Stock Exchange and the requirements of the Cyprus Companies Law, Cap. 113. IFRS Accounting Standards comprises
the standards issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (‘IASB’). Statutory financial statements of the Company were
additionally prepared in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards as adopted by the EU and the requirements of the Cyprus
Companies Law, Cap. 113. These have been approved and issued on the same date and there are no material differences in the two
sets of financial statements prepared. These financial statements are the separate financial statements of the Company.
The
Company has also prepared consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS
Accounting Standards
for the Company and its
subsidiaries (‘the Group’). The consolidated financial statements can be obtained from Sofoklis Pittokopitis Business Centre, Office 108-110,
17 Neophytou Nicolaides & Kilkis Street, 8011, Paphos, Cyprus
or from the Company’s website:
www.tharisa.com
.
Users of these separate financial statements of the
Company should read them together with the Group's consolidated financial statements
as at and for the year ended 30 September 2024 in order to obtain a proper understanding of the financial position, the financial performance
and the cash flows of the Company and its
subsidiaries.
Basis of measurement
The financial statements are prepared on the historical cost basis,
except
for certain financial instruments that are stated at fair value (note
19)
.
Functional and presentation currency
The financial statements are presented in United States Dollars (‘US$’) which is the functional and presentation currency of
the Company.
Going concern
The separate financial statements have been prepared on
a
going concern basis.
Refer to note
s 14 and
19
for
statements
on the Company’s objectives, policies and processes for managing its capital, details of its financial
instruments, its exposures to market risk in relation to commodity prices and foreign exchange risks, interest rate risk, credit risk, and liquidity
risk.
F
oreign currency translation
Transactions in foreign currencies are translated to the functional currenc
y
of the Company at exchange rates at the dates of the transactions.
Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the reporting date are retranslated to the functional currency at the foreign
exchange rate at that date. The foreign currency gain or loss on monetary items is the difference between amortised cost in the functional
currency at the beginning of the year, adjusted for effective interest and payments during the year, and the amortised cost in foreign currency
translated at the exchange rate at the end of the
year.
Foreign currency gains and losses are reported on a net basis.

Graphics
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
96
2.
MATERIAL
ACCOUNTING
POLICIES (continued)
2.2.
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS ADOPTED IN THE CURRENT YEAR
The
Company
has adopted the following new and/or revised standards and interpretations which became effective for the year ended
30 September 2024 for which the nature and effect of the changes as a result of the adoption of these new accounting standards are
described below
Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising from a Single Transaction
Amendments to IAS 12
In May 2021, the IASB issued amendments to IAS 12 Income Taxes which narrow the scope of the initial recognition exception
under IAS
12,
so that it no longer applies to transactions that give rise to equal taxable and deductible temporary differences.
Under the amendments, the initial recognition exception does not apply to transactions that, on initial recognition, give ris
e to equal taxable
and deductible temporary differences. It only applies if the recognition of a decommissioning asset and decommissioning liability (or lease
asset or lease liability) give rise to taxable and deductible temporary differences that are not equal. This amendment had no impact on the
Company’s results for the year ended 30 September 2024
Definition of Accounting Estimate
Amendments to IAS 8
The IASB has issued amendments to IAS 8 Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting
Estimates and Errors (IAS 8) to clarify how entities
should distinguish changes in accounting policies from changes in accounting estimates, with a primary focus on the definition of and
clarifications on accounting estimates. This is due to the term "accounting estimate" not being defined and the previous definition of a "change
in accounting estimate" being unclear.
The amendments introduce a new definition for accounting estimates, clarifying that they are monetary amounts in the financia
l
statements
that are subject to measurement uncertainty. The amendment has been applied prospectively and had no impact on the Company’s results
for the year ended 30 September 2024
.
Disclosure of Accounting Policies
Amendments to IAS 1
To assist preparers of financial statements, the IASB had previously refined its definition of ‘material’ (effective 1 Jan
uary
2020) and issued
non-mandatory practical guidance on applying the concept of materiality. As the final step of the materiality improvements, the IASB issued
amendments on the application of materiality to the disclosure of accounting policies. The key amendments include requirements for entities
to disclose their material accounting policies rather than their significant accounting policies as well as certain clarifications regarding
accounting policies related to material transactions or events.
The amendment
has been
applied prospectively and
had no
impact on the
Company
’s results for the year ended 30 September 2024
International Tax Reform
Pillar Two Model Rules
-
Amendments to IAS 12
IAS 12
-
Income Taxes was amended and requires entities during the period between the legislation being enacted or substantively enact
ed
and the legislation becoming effective to disclose known or reasonable estimable information to their exposure to Pillar Two income taxes.
The Company and Group for the year ended 30 September 2024 fall outside the scope of the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and
Development (OECD) Pillar Two model rules
as the consolidated
income
is less than
€750 million
.
2.3.
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS ISSUED BUT NOT YET EFFECTIVE
The new standards, interpretations and amendments to standards listed below are not effective and have not been early adopted
, but will
be adopted once these new standards, interpretations and amendments become effective. The Company notes the new standards,
amendments and interpretations which have been issued but not yet effective and does not plan to early adopt any of the standards,
amendments and interpretations. There are no other standards that are not yet effective and that would be expected to have a material
impact on the Company in the current or future reporting periods.
Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non
-
current
and non
-
current liabilities with covenants
-
Amendments to IAS 1
The International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) issued Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non
-
current
and
N
on
-
c
urrent liabilities
with Covenants, which amends IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements. The amendments affect requirements in IAS 1 for the
classification of liabilities as current or non-current. The amendments clarify what is meant by a right to defer settlement, that a right to defer
settlement must exist at the end of the reporting period, the classification is unaffected by the likelihood that an entity will exercise its deferral
right, that only if an embedded derivative in a convertible liability is itself an equity instrument would the terms of a liability not impact its
classification, as well as the required disclosures in this regard. The amendment must be applied retrospectively and is effective for annual
periods beginning on or after 1 Januar
y 202
4
. Th
ese
amendment
s
are not expected to have a material impact on the
Company’s results

Graphics
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
97
2.
SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
2.3.
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS ISSUED BUT NOT YET EFFECTIVE (continued)
Lease Liability in a Sale and
Leaseback
Amendments to IFRS 16
In September 2022, the IASB issued Lease Liability in a Sale and Leaseback (Amendments to IFRS 16).
The amendments to IFRS 16
Leases specify the requirements that a seller-lessee uses in measuring the lease liability arising in a sale and leaseback transaction, to
ensure the seller-lessee does not recognise any amount of the gain or loss that relates to the right of use it retains. The amendments must
be applied retrospectively to annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2024. These amendments are not expected to have a
material impact on the
Company’s results
.
Disclosures: Supplier Finance Arrangements
Amendments to IAS 7 and IFRS 7
In May 2023, the IASB issued amendments to IAS 7 Statement of
Cash Flows and IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures.
The
amendments specify disclosure requirements to enhance the current requirements, which are intended to assist users of financial statements
in understanding the effects of supplier finance arrangements on an entity’s liabilities, cash flows and exposure to liquidity risk. The
amendments will be effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2024. These amendments are not expected to
have a material impact on the
Company’s r
esults
Lack of Exchangeability
-
Amendment to IAS 2
1
In August 2023, the IASB issued Lack of Exchangeability (Amendments to IAS 21), specifying how an entity should assess whethe
r a
currency is exchangeable and how it should determine a spot exchange rate when exchangeability is lacking. When an entity estimates a
spot exchange rate because a currency is not exchangeable into another currency, it discloses information that enables users of its financial
statements to understand how the currency not being exchangeable into the other currency affects, or is expected to affect, the entity’s
financial performance, financial position and cash flows. These amendments must be applied retrospectively to annual reporting periods
beginning on or after 1
January 2025.
These amendments are not expected to have a material impact on the
Company’s results
Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements
IFRS 18
In
April
2024, the IASB issued IFRS 18 Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements (IFRS 18) which replaces IAS 1 Presentation
in Financial Statements. IFRS 18 introduces new categories and subtotals in the statement of profit or loss. It also requires disclosure of
management-defined performance measures (as defined) and includes new requirements for the location, aggregation and disaggregation
of financial information. The new standard must be applied retrospectively to annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2027.
This impact of this new standard will be assessed on (and applied to) the Company’s annual financial statements for the financial year ending
30
September
2028.
Classification and Measurement of Financial
Instruments
Amendments to IFRS 9 and IFRS 7
In May 2024, the IASB issued Amendments to the Classification and Measurement of Financial Instruments (Amendments to IFRS 9
and
IFRS 7), which:
clarified that a financial liability is derecognised on the ‘settlement date’, i.e., when the related obligation is discharged, cancelled,
expires or the liability otherwise qualifies for derecognition, and introduced an accounting policy option to derecognise financial
liabilities that are sett
led through an electronic payment system before settlement date if certain conditions are met;
clarified how to assess the contractual cash flow characteristics of financial assets that include environmental, social and
governance
(ESG)
-
linked features and other similar contingent features;
clarified the treatment of non
-
resource assets and contractually linked instruments; and
requires additional disclosures in IFRS 7 for financial assets and liabilities that with contractual terms that reference a contingent
event (including those that are ESG
-
linked), and equity instruments classified at fair value through other comprehensive
income.
The amendments are effective for reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2026
.
Th
e
impact of this new standard will be assessed
on (and applied to) the
Company
’s annual financial statements for the financial year ending 30
September
202
7
Annual Improvements to IFRS
Accounting Standards
Volume 11
During July 2024, the IASB issued
narrow amendments to IFRS Accounting Standards and accompanying guidance as part of its regular
maintenance of the Standards. These amendments, published in a single document Annual Improvements to IFRS
Accounting Standards—
Volume 11, include clarifications, simplifications, corrections and changes aimed at improving the consistency of several IFRS Accounting
Standards.
The amendments are:
IFRS 1 First-time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards;
IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures and its accompanying Guidance on implementing IFRS 7;
IFRS 9 Financial Instruments;
IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements; and
IAS 7
Statement of Cash Flows
The amendments are effective for reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2026
.
Th
e
impact of this new standard will be assessed
on (and applied to) the
Company
’s annual financial statements for the financial year ending 30
September
202
7

Graphics
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
98
3.
USE OF JUDGEMENTS AND ESTIMATES
The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with IFRS
Accounting Standards
requires management to make
judgements,
estimates and assumptions that affect the application of accounting policies and reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses
and the accompanying disclosures, and the disclosure of contingent liabilities. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on
historical experience and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the
basis of making the judgements about carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results
may differ from these estimates. The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting
estimates are recognised in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period, or in the period of the revision
and future periods if the revision affects both current and future periods.
Judgements and estimates made by management in the application of IFRS
Accounting Standards
that have a significant effect on the
financial statements and major sources of estimation uncertainty are
disclosed in each note it relates to.
4.
SHARE
-
BASED PAYMENTS
Accounting policy
Equity settled share
-
based payments to employees are measured at the fair value of the equity instruments at the grant date.
The fair value determined at the grant d
ate of the equity settled share
-
based payment is expensed on a straight
-
line basis over the vesting
period, based on the Company's estimate of equity instruments that will eventually vest, with a corresponding increase in the equity (retained
earnings). At the end of each reporting period, the Company revises its estimate of the number of equity instruments expected to vest. The
amount recogni
s
ed as an expense is adjusted to reflect the revision of the original estimate.
Where the Company has the right to elect settlement either equity set
tled or cash settled, the share
-
based payment transactions will be
treated
as equity settled share
-
based payments
as the Company does not have a present obligation to settle in cash
Conditional awards (‘LTIP’) is the grant of shares in the Company where the risks and rewards of share ownership will vest on
specific vesting
dates with the employee subject to certain conditions. LTIPs will vest at the third anniversary of the grant for the 2021, 2022 and 2023 awards.
The
se
award, on vesting, may at the election of the Company, be either cash
-
settled or share
-
settled as provided for in the rules of the Plan.
Appreciation rights (‘SARS’) is the grant of an award by the Company where the employee is, subject to certain conditions, en
titled to receive
the increase in the share value above the award price. The awards may be exercised at any time up to five years from the date of the grant.
The appreciation in value may, at the election of the Company, be either cash settled or share settled as provided for in the rules of the Plan.
No SARS were issued during the years ended 30 September 2024 and 30 September 2023.
At 30 September 202
4
, the
Company
had the following
three
share
-
based payment arrangements
with the corresponding performance
conditions
Vesting period
Eighth award
:
2021
Ninth award
:
2022
Tenth award
:
2023
Grant date
8 Dec 2021
16 Jan
2023
14 Dec 2023
Vesting date
8 Dec 2024
16 Jan 2026
14 Dec 2026
Performance conditions
Weighting
Actual PGM production compared to market guidance
33.33%
20%
20%
Actual chrome production compared to market guidance
33.33%
20%
20%
Achievement of Karo Platinum project deliverables
-
20%
20%
Actual three
-
year rolling return on invested capital exceeding the
actual three
-
year rolling weighted cost of capital
11.11%
20%
20%
Performance against environmental plan to reduce
carbon
emissions by 30% by 2030
11.11%
10%
10%
Achievement of Vision 2025
11.12%
10%
10%
Eighth to tenth awards
These awards comprise of LTIPs only with the measurement periods being aligned to the Group’s financial year
-
end of
30
September. The
awards will vest on the third anniversary of the grant date. The three-year vesting period is divided into three annual measurement periods
at 30 September, the result of each being aggregated at the end of the vesting period to determine the final vesting percentage. The vesting
of these awards is subject to continued employment in good standing, achievement of the performance conditions (set out above) and the
following
additional
conditions:
The award will be reduced in each annual measurement period by one-third for each fatality that occurred during that measurement
period.
For avoidance of doubt, if any performance condition is not met in any annual measurement period and consequently is forfeited
(either wholly or partially) as a result of failure to achieve the performance condition, but the performance condition is achieved in
subsequent measurement periods the award will vest for that period as provided.
The awards are subject to the rules governing the Plan and the final discretion of the Tharisa plc Remuneration Committee will
prevail should there be any discrepancy.

Graphics


NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024


99

4.

SHARE
-
BASED PAYMENTS

(continued)








LTIP v
aluation of share award at grant date:

First
measurement
period

Second

measurement
period

Third

measurement
period





2021 eighth award

US$1.52

US$1.52

US$1.52

2022 ninth award

US$0.92

US$0.92

US$0.92

2023 tenth award

US$0.51

US$0.51

US$0.51


The fair value at grant date of the LTIP awards was determined by present valuing the share price on grant date less the expe
cted dividends
and by using the
following inputs
:




LTIP 2023 tenth
Award


LTIP 2022 ninth
Award


LTIP 2021 eighth
Award







Spot price


ZAR14.50


ZAR20.10


ZA
R27.00

Exchange rate ZAR
:US$


18.30


17.00


15.71


Dividend yield
1


14.55%

8.18%

4.16%

R
isk
-
free interest rate

(swap yield curve)
2


7.48%

7.35%

5.76%

Forfeiture assumption
3


1.
43
%

6
.
4
0%

0
.
1
0
%


1
The dividend

yield was calculated by using forecast dividends which

were estimated using a combination of broker consensus forecasts,
historical dividend data, and
the Company’s

view of the future

dividends.

2
The swap yield curve was independently constructed using a bootstrapping methodology together with a combination of traded mo
ney
-
market,
FRA and swap rate inputs

3
This adjustment is made with reference to the percentage of employees that are not expected to fulfil the service based vesti
ng conditions
prior to the vesting dates
, taking into account the forfeiture assumption b
ased on

participants’ employee turnover histor
y.


An expense of US$4
2

thousand

(2023: US$2
3 thousand
) was recognised in profit or loss.


A reconciliation of the mo
v
ement in the Group's LTIP in the period under review is as follows:


2024

Opening balance

Allocated

Vested

Forfeited
*

Total







LTIP Ordinary shares

11

978 371


5

171

870

-


(
2

991 628
)

14

158 613







2023












LTIP Ordinary shares

6

989

475


7

210

076

(287

476)

(1

933

704)

11

978

371







*


Forfeits includes LTIPs awarded to employees that left the employment of the Group and forfeits relating to the interim measu
rement
periods.


SARS

N
o SARS were issued during the years ended 30 September 202
4

and 30 September 202
3 and consequently no expense was recognised
during these periods. In terms of previous awards, employees may exercise the SARS within five years from the grant date. During the year
ended 30 September 2024, the sixth award was amended to allow employees an additional year to exercise these awards. Consequently the
expiry date of this award is 30 June 2025. Number of SARS vested, not yet exercised:


Award

date

Expiry date

20
24


20
23






30 June 20
19

sixth award

30 June 202
5

1

191

377

1

193 009





N
umber of share options exercised during the
year

1

632

729 914

Weighted average
share price of options exercised during the year

ZAR16.51


ZAR2
1
.
8
7





Judgements and estimates

The
Company

measures the cost of equity
-
settled transactions with employees by reference to the fair value of the equity instruments at the
date at which they are granted. The fair value is determined by present valuing the share price on grant date less the expected dividends and
by using a Binomial Tree model
, using the
aforementioned assumptions.




Graphics


NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024


100

5.

REVENUE






Accounting policy



Revenue comprises dividend income received from subsidiaries

and interest income relating to intergroup preference share dividends received
from subsidiaries
. Dividend income is recognised on the date that the Company’s right to receive payment is established.


Revenue also comprises of interest revenue recognised and measured on the effective interest rate method, as well as the unwinding of notional
interest on financial assets classified and measured at fair value through profit or loss. The interest revenue is recognised when it accrues to
the Company.





202
4


20
23



US$’000

US$’000




Dividend income
-

subsidiaries
(note 20)

16 000

25

000

Dividend income

4


-


Interest revenue (note 20)

12

746

16

249


28

750

41 249




The interest revenue on the effective interest rate method of US$1
1
.
3
million (202
3
: US$
14.0

million) represents the accrued preference share
dividends relating to the preference share investment that forms part of the net investment in Tharisa Minerals (Proprietary) Limited, a subsidiary
of the Company. The interest revenue also includes the unwinding of notional interest of US$1.5 million (2023: US$2.2 million) relating to the
preference share investment that forms part of the net investment in Arxo Finance plc, a subsidiary of the Company. Refer to
note 1
0


6.

DIRECTORS REMUNERATION








Directors’ share awards

Details of each plan are
disclosed in note 4. Non
-
Executive Directors are not entitled to participate in the Group’s share award plan. The number
of LTIP awarded to the Executive Director by

the Company, are set out in the following tables:








2024

LTIP Ordinary shares

Opening
balance


Allocated


Vested


Forfeited


Total







LC Pouroulis

133 017

-


-


(28

215)

1
04

802







2023

LTIP Ordinary shares











LC
Pouroulis

82 072

68

702

(3

552)

(14

205)

133

017


The remuneration of the Directors
, as paid by the Company,
is set out in the following table:


202
4

202
3



Directors’
fees



Salary



Bonus

Share
-
based
payment



Total


Directors’
fees



Salary



Bonus

Share
-
based
payment



Total


US$’000

US$’000

US$’000

US$’000

US$’000

US$’000

US$’000

US$’000

US$’000

US$’000












Executive











LC Pouroulis

-


72


16


-


88


-


68


15


-


83


Non
-
executive











JD Salter

122


-


-


-


122


122


-


-


-


122


A Djakouris
*

40


-


-


-


40


104


-


-


-


104


OM Kamal

61


-


-


-


61


60


-


-


-


60


C Bell

122


-


-


-


122


122


-


-


-


122


R Davey

104


-


-


-


104


104


-


-


-


104


SW
M

Lo

43


-


-


-


43


42


-


-


-


42


G Zvaravanhu
**

52


-


-


-


52


-


-


-


-


-


C Hao
***

43


-


-


-


43


-


-


-


-


-


ZL Hong
*
***

-


-


-


-


-


42


-


-


-


42


Total

587


72


16


-


6
7
5


596


68


15


-


6
7
9











*

Resigned on 21 February 2024

***

Appointed on 1 October 2023


**

Appointed on 21
February 2024

****

Resigned on 30 September 2023




Graphics
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
101
7.
OPERATING EXPENSES
202
4
20
23
US$’000
US$’000
Directors
remuneration (note 6)
675
679
Equity
-
settled share
-
based payments
42
23
717
702
Business development
70
179
Statutory a
udit
services
331
319
Consulting and professional
339
364
Administration (note 20)
3
813
2
966
Net movement in i
mpairment losses
for investments in subsidiaries
(note 1
0
)
1
040
1 000
Listing fees
409
455
Travelling
239
177
Sundry expenses
341
270
7
299
6 432
8.
FINANCE INCOME
202
4
20
2
3
US$’000
US$’000
Interest income
6
17
28
9.
TAX
Accounting policy
Income tax comprises current and deferred taxes. Income tax
is recognised in profit or loss
.
Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted
at the reporting
date, and any adjustments to tax payable in respect of previous years.
Deferred tax is recognised in respect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for fin
ancial reporting
purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. Deferred tax is measured at the tax rates that are expected to be applied to temporary
differences when they reverse, based on the laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting
date.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset if there is a legally enforceable right to offset
current tax liabilities and assets, and they relate to
income taxes levied by the same tax authority on the same taxable entity.
Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date and are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that
the related tax benefit
will be realised. Additional income taxes that arise from the distribution of dividends are recognised at the same time as the liability to pay the
related dividend is established.
In determining the amount of current and deferred tax, the Company takes into account the impact of uncertain tax positions a
nd whether
additional taxes and interest may be due. This assessment relies on estimates and assumptions and may involve a series of judgements about
future events. New information may become available that causes the Company to change its judgement regarding the adequacy of existing
tax liabilities; such changes to tax liabilities will impact tax expense in the period that such a det
ermination is made.

Graphics
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
102
9.
TAX
(continued)
202
4
20
2
3
US$’000
US$’000
Current tax
Corporation tax
current year
57
111
Special contribution to the defence fund
current year
103
-
Dividend withholding tax
520
658
680
769
Deferred tax
Dividend
withholding tax (note 1
5
)
45
42
725
811
Income
tax comprises
current tax/
corporation tax
, deferred tax, dividend withholding tax
and special contribution for defence. Corporation tax
is provided at the rate of 12.5% (2023: 12.5%), dividend withholding tax relating to foreign dividends received at 5.0% and deferred tax at the
rate the temporary difference relates to. Special contribution for defence is provided on passive interest at the rate of 30%. 100% of passive
interest income is disallowed in the computation of chargeable income for corporation tax purposes (20
23
100%).
202
4
20
23
Tax reconciliation
US$’000
US$’000
P
rofit before tax
23
5
18
27
441
Tax calculated at
12.5% (202
3
: 12.5%)
2
94
0
3 430
Tax
effect of allowances and income not subject to tax
(3
76
0
)
(5 160)
Tax effect of expenses not deductible for tax purposes
809
1 717
Current tax
-
dividend withholding tax
520
658
Special contribution to the defence fund
103
-
Recognition of deemed interest income for tax purposes
68
124
Deferred tax: dividend
withholding tax (note 1
5
)
45
42
Tax charge
725
811
Dividend
withholding tax arose on ordinary and preference dividends declared and paid by South
African subsidiaries to the Company (refer to
notes 10 and 15). Dividend withholding tax is calculated at a tax rate of 5.0% in terms of the Double Taxation Agreement between Cyprus and
South Africa.
202
4
20
23
Tax pa
yable
US$’000
US$’000
Balance at the beginning of the year
105
63
Current tax charge
680
769
Payments made
(595)
(727)
Balance at the end of the year
190
105
Significant judgement:
Taxes
Judgement is required in determining the liability for income taxes due to
the complexity of legislation. There are many transactions and
calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain during the ordinary course of business. The Company recognises liabilities for
anticipated tax audit issues based on estimates of whether additional taxes will be due. Where the final tax outcome of these matters is different
from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences will impact the income tax and deferred tax provisions in the period in which
such determina
tion is made.
The Company recognises the net future tax benefit related to deferred income tax assets to the extent that it is probable tha
t the deductible
temporary differences will reverse in the foreseeable future. Assessing the recoverability of deferred income tax assets requires the Company
to make significant estimates related to expectations of future taxable income. Estimates of future taxable income are based on forecast cash
flows from operations and the application of exi
sting tax laws.

Graphics


NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024


103

10.

INVESTMENTS IN SUBSIDIARIES






Accounting policy

Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Company. Control exists where the Company is exposed or has rights to variable re
turns from its
involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the investee.


Investments in subsidiary companies are stated at cost less
accumulated
impairment
losses. Impairment losses are recognised as an
expense in the period in which the impairment is identified
.


Investments in preference shares issued by subsidiaries where settlement is
neither planned nor likely to occur
in the foreseeable future
forms part of the net investment in subsidiaries. Investments in preference shares for which no preference dividends are accrued are stated
at fair value through profit or loss while investments in preference shares for which preference dividends accrue are stated at amortised
cost.
.









30 Sep 2024

30 Sep 2023


Unlisted ordinary
shares

Cost/fair value

Accumulated
impairment
losses

Carrying/fair
value

Cost/fair value

Accumulated
impairment
losses

Carrying/fair
value








Opening balance

209 393

(27

553)

181

840


1
41

058

(26

553)

11
4

505


Additional investment

32

370

-


32

370


68

335

-


68

335


Net i
mpairment loss

-


(1

040)

(1

040)

-


(1

000)

(1

000)


241 763

(28

593)

213 170


209

393

(27

553)

181

840









Unlisted preference
shares














Opening
balance

152

361

-


152

361


2
86

546

-


2
86

546


Redemption

-


-


-


(95

246)

-


(95

246)

Reclassification

to short
-
term

-


-


-


(39

754)

-


(39

754)

Notional u
nwinding

of
finance income on
preference shares

1

454

-


1

454


2

262

-


2

262


Fair value
gain/(loss)

141


-


141


(1

447)

-


(1

447)


153 956

-


153

956


152

361

-


152

361














202
4


2023







US$’000

US$’000









Unlisted ordinary shares



213 170

181

840


Unlisted preference shares



153

956

152

361







367

126

334

201











Graphics
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
104
10.
INVESTMENTS IN SUBSIDIARIES
(continued)
The following table contains the particulars of all direct subsidiaries of the Company.
Name
Country of
establishment/
incorporation
and operation
Principal
activities
2024
Holding
%
2023
Holding
%
Date of
incorporation/
establishment/
acquisition
Particulars of
issued and paid
up capital and
other securities
Type of entity
Tharisa
Minerals
Proprietary
Limited
South Africa
Mining of
platinum group
metals and
chrome
concentrates
100
100
9 February 2009
500
ordinary
shares of ZAR1
each and 1 608
(2023: 1 706)
redeemable
preference
shares of
ZAR0.01 each
Limited liability
company
Tharisa
Investments
Limited
Cyprus
Investment
holding
100
100
2 November
2010
15
130 class A
shares of
US$0.01 each
Limited liability
company
Arxo Resources
Limited
Cyprus
Commodity
trading company
focussed on
sales and
marketing of
chrome products
100
100
4 February 2011
1 ordinary share
of EUR1 each
Limited liability
company
Arxo Logistics
Proprietary
Limited
South Africa
Logistics
operations
100
100
1 March 2011
170 ordinary
shares of ZAR1
each
Limited liability
company
MetQ
Proprietary
Limited
South Africa
Manufacturing
100
100
1 October 2019
140 ordinary
shares of ZAR1
each
Limited liability
company
Tharisa
Administration
Services
Limited
Cyprus
Management and
administration
services to other
entities of the
Group and the
Company
100
100
31 May 2011
1 100 ordinary
shares of US$1
each
Limited liability
company
Dinami Limited
Guernsey
Marketing of
chrome products
100
100
30 May 2013
119 885 ordinary
shares of £1
each
Limited liability
company
Arxo Finance
plc
Cyprus
Financing
100
100
29
June 2018
48 000 ordinary
shares of US$1
each and 20
non-cumulative
redeemable
preference
shares of US$1
each
Limited liability
company
Salene Chrome
Zimbabwe
(Private)
Limited
Zimbabwe
Mining of chrome
concentrates
100
100
31 March 2021
635 ordinary
shares of US$1
each
Limited liability
company

Graphics
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
105
10.
INVESTMENTS IN SUBSIDIARIES (continued)
Name
Country of
establishment/
incorporation
and operation
Principal
activities
2024
Holding
%
2023
Holding
%
Date of
incorporation/
establishment/
acquisition
Particulars of
issued and paid
up capital and
other securities
Type of entity
Arxo
Prospecting
(Cyprus)
Limited
Cyprus
Prospecting
100
100
19 April 2021
1 200 ordinary
shares of US$1
each
Limited liability
company
Arxo
Exploration
(Cyprus)
Limited
Cyprus
Exploration
100
100
20 April 2021
1
330 ordinary
shares of US$1
each
Limited
liability
company
Arxo
Technologies
Limited
Cyprus
Research and
development
100
100
30 June 2021
2 000 ordinary
shares of US$1
each
Limited liability
company
Redox One
Limited
Cyprus
Research and
development in
renewable
energy solutions
100
100
18
April 2022
445 ordinary
shares of US$1
each
Limited liability
company
Skyler Storm
(Private)
Limited
Zimbabwe
Mining and
beneficiation of
chrome
concentrates
100
100
1 December
2021
200 000 ordinary
shares of US$1
each
Limited liability
company
Karo
Mining
Holdings plc
Cyprus
Investment
holding company
7
6.22
7
5
30 March 2022
57 032 ordinary
shares of US$1
each
Limited liability
company
During the year ended 30 September 202
4
, the Company subscribed
for:
1 ordinary class A share issued by Tharisa Investments Limited at US$140 000 per share
118 885 ordinary shares issued by Dinami Limited at US$1.26 per share (US$150 thousand)
245 ordinary shares issued by Redox One Limited at US$20 000 a share (US$4.9 million)
100 ordinary shares issued by Arxo Prospecting (Cyprus) Limited at US$1 000 a share (US$0.1 million)
230 ordinary shares issued by Arxo Exploration (Cyprus) Limited at US$1 000 a share (US$230.0 thousand)
1 000 ordinary shares issued by Arxo Technologies Limited at US$4 500 a share (US$4.5 million)
235 ordinary shares issued by Salene Chrome Zimbabwe (Private) Limited at US$10 000 per share (US$2.35
million).
During the year ended 30 September 2023, the Company subscribed
for
an additional 100 ordinary shares issued by Redox One Limited at
US$20 000 a share (US$2.0 million) and an additional 25 ordinary shares issued by MetQ Proprietary Limited at ZAR25 million
(US$1
.
3
million
).
Increase in shareholding
in Karo Mining Holdings plc (‘Karo Mining’)
During the year ended 30 September 2024,
Karo Mining issued an additional
2 784
new ordinary shares for a cash subscription of US$
20.0
million to the Company. The additional shares issued represented 1.22% of the issued share capital of Karo Mining which increased the
Company’s shareholding to 7
6
.
22
%.
During the year ended 30 September 202
3
,
Karo Mining issued an additional
9 048
new ordinary shares for a cash subscription of US$
65
.0
million to the Company. The additional shares issued represented 5.00% of the issued share capital of Karo Mining which increased the
Company’s shareholding to 7
5
.
00
%.

Graphics
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
106
10.
INVESTMENTS IN SUBSIDIARIES (continued)
Terms of preference shares of Tharisa Minerals Proprietary
Limited
(‘Tharisa Minerals’)
The preference
shares of US$135.7 million (202
3
: US$
135.7
million) confer
on the holder the right to receive out of distributable profits of
Tharisa Minerals a cumulative preferential cash dividend calculated at the rate of twelve month SOFR + 1.7% pa (2023: twelve month
SOFR + 1.7% pa), on the basis that it shall be due and payable annually on the dividend date (30 September). The preference dividend shall,
in respect of each preference share which has not been redeemed, be declared and paid on each dividend date and will be calculated at the
dividend rate on the subscription price. The redemption date is the earlier of the tenth business day after receipt by the preference shareholder
of a written notice given by Tharisa Minerals, which notice Tharisa Minerals may give at any time, or the tenth business day after receipt by
Tharisa Minerals of a written notice given by the preference shareholder. The remaining preference share capital investment of US$135.7
million (2023: US$135.7 million) is treated by the Company as part of the net investment in Tharisa Minerals on the basis that the redemption
is neither planned nor likely to occur in the foreseeable future. The preference shares are subordinated in favour of Tharisa Minerals’ bank
borrowings.
During the year ended 30 September 2023, Tharisa Minerals notified the Company of its intention to redeem US$135.0 million of
the
redeemable cumulative preference share capital. During the year ended 30 September 2024, US$10.1 million of the redeemable preference
share capital has been redeemed (2023: redemption of US$95.2 million). The remainder of the redeemable portion of the preference share
capital balance of US$29.7 million (2023: US$39.8 million) is classified as a receivable on the basis that the Company expects the redemption
in the foreseeable future, refer to note 1
1
During the year ended 30 September 2024, US$10.4 million (2023: US$13.2 million) of accrued preference dividends was paid by
Tharisa
Minerals. All accrued dividends are classified as short-term receivables as settlement of the Tharisa Minerals preference share dividends
occurred and will occur in the foreseeable future, refer to note 1
1
.
Terms of redeemable preference shares of Arxo Finance plc
The preference share
investment of US$1
8
.
2
million (202
3
: US$
16.6
million)
is
treated by the Company as part of the investment in
Arxo
Finance plc. The non-cumulative redeemable preference shares, at a subscription price of US$1 000 000 per share, of which US$1 allocated
as par value and US$999 999 as a share premium entitles the holder thereof to an annual dividend at a variable rate equal to three – month
SOFR + 275 basis points (2023: equal to three month SOFR + 275 basis points). Such dividend payment rights will only accrue for as long
as there are sufficient accumulated distributable reserves in any given financial year, as well as an express declaration of dividends by the
board of directors of Arxo Finance plc. The non-cumulative redeemable preference shares may be redeemed at the earlier of three years at
the election of Arxo Finance plc or after five years at election of the Company from 31 March 2020. The redemption of the preference shares
by the Company and Arxo Finance plc is neither planned nor likely to occur in the foreseeable future and are therefore treated by the Company
as part of the net Investment in Arxo Finance plc. Arxo Finance plc has not declared any preference dividends during the year ended
30 September 2024 (2023: no preference dividends declared). The redemption of the preference shares may be either at the behest of the
Company or the preference shareholders, calculated as follows:
(i) the original subscription price;
(ii) all dividends which have been expressly declared and have accrued (but have not been paid); and
(iii)
any other interest arrears.
Impairment of investment in MetQ Proprietary Limited (‘MetQ’)
During the year ended 30 September 2022, the cost of the investment in MetQ of US$2.7 million was impaired by US$1.6 million.
The Company
increased its investment in MetQ during the year ended 30 September 2023 by US$1.3 million, which enabled MetQ to reduce debt and assist
with working capital requirements. Even though the operational performance improved for the year ended 30 September 2023, compared to
the performance for the year ended 30 September 2022, the Company believed that the operational performance of MetQ was still below
expectation and that an impairment indicator was still present at 30 September 2023. The total investment in MetQ of US$2.4 million was
tested for impairment by determining the value in use and the fair value less cost to sell. The Company believed that no additional impairment
was required at 30 September 2023 as the fair value less cost to sell, being higher than the value in use, supported the recoverability of the
investment in MetQ.
At 30 September 2024, the total cost of
the
investment in MetQ was US$4.0 million
of which US$1.6 million was impaired during the year
ended 30 September 2022. During the year ended 30 September 2024, the operational performance of MetQ improved further compared to
previous financial years. Performance of MetQ was according to expectation and consequently the Company believes that the previous
identified impairment indicator no longer existed at 30 September 2024. The total investment in MetQ of US$4.0 million was tested for
impairment by determining the value in use. The recoverable amount of the investment in subsidiary was calculated at US$3.8 million and
consequently a reversal of impairment loss of US$1.4 million was recognised in other operating expenses. The discount rate used within the
value in use calculation
(representing the weighted average cost of capital)
was a real discount rate of 12.6%.

Graphics
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
107
10.
INVESTMENTS IN SUBSIDIARIES (continued)
Impairment of investment in Salene Chrome Zimbabwe (Private) Limited (‘Salene’)
During previous financial years, the operations at Salene were put
o
n care and maintenance resulting in the Company impairing its
investment
of US$8.8 million in Salene in full. At 30
September 2023, the operations remain
ed
o
n care and maintenance.
Even though t
he additional capital investment in Salene of US$2.35 million during the year ended 30 September 2024 enabled Salene to
reduce debt and assist with working capital requirements, at 30 September 2024, the operational environment and circumstances of Salene
have not improved and the operations remained on care and maintenance. Consequently the Company believes that an impairment indicator
was still present at 30 September 2024. The additional investment in Salene with a cost of US$2.35 million was tested for impairment by
determining the value in use and the fair value less cost to sell. The Company performed a value in use calculation and concluded that the
recoverable amount of the investment in subsidiary is zero. The discount rate used within the value in use calculation represented the weighted
average cost of capital and was a real discount rate of 12.6%. Consequently an impairment charge of US$2.35 million was recognised in other
operating expenses. The impairment was not tax deductible.
Impairment of investment in Skyler Storm (Private) Limited (‘Skyler’)
At 30 September 2023, due to prolonged delays in
commencing
operations at Skyler, the plant remained
o
n care in maintenance which resulted
in Skyler’s liabilities exceeding its assets. Consequently the Company believed that an impairment indicator was present. The cost of the
investment was US$1.0 million. The investment in Skyler was tested for impairment and the Company concluded that the fair value less cost
to sell value exceeded the value in use. The key inputs used by the Company in determining the fair value less cost to sell represented adjusted
unobservable information with specific reference to the estimated disposal value and replacement cost of chrome plants (fair value hierarchy
level 3). The Company concluded that the fair value less cost to sell would have resulted in a negative value and consequently an impairment
loss of US$1.0
million was
recognised in other operating expenses (note 7).
At 30 September 202
4
, the operational environment and circumstances of
Skyler
have not improved and the operations remain
o
n care and
maintenance.
Impairment of investment in
Tharisa Investment Limited
(‘
Tharisa
Investments
’)
T
he Company
increased its investment in
Tharisa
Investments
by subscribing
for
an
additional share of
US$140
thousand
during the year
ended 30 September 2024. The total cost of investment in Tharisa Investments prior to the subscription was US$17.0 million which was fully
impaired. The Company performed a value in use calculation and concluded that the recoverable amount of the investment in subsidiary is
zero. Consequently an impairment charge of US$140 thousand was recognised in other operating expenses.
Judgement and estimates: r
ecoverability of investment in subsidiaries and other receivables
The recoverable amounts of the Company’s investment in subsidiaries and other receivables have been based on
either
cash flow projections
or fair value less cost to sell, as appropriate, both as at 30 September 2024 and 30 September 2023. The internal financial model is based
on the known and confirmed resources and circumstances of each investment and receivable and includes cash flow projections resulting
from approved capital projects.
The following
underlying
assumptions were used in the discounted cash flow model
in determining the value in use recoverable amounts of
the investments in Tharisa Minerals and Karo Mining:
a discount rate of 13.3% (2023: 12.2%) for Tharisa Minerals and 13.2% (2023: 10.4%) for Karo Mining;
forecast timing of cash flows reflects actual practices;
a forecast period of 12 years (2023: 18 years) for Tharisa Minerals and a forecast period of 10 years (2023: 11 years) for Karo
Mining;
an exchange rate of ZAR17.27:US$1 (2023: ZAR18.14:US$1);
spot PGM basket price of US$1 545/oz (2023: US$1 565/oz) and spot chrome concentrate prices of US$276/tonne) (2023:
280/tonne); and
future ongoing ca
pital requirements
were included
necessary to maintain the assets in its current conditions
Sensitivity analyses were
performed by
increasing and decreasing
the above assumptions individually and collectively
by
10%
.
The
recoverable amounts were higher than the carrying amounts of the investments and consequently no impairment or allowance for credit
losses has been recognised. The calculated recoverable amounts are most sensitive to inputs used for forecast spot PGM basket and
chrome concentrate prices, therefore decreases in these prices could erode the headroom and result in potential impairments of these
investments

Graphics


NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024


108

11.

FINANCIAL ASSETS






Accounting policy

Measurement: Financial assets at amortised cost

Financial assets at amortised cost are initially recognised at fair
value, and subsequently carried at amortised cost less any impairment.


Measurement: Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

Financial assets carried at fair value through profit or loss are initially reco
gnised

at fair value and transaction costs are expensed in the
statement of profit or loss. Realised and unrealised gains and losses arising from changes in the fair value of the financial assets held at fair
value through profit or loss are included in the stat
ement of profit or loss in the period in which they arise.


Hedge accounting

The Company

does not apply hedge accounting.



Fair value
hierarchy

202
4


US$’000

202
3


US$’000





Non
-
current
financial
assets




Share
-
based payment
receivables from related parties (note 20)

Level 2

4

453

3

875





Current financial assets




Unlisted preference shares

Tharisa Minerals Proprietary Limited (note 1
0
)


29 674

39

754

Share
-
based payment receivables from related parties
(note 20)

Level 2

4

892

495


Shares in Bank of Cyprus Public Co Limited

Level 1

80


48




34 646

40 297




Unlisted preference shares

Tharisa Minerals Proprietary Limited

(‘Tharisa Minerals’)

This balance represents the preference share capital that remains redeemable as at 30 September 202
4

as th
e Company expects redemption
in the foreseeable
future
, refer to note 1
0
.

The unlisted preference shares are stated at amortised cost which approximates their fair value.


Shares in Bank of Cyprus Public Co Limited

The financial assets at fair value through profit or loss represent shares in Bank of Cyprus Public Co Limited that are marke
table securities
and are valued at market value at the close of business on 30 September 2024 by reference to latest available stock exchange quoted bid
prices.
These f
inancial assets
are measured
at fair value through profit or loss
.



12.

OTHER RECEIVABLES






Accounting policy

O
ther
receivables, prepayments
,

deposits and dividends receivable
, are non
-
derivative financial assets categorised as financial assets
measured at amortised cost.

The accounting policy for
expected credit loss
es is
disclosed in note 1
9
.



202
4


20
23



US$’000

US$’000




Accrued interest revenue

preference share dividends (note 20)

4

218

3

324

Receivables from related parties (note 20)

100


1

220

Deposits and prepayments

144


107


Other

23


17



4

485

4

668




The carrying amount

of other receivables approximate its fair value.






13.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS






Accounting policy

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash at bank, demand deposits with banks and other financial institutions, and short
-
term, highly liquid
investments held for the purpose of meeting short-term cash commitments that are readily convertible into known amounts of cash and which
are subject to insignificant risk of changes in value

and a maturity of three months or less





202
4


20
2
3



US$’000

US$’000




Cash at bank

1

499

40

182

Bank deposits

24

000

260



25

499

40

442






Graphics


NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024


109

13.

CASH AND CASH
EQUIVALENTS

(continued)




202
4


20
23


The credit exposure by

credit ratings of financial institutions are

as follows:

US$’000

US$’000




A+

11

354

40

044

A
-

51


49


BB+

14

094

349



25

499

40

442




As at 30
September
2024, US$0.3
million (2023
: US
$0.3 million) served as security against certain credit facilities of the Company and its
subsidiaries. The amounts reflected above approximate their fair values.


14.

SHARE CAPITAL AND RESERVES




Accounting policy
: share capital

The
share capital is stated at nominal value. The difference between the fair value of the consideration received by the Company
and the
nominal value of the share capital being issued is taken to the share premium account. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of
ordinary shares are recognised as a deduction from equity, net of any tax effects.


Accounting policy: treasury shares

The cost of
the re
purchase

of
the Company’s
own shares is deducted from equity.
Where they are purchased, issued to employees or sold, no
gain or loss is recognised in the statement of income.
Such gains and losses are recognised directly in equity.


Share capital

30 September 202
4

30
September 20
23


Number of
Shares

US$’000

Number of
Shares

US$’000






Authorised

ordinary shares of US$0.001 each





As at 30 September

10

000 000 000

10 000

10

000 000 000

10 000






Authorised

convertible redeemable preference
shares of US$1 each





As at 30 September

1 051

1


1 051

1






Issued





Ordinary shares





Balance at the beginning
and end
of the year

302

596

743

303


302

596

743

303







Share premium



Balance at the beginning of the year

300

019

694

345

993

299

746

365

345

597

Issued during the year

21 615

18


273

329

396


Balance at the end of the year

300

041

309

346

011

300

019

694

345

993






Treasury shares





Balance at the beginning of the year

2

577

049

3


2

850

378

3


Transferred as part of management share award plans

(21

615)

-


(273

329)

-


Shares repurchased during the year

4

836

918

5 001

-


-


Balance at the end of the year

7

3
92

352

5 004

2

577 049

3



Share capital

No shares were issued during the years ended 30 September 2024 and 30 September 2023.


During the year ended 30 September 2024,
4

836

918 ordinary shares were repurchased while
21 615 (2023: 273 329) ordinary shares were
transferred from treasury shares to satisfy the vesting/exercise of Conditional Awards and Appreciation Rights by the participants of the Tharisa
Share Award Plan.


At 30 September 202
4
,
7

392 352

(202
3
: 2

577

049
) ordinary shares were held in treasury.


All shares rank equally with regard to the Company's residual assets. The holders of ordinary shares, other than treasury sha
res, are entitled
to receive dividends as declared from time to time and are entitled to one vote per share at meetings of the Comp
any.



Graphics
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
110
14.
SHARE CAPITAL AND RESERVES
Share premium
The share premium represents the excess of the issue price of ordinary shares over their nominal value, to the extent that it
is registered at
the Registrar of Companies in Cyprus, less share issue
costs. The share premium is not distributable for dividend purposes.
The increase in the share premium account during the years ended 30 September 2024 and 30 September 2023 relates to the issue and
allotment of ordinary shares to satisfy the vesting/exercise of Conditional Awards and Appreciation Rights by the participants of the Tharisa
Share Award Plan.
Other reserve
The
other reserve represents a historic ordinary share issue by the Company to parties external to the Group in exchange for pref
erence
shares in Tharisa Minerals. The ordinary shares were issued at a price reflective of the fair value of the preference shares less share issue
costs, which was in excess of the nominal value of the ordinary shares, but the excess was not registered as share premium at the Registrar
of Companies in Cyprus, thus presented and disclosed separately from share premium. The other reserve is not distributable for dividend
purposes.
Retained earnings
The retained earnings include the
accumulated retained profits and losses of the Company (2024: US$32.5 million (2023: US$20.0 million))
and the share
-
based payment reserve (2024:
US$7.0
million (2023: US
$
2
.
6
million)). Retained earnings are distributable for dividend purposes.
Capital management
The Company
's target is to maintain a strong capital base so as to maintain investor, creditor and market confidence and to sustain futu
re
development of the business in a way that optimises the cost of capital and matches the current strategic business plan. The Board of Directors
monitors both the demographic spread of shareholders, as well as the return on capital. Capital is defined as equity attributable to owners of
the Company. Management is aware of the risks associated to capital management. Capital needs are monitored on a regular basis and
whenever needed management takes steps to effectively manage any corresponding risks.
15.
DEFERRED TAX
202
4
20
23
US$’000
US$’000
Deferred tax liability
Dividend withholding tax
211
166
Reconciliation of deferred tax liability
Balance at the beginning of the year
166
124
Temporary differences recognised in profit or loss in relation to:
Dividend withholding tax
45
42
211
166
The deferred tax liability relates to dividend withholding tax raised on accrued
dividends amounting to US$4.2 million (2023: US
$
3.3
million)
which were classified as short-term receivables, as the Company expects settlement in the foreseeable future. The accrued dividends attract
dividend withholding tax at a rate of 5.0% (2023: 5.0%) upon payment. The Company raised the relevant dividend withholding tax as deferred
tax since settlement of the accrued preference dividends is expected within the foreseeable
future.

Graphics
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
111
16.
OTHER
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
Accounting policy: financial guarantee contracts
Financial guarantee contracts are recognised as a financial liability at the time the guarantee is issued. The liability is i
nitially measured at fair
value.
The fair value of a financial guarantee contract issued by the Company for no premium
is the present value of the difference between the net
contractual cash flows required under a debt instrument, and the net contractual cash flows that would have been required without the
guarantee.
Subsequent to initial recognition, the
financial
guarantee
liabilities relevant to the company
are mainly
measured at the
ir expected credit losses
in terms of IFRS 9.
The Company’s
liability under
a financial
guarantee
that is subsequently
measured
at
its
expected credit loss in terms of IFRS 9 is determined
based on the cash shortfalls representative of the expected payments to reimburse the holder for a credit loss that it incurs less any amounts
that the entity (issuer) expects to receive from the holder, the debtor or any other party.
202
4
20
2
3
US$’000
US$’000
Accruals
370
367
Financial guarantee contract liability (note 19)
4
972
5 695
Other payables
6
70
635
Share
-
based payment liabilities to related
parties (note 20)
-
4
Payables to related parties (note 20)
1
773
324
7
78
5
7 025
The Company issued financial guarantee contracts to the related party creditors of Skyler Storm (Private) Limited and Salene
Chrome
Zimbabwe (Private) Limited. These financial guarantee contracts were effective for the entire years ended 30 September 2024 and
30 September 2023. The recognised value linked to these financial guarantee contracts represent the expected cash shortfalls in settling
these receivables which the Company would need to reimburse the holders for, if called upon. Refer to the financial guarantee credit risk and
liquidity risk disclosures in note 19.
The amounts reflected above approximate their fair values.
17.
OPERATING
CASH FLOWS
BEFORE CHANGES IN WORKING CAPITAL
202
4
20
23
US$’000
US$’000
P
rofit for the year
22
793
26
630
Adjustments for:
Net movement in i
mpairment losses
for investments in subsidiaries
(note 10)
1
040
1
000
(Reversal of e
xpected credit losses
)/expected credit losses
(note 16)
(
7
23)
5
955
Changes in fair value of financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
(note 19)
(173)
1
418
Dividend income
(note 5)
(16
004)
(
25 000
)
Interest revenue
(note 5)
(12
746)
(16
249)
Finance income
(note 8)
(6
17
)
(28)
Finance costs
-
1
Foreign exchange
(gain)/
loss
(554)
30
Tax
(note 9)
725
811
Equity
-
settled share
-
based payments
(note 4)
42
23
Operating c
ash flows before changes in working capital
(6
217)
(5
409)

Graphics
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
112
18.
DIRECTORS INTEREST IN STATED CAPITAL
202
4
20
23
%
%
LC Pouroulis
0.42
0.41
P Pouroulis
2.73
2.69
MG
Jones
0.24
0.24
C Bell
0.02
0.02
A Djakouris
*
-
0.01
Total
3.41
3.37
*
Resigned 21 February 2024
Where a member of the Board of Directors holds no direct or indirect interest, the director is not reflected in the table abo
ve.
There
has been
no change in the Director’s interests in the share capital of the Company between the end of the financial year and the date of the approval of
the financial statements.
19.
FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT
Accounting policy
:
classification
The Company classifies its financial instruments in the following categories:
At fair value through profit or loss
At amortised cost
The Company determines the classification of financial assets at initial recognition. The classification of debt instruments
is driven by the
Company’s business model for managing the financial assets and their contractual cash flow characteristics.
In order for a financial asset to be classified and measured at amortised cost, it needs to give rise to cash flows that are
‘solely payments
of principal and interest’ (‘SPPI’) on the principal amount outstanding. This assessment is referred to as the SPPI test and is performed at
an instrument level. The Company’s business model for managing financial assets refers to how it manages its financial assets in order to
generate cash flows. The business model determines whether cash flows will result from collecting contractual cash flows, selling the
financial assets, or both.
Equity instruments that are held for trading are classified at fair value through profit or loss, for other equity instrument
s, on the day of
acquisition the Company can make an irrevocable election (on an instrument-by-instrument basis) to designate them as at fair value through
other comprehensive income. Financial liabilities are measured at amortised cost, unless they are required to be measured at fair value
through profit or loss (such as derivatives) or the
Company
has designated to measure them at fair value through profit or loss.
The following table presents the classification of financial instruments:
Financial assets
Classification
F
inancial
assets
Investment in equity instruments
Fair value
through profit or loss
Investments in unlisted preference shares
Tharisa Minerals Proprietary Limited
Amortised cost
Investments in unlisted preference shares
Arxo Finance plc
Fair value through profit or loss
Other receivables
Amortised cost
Cash and cash equivalents
Amortised cost
Financial liabilities
Classification
Other payables
Amortised cost
Accounting policy:
expected credit losses/
Impairment
of financial assets
Impairment requirements are based on expected credit losses (expected credit loss model). Expected credit losses (‘ECLs’) are
an estimate
of credit losses over the life of a financial instrument and are recognised as a loss allowance or provision. The amount of ECLs to be recognised
depends on the extent of credit deterioration since initial recognition. The Company applies the expected credit loss model to all debt
instruments classified as measured at amortised cost
.

Graphics
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
113
19.
FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT
(continued)
Accounting policy:
expected credit losses/
Impairment
of financial assets (continued)
The general approach requires the assessment of financial assets to be
split into 3 stages:
Stage 1: no significant deterioration in credit quality. This identifies financial assets as having a low credit risk, and th
e asset is considered
to be performing as anticipated. At this stage, a 12-month expected credit loss assessment is required.
Stage 2: significant deterioration in credit quality of the financial asset but no indication of a credit loss event. This stage identifies assets as
under-performing. Lifetime expected credit losses are required to be assessed.
Stage 3: clear and objective evidence of impairment is present. This stage identifies assets as non-performing financial instruments. Lifetime
expected credit losses are required to be assessed.
Once a default has occurred, it is considered a
deterioration of credit risk and therefore an increase in the credit risk.
The Company considers a wide variety of indicators when assessing the increase in credit risk as well as the probability of t
he default
happening for impairment purposes. Some indicators considered include: Significant changes in the expected performance and behaviour
of the debtor; past due information; significant changes in external market indicators including market information related to the debtor,
existing or forecast adverse changes in business, financial or economic conditions; an actual or expected significant adverse change in the
regulatory, economic, or technological environment; actual or expected significant internal credit rating downgrade or decrease; actual or
expected significant change in the operating results of the debtor.
The expected credit loss value is determined as the estimated cash shortfall that would be incurred, multiplied by the probab
ility of the default
occurring.
Measurement: Financial assets and liabilities at amortised cost
Financial assets and liabilities at amortised cost are initially recognised at fair value
. Financial assets are subsequently carried at amortised
cost
less any impairment
expected credit loss allowance
while financial liabilities are subsequently carried at amortised cost.
Measurement: Financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
Financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value through profit or loss are initially recorded at fair value and transa
ction costs are expensed
in the statement of profit or loss. Realised and unrealised gains and losses arising from changes in the fair value of the financial assets and
liabilities held at fair value through profit or loss are included in the statement of profit or loss in the period in which
they arise.
Derecognition
: Financial assets
The Company derecognises financial assets only when the contractual rights to cash flows from the financial assets expire, or
when it
transfers the financial assets and substantially all the associated risks and rewards of ownership to another entity. Gains and losses on
derecognition are generally recognised in the statement of profit or loss.
Derecognition: Financial liabilities
The Company derecognises financial liabilities only when its obligations under the financial liabilities are
discharged, cancelled or expired.
The difference between the carrying amount of the financial liability derecognised and the consideration paid and payable, including any non-
cash assets transferred or liabilities assumed, is recognised in the statement of
profit or loss.
In the ordinary course of business the Company is exposed to credit risk, liquidity risk, and market risk. This note presents
information about
the Company's exposure to each of the aforementioned risks and its objectives, policies and processes for measuring and managing risks.
Further quantitative disclosures are included throughout this note.
The Board of Directors has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of the Company's risk management framew
ork.
Credit risk
Credit risk
is the risk of financial loss to the Company if a counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obliga
tions and arises
principally from the Company’s financial assets
and issued financial guarantee contracts
.
Credit risk from
the Company’s financial assets
The most significant exposure
f
o
r
the Company to credit risk is repr
esented by the carrying amount
of receivables from related parties
, other
financial assets and receivables, unlisted preference share investments in subsidiaries
and cash and cash
equivalents.

Graphics
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
114
19.
FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT
(continued)
Credit risk
(continued)
Financial assets, other receivables and unlisted preference share investments in subsidiaries
The Company’s exposure to credit risk is influenced mainly by the individual characteristics of each party. However, manageme
nt also considers
the demographics of each party including the default risk of the industry and country in which they operate, as these factors may have an
influence on credit risk. In monitoring credit risk, management reviews on a regular basis the ageing and the current and anticipated financial
position and profitability of entities included in receivables from related parties, unlisted preference share investment in Tharisa Minerals
Proprietary Limited
and Arxo Finance plc
and other financial assets and receivables.
The Company establishes an allowance for credit losses that represents its estimate of expected credit losses. The main compo
nent of this
allowance is a specific loss component that relates to individually significant credit risk exposures. At the reporting date, the Board of Directors
is of the opinion that the expected credit loss provision raised during the year ended 30 September 2023 against the balances owing by Salene
Chrome Zimbabwe (Private) Limited (‘Salene’) of US$175 thousand and Skyler Storm (Private) Limited (‘Skyler’) of US$85 thousand remains a
fair reflection of the potential risk of default and counterparties potentially not having the ability in the foreseeable future to satisfy their contractual
cash flow obligations to the Company.
The credit risk linked to
the receivables from Salene and Skyler remains significant at 30
September
2024 due to their inability to meet their
contractual cash flow obligations which are as a result of operations that have temporarily been stopped and which remain on care and
maintenance for a prolonged period of time. The Company raised a stage 2 lifetime expected credit loss provision during the financial year
ended 30 September 2023 for these receivables based on the estimated cash shortfall determined as the expected difference between the
contractual cash flows due and the expected cash flows to be received from these subsidiaries, for which consideration was given to the
probability of the expected success of the mining projects which are currently in progress within these entities
A reconciliation of the expected credit loss provision on the Company’s financial assets:
Receivables from related parties
202
4
2023
US$’000
US$’000
Opening balance
260
-
Expected credit loss charged to profit or loss
receivables from related parties
-
260
Closing balance
260
260
T
he other carrying amounts
in terms of other financial assets and
receivable
s, receivables
from related parties and
the unlisted preference share
investment in Tharisa Minerals are not considered to be impaired nor having a material expected credit loss to be raised as the counterparties
are viewed as having a low risk of default, strong capacity to meet their contractual cash flow obligations and adverse changes in economic and
business conditions
are
not expected to significantly impact the ability to meet contractual cash flow
obligations
Cash and cash equivalents
The Company limits its exposures on cash and cash equivalents by dealing only with well
-
established financial institutions
of
high
-
quality
credit
standing. At the reporting date, the majority of the Company’s cash resources was deposited with Bank of Cyprus and HSBC (Hong Kong). A
counter party
credit risk analysis is undertaken by the Company at least bi
-
annually.
The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date
for the company is reflected by the gross carrying amount of financial assets as
disclosed below
202
4
20
2
3
US$’000
US$’000
Unlisted preference share investments in Tharisa Minerals Proprietary Limited
135
720
135
720
Unlisted
preference share investments in Arxo Finance plc
18
237
16
641
Non
-
current financial assets
4
453
3
875
Current financial assets
34
646
40 297
Other receivables
4
485
4
668
Cash and cash equivalents
25
499
40
442
223
040
241
643

Graphics
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
115
19.
FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT
(continued)
Credit risk (continued)
Credit risk from the Company’s issued financial guarantee contracts
From the financial guarantee contracts issued by the Company as disclosed in note 20, only the financial
guarantee contracts issued to the
related party creditors of Salene and Skyler, with a gross credit risk exposure of US$8.1 million and US$1.3 million respecti
vely (2023: US$9.0
million and US$1.0 million respectively), w
ere
assessed and determined to require the recognition of an expected credit loss.
During the year ended 30
September
2023, the Company recognised an
expected credit loss provision, representing a stage 2 lifetime expected
credit loss, as a result of a significant increase in credit risk due to the deteriorating ability of these entities to meet
their contractual cash flow
obligations. The expected credit loss provision raised amounting to US$5.7 million on these financial guarantees were based on potential c
ash
shortfalls by Salene Chrome and Skyler Storm, after taking their future expec
ted ability to settle the payments due to the creditors into account,
for which consideration was given to their operations that have temporarily been halted, remaining o
n care maintenance for a prolonged period
of time as well as the probability of the success of the mining projects which are currently in progress within these entities. The expected cre
dit
loss represents the potential payments to be made by the Company to reimburse these creditors for a credit loss that they coul
d potentially incur
if the
financial guarantees are called upon by these creditors.
During the year ended 30 September 2024, the Company subscribed
for
additional share capital in Salene amounting to US$2.35 million (refer
to note 10). The additional cost of investment was immediately impaired. The additional capital enabled Salene to settle some of its c
ommitments
resulting in a reduced credit risk exposure to the Company. Consequently
and considering exposure to commitments that arose during the year
ended 30 September 2024, the Company reversed US$1.7 million of the previously recognised credit loss provision relating to Salene.
However,
since operational circumstances at Skyler at 30 September 2024 remained unchanged from 30 September 2023,
the Company increased its
expected credit loss provision relating to Skyler by US$1.0 million resulting in a total net reversal (including Salene and Skyler)
of the expected
credit loss provision of US$
0
.
7
million.
Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Company’
s approach to managing
liquidity is to ensure, as far as possible, that it will always have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabil
ities when due, under both normal and stressed
conditions, without incurring unacceptable losses or risking damage to the Company’s reputation. Management is aware of the a
bove risk.
Liquidity risk is monitored on a regular basis and management is taking s
teps deemed necessary to manage the corresponding risk. This excludes
the potential impact of extreme circumstances that cannot reasonably be predicted, such as natural disasters. In addition, fi
nancial risk
management may not be possible for instances whe
re weakened commodity prices exist, forecast production not being achieved and funding is
not raised.
The following table presents the remaining contractual maturities of the
Company’
s financial liabilities at the end of the reporting period,
which
are based on contr
actual undiscounted cash flows
and the earliest date the
Company
can be required to pay:
Contractual undiscounted cash flow
Within 1 year
or on
demand
Between 2
and
3
years
Total
Carrying
amount
30 September 202
4
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
US$’000
Other f
inancial
liabilities
2
81
3
2
81
3
2
81
3
2
81
3
Financial guarantees
38
896
37
720
76
616
4
972
30 September 202
3
Other f
inancial liabilities
1 330
-
1 330
1 330
Financial
guarantees
39 463
36
392
75
855
5 695
The values disclosed for the
f
inancial guarantees within the liquidity risk maturity analyses represent the gross value
of financial guarantees
the Company has issued while the carrying amount represents the amount related to these guarantees as included in the statement of financial
position.
Market
risk
Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as foreign exchange rates, interest rates and equity prices will
affect the Company's
income or the value of its holdings of financial instruments. The objective of market risk management is to manage and control market risk
exposures within acceptable
parameters, while optimising the return.

Graphics
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
116
19.
FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT
(continued)
Market
risk
(continued)
Equity price risk
Equity price risk is the risk that
changes in equity prices will affect the Company’s income or the value of its investment holdings. The maximum
exposure to equity price risk is represented by the carrying amount of investments in unlisted shares as disclosed in note 10 to the financial
statements.
The Board of Directors has performed an impairment assessment of the investments in subsidiaries based on the higher of value
in use or the
fair value less cost to sell and has concluded that indications of impairment were present at 30 September 2024 and 30 September 2023.
Certain investments were impaired during the years ended 30 September 2024 and 30 September 2023. Refer to note 1
0
.
Interest rate risk
Interest rate risk is the risk that the value of financial instruments will fluctuate due to changes in market interest rates
. The Company's income
and operating cash flows are substantially dependent of changes in market interest rates. Other than cash at bank which attracts interest at
normal commercial rates and investments in preference shares of subsidiary companies, the Company has no other significant interest-bearing
financial assets. Management is aware of the above risks. Interest rate risk is monitored on a regular basis and management is taking steps
deemed necessary in an attempt to manage the corresponding
risk.
At the reporting date the interest rate profile of interest
-
bearing financial instruments were:
Effective interest rate
20
24
20
23
Unlisted preference shares
20
24
20
23
US$’000
US$’000
Unlisted preference shares
in Tharisa Minerals Proprietary
Limited (non
-
current)
12
month
SOFR + 1.7%
12
month
SOFR + 1.7%
135
720
135
720
Unlisted preference shares
in Tharisa Minerals Proprietary
Limited (current)
12
month
SOFR + 1.7%
12
month
SOFR + 1.7%
29
674
39 754
Unlisted preference shares
in Arxo Finance plc
3
month SOFR
+
2
.
75
%
3
month SOFR
+ 2.75%
18
237
16 641
183
631
192
115
Sensitivity analysis
An
increase of 100 basis points in interest rates at the reporting date would have increased equity and profit or loss by approx
imately
US$1.9 million (2023: US$2.1 million). This analysis assumes that all other variables and in particular foreign exchange rates, remain constant.
The analysis is performed on the same basis for 30 September 2023. A decrease of 100 basis points in interest rates at the reporting date
would have had the equal but opposite effect to the amounts shown above, on the basis that all other variables remain
constant.
Currency risk
Currency risk is the risk that the value of financial instruments will fluctuate due to changes in foreign exchange rates. Cu
rrency risk arises
when future commercial transactions and recognised assets and liabilities are denominated in a currency that is not the Company's functional
currency. The Company is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures primarily with respect to the exchange
rate movement in South African Rand (‘ZAR’), British Pound (‘GBP’) and Euro (‘€’) against the US$. Management is aware of the above risk.
Currency risk arising from currency fluctuations is monitored on a regular basis and management is taking steps deemed necessary to manage
the corresponding risk.
The following table details the Company’s exposure at the end of the reporting period to currency risk arising from recognize
d
financial
assets
and financial liabilities denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the Company. For presentation purposes, the amounts
of the exposure are presented in US$, translated using the spot rate at the reporting date. The spot rates used at the reporting date against the
US$ are US$:ZAR 17.27 (2023: 18.91); US$:EUR 0.90 (2023: 0.94) and US$:GBP 0.75
(2023: 0.82).
202
4
2023
Amounts in US$’000
ZAR
GBP
ZAR
GBP
Financial assets
-
9
344
-
48
4
370
-
Other receivables
8
43
67
5
50
43
Cash and cash equivalents
35
59
9
37
424
31
Other payables
(242)
(103)
-
(223)
(307)
(27)
Current tax liabilities
(190)
-
-
(105)
-
-
(389)
9
343
76
(238)
4
537
47

Graphics
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
117
19.
FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT
(continued)
Market risk (continued)
Sensitivity analysis
A 10% strengthening of the US$ against the currencies
disclosed in the previous table at 30 September 20
24 and 30 September 2023
, would
have increased/(decreased) equity and profit or loss by the amounts disclosed in the following table. This analysis assumes that all other
variables, in particular interest rates, remain constant. For a 10% weakening of the US$ against the relevant currency, there would be an equal
and opposite impact on the profit or loss and equity.
P
rofit or loss
and equity
202
4
20
23
US$’000
US$’000
ZAR
(849)
(412)
67
51
GBP
(
7
)
(
4
)
(7
89
)
(3
65
)
Fair values
The Board of Directors considered that the fair values of significant financial assets and liabilities approximate to their c
arrying amounts at the
reporting date.
Fair value hierarchy
The carrying value of the Company’s financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss at the end of the reporting pe
riod across the three
levels of the fair value hierarchy defined in IFRS 13, Fair Value Measurement, is represented by the carrying amounts of the financial assets.
The fair value is categorised in its entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to that fair value measurement. The levels are
defined as
follows:
Level 1 - quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 - inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as
prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from
prices).
Level 3
-
inputs for
the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).
Fair value
Fair value
202
4
20
2
3
Valuation technique
Financial instrument
level
US$’000
US$’000
and key inputs
Financial assets measured at
fair value
Investments in equity instruments
-
Shares
in Bank of Cyprus Public Co Limited
Level 1
80
48
Quoted market price for the same
instrument
Preference share investment
Arxo Finance
plc
Level
3
18
237
16
641
Discounted cash
flow model based on
quoted market
interest rates
There have been no transfers between fair value hierarchy levels in the current year.
The movement in the fair value of the Arxo Finance plc
preference share investment consists of the notional unwinding of finance income of US$1.5 million (note 20) and the fair value adjustment of
US$0.1 million. The three-month SOFR was used to determine the fair value of the preference share investment in Arxo Finance plc.
An
increase of 100 basis points in the three-month SOFR at the reporting date would have increased equity and profit or loss by approximately
US$
2 thousand
(202
3
: US
$
31
thousand
).
Fair value gains and losses recognised in the financial instruments during the year:
202
4
20
23
Changes in fair value of financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
US$’000
US$’000
Investments in equity
instruments
-
Shares in Bank of Cyprus Public Co Limited
32
29
Preference share investment
Arxo Finance plc
141
(1 447)
173
(1
418)

Graphics
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
118
20.
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Related party transactions exist between shareholders, subsidiaries of the Company, joint ventures and its directors.
202
4
20
23
Revenue
US$’000
US$’000
Dividend income
(note 5)
Arxo
Resources Limited
16 000
25
000
Interest revenue
preference share dividends
(note 5)
Tharisa Minerals Proprietary Limited
11
292
13
987
Interest revenue
notional unwinding of finance income on preference shares
(note 5)
Arxo Finance plc
1
454
2
262
28
746
41 249
Administration fees
(note 7)
Tharisa Administration Services Limited
221
258
Tharisa Minerals
Proprietary Limited
40
63
Braeston Proprietary Limited
3
547
2
645
Karo Mining Holdings plc
5
-
3
813
2
966
Non
-
current share
-
based payment receivables
(note 1
1
)
Arxo Logistics Proprietary Limited
88
84
Arxo Metals
Proprietary Limited
82
81
Arxo Resources Limited
289
263
Braeston Proprietary Limited
2
963
2
619
Dinami Limited
71
69
MetQ Proprietary Limited
9
-
Tharisa Administration Services Limited
284
159
Tharisa Minerals Proprietary
Limited
586
567
Tharisa Fujian Industrial Co., Limited
36
33
Redox One Limited
45
-
4
453
3
875
Current share
-
based payment receivables
(note 1
1
)
Arxo Logistics Proprietary Limited
116
-
Arxo Metals Proprietary Limited
85
11
Arxo Resources Limited
360
6
Braeston Proprietary Limited
3
538
419
Dinami Limited
91
9
Tharisa Minerals Proprietary Limited
525
43
Tharisa Administration Services Limited
177
-
Ubhova Security Proprietary Limited
-
7
4
892
495

Graphics
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
119
20.
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
(continued)
202
4
20
23
US$’000
US$’000
Other receivables from related parties
(note 1
2
)
Arxo Exploration (Cyprus) Limited
-
125
Arxo Finance plc
2
-
Arxo Resources Limited
47
40
Karo Mining
Holdings plc
46
28
Karo Zimbabwe Holdings (Private)
Limited
5
5
MetQ Proprietary Limited
-
150
Redox One Limited
-
172
Tharisa Administration Services Limited
-
700
100
1
220
Receivables from related parties are unsecured,
interest free and with no fixed repayment dates. The Company has issued financial support
commitments to Tharisa Investments Limited, Tharisa Fujian Industrial Co., Limited, Salene Chrome Zimbabwe (Private) Limited and Skyler
Storm (Private) Limited
.
Share
-
based payment receivables represent receivables
from related parties
and
include
a non
-
current and current share
-
based payment asset
totalling US$9.3 million (2023: US$4.4 million) for the reimbursement for the settlement of the portion of the LTIP and SARS awards on behalf
of subsidiary companies
.
202
4
20
23
US$’000
US$’000
Accrued interest revenue
preference share dividends receivable
(note 1
2
)
Tharisa Minerals Proprietary Limited
4
218
3
324
Payables to related parties
(note 1
6
)
Braeston Proprietary Limited
1
272
186
Tharisa Minerals Proprietary Limited
1
4
Tharisa Administration Services Limited
41
-
Tharisa Investments Limited
65
-
Redox One Limited
113
-
Arxo
Prospecting (Cyprus) Limited
60
-
Arxo Exploration (Cyprus) Limited
81
-
Karo Platinum (Private) Limited
29
29
1
662
219
Amounts due to Directors
and former Directors
A Djakouris
-
12
J Salter
22
22
O Kamal
12
12
C Bell
22
22
R
Davey
19
19
Z Hong
-
9
G Zvaravanhu
17
-
C Hao
9
-
S Lo Wai Man
9
9
110
105
1
772
324
Guarantees and financial support commitments to related parties
The Company issued a guarantee
limited to US$10.0 million (2023:
US$10.0 million) as
a security for trade finance facilities provided by a bank
to Arxo Resources Limited.
The Company issued financial guarantee contracts to related party creditors of
Salene Chrome Zimbabwe (Private) Limited
and
Skyler Storm
(Private) Limited. The total maximum exposure to related party creditors is US$8.1 million (2023: US$9.0 million) and US$1.3 million (2023:
US$1.0 million) for Salene Chrome Zimbabwe (Private) Limited and Skyler Storm (Private) Limited respectively
(refer to note 19)
The Company issued a guarantee limited to US$17.4 million (ZAR300.0 million) (2023: US$15.9
million (ZAR300.0 million)) to Absa Bank
Limited in respect of the Commercial Asset Finance and overdraft facilities of Tharisa Minerals Proprietary Limited.

Graphics
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2024
120
20.
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (continued)
Guarantees and financial support
commitments to related parties
(continued)
Karo Mining Holdings plc, a subsidiary of the Company,
issued fixed income notes
with a tenor of three years
on 16 December 2022
listed on
the Victoria Falls Stock Exchange to the value of US$26.8 million to external subscribers and US$10.0 million to Arxo Finance plc. The Company
guarantees the capital
repayment
and interest of subscribers.
The Company issued a guarantee to Absa Bank Limited which guarantees payment of certain liabilities of Arxo Logistics Proprie
tary Limited to
Transnet amounting to US$1.
1
million (ZAR19.4 million) (202
3
: US$1.
0
million (ZAR19.4 million)).
The Company has issued financial support commitments to its subsidiaries, Tharisa Investments Limited and Tharisa Fujian
Industrial Co. Ltd,
confirming that it will continue to provide funding to the companies in order to enable the entities to continue as going concerns and meet all
their liabilities as they fall due.
Tharisa Minerals Proprietary Limited entered into
an equipment loan facility of US$35.0 million (202
3
: US$
3
5
.0 million) with Caterpillar Financial
Services Corporation. The equipment loan facility is secured by a first notarial bond over the equipment and is guaranteed by
the Company.
The Company guarantees a total of US$
8
1
million (ZAR
153
million) (202
3
: US$
8.
1
million (ZAR1
5
3 million)) to third party suppliers of
Tharisa Minerals Proprietary Limited.
The Company and Arxo Metals Proprietary Limited jointly indemnify a third party for any
claims which may result from negligence or breach in
terms of the plant operating agreement between Arxo Metals Proprietary Limited and the third-party. This contract expired on 29 September
2024.
Relationship between related parties and entities
J Salter, O Kamal, C Bell, R Davey
,
S Lo Wai Man
, C Hao and G Zvaravanhu
are
directors of the Company
while
A
Djakouris and
Z Hong
are
former director
s
of the Company.
Refer to note 1
0
for details of the Company’s subsidiaries.
21.
CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
As at 30 September 202
4
, there is no litigation (20
2
3
: no litigation), current or pending, which is considered likely to have a material adverse
effect on the Company. The
Company had no other contingent liabilities at 30 September 202
4
(20
2
3
: no contingent liabilities).
22.
EVENTS AFTER THE REPORTING PERIOD
Accounting policy
Assets and liabilities are adjusted for events that occurred during the period from the
reporting date to the date of approval of the financial
statements by the Board of Directors, when these events provide additional information for the valuation of amounts relating to events existing
at the reporting date or imply that the going concern co
ncept in relation to part or whole of the Company is not appropriate.
On 27 November 2024, the Board has proposed a final dividend of US 3 cents per share, subject to the necessary shareholder approval at the
Annual General Meeting.
The Board of Directors are not aware of any other matter or circumstance arising since the end of the financial year that will impact these
financial results.
23.
DIVIDENDS
Accounting policy
Dividends are recognized as a liability in the period they are declared according to International Accounting Standard 10.
During the
year
ended 30 September 202
4
, the Company
declared and paid a final dividend of US
2
.0 cents per share in respect of the financial
year ended 30 September 2023. In addition, an interim dividend of US 1.5
cents per share was declared and paid in respect of the financial year
ended 30 September 202
4
During the period ended 30 September 2023, the Company declared and paid a final dividend of US 4.0 cents per share in respec
t of the financial
year ended 30 September 2022. In addition, an interim dividend of US 3.0 cents per
share was declared and paid in respect of the financial year
ended 30 September 2023.
.

Graphics
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT
121
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Executive directors
Loucas Pouroulis (86)
Chairman
Appointed: 27 October 2010
Mining and Metallurgical Engineering (Hons) (National Technical University, Athens, Greece)
Climate Change & Sustainability Committee
Risk Committee
New Business Committee
Phoevos Pouroulis (50)
Chief Executive Officer (CEO)
Appointed: 27 October 2010
Bachelor of Science and Business Administration (Boston University, USA)
Climate Change and Sustainability Committee
Nomination Committee
Risk Committee
Social & Ethics Committee
New Business Committee
Audit Committee (By invitation)
Remuneration Committee (By invitation)
Safety, Health, Environment and Community Committee (By invitation)
Michael Jones (62)
Chief Finance Officer (CFO)
Appointed: 30 January 2013 Bachelor of Accounting (University of KwaZulu-Natal, Pietermaritzburg,
South Africa); CA (SA); Member of the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants
Climate Change and Sustainability Committee
Risk Committee
Audit Committee (By invitation)
Remuneration Committee (By invitation)
New Business Committee (By invitation)
Non-executive directors
Shelley Wai Man Lo (49)
Non-executive director
Appointed: 10 February 2021
Bachelor of Economics (University of Hong Kong)
Climate Change and Sustainability Committee
Risk Committee
Hao Chen (41)
Non-executive director
Appointed: 1 October 2023
Bachelor Micro-electronics
(Fudan University, Shanghai, China)
Climate Change and Sustainability Committee
Risk Committee

Graphics
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT
122
Independent non-executive directors
Carol Bell (66)
Lead Independent director from 1 October 2021
Appointed: 22 March 2016
Master of Arts in Natural Sciences (University of Cambridge); PhD Archaeology (University College, London)
Audit Committee
Climate Change and Sustainability Committee (Chairman)
Nomination Committee (Chairman)
Remuneration Committee (Chairman)
Risk Committee
Safety, Health, Environment and Community Committee
Social & Ethics Committee
New Business Committee
David Salter (66)
Independent non-executive director
Appointed: 27 October 2010
Bachelor of Science Engineering (Hons); PhD in Mineral Technology (Imperial College, London); Fellow of the South African Institute of Mining and
Metallurgy (FSAIMM)
Audit Committee
Climate Change and Sustainability Committee
Nomination Committee
Remuneration Committee
Risk Committee (Chairman)
Safety, Health, Environment and Community Committee (Chairman)
Social & Ethics Committee (Chairman)
New Business Committee
Omar Kamal (52)
Independent non-executive director
Appointed: 11 June 2014
Bachelor in Economics and Political Science (University of Jordan); PhD in Management (Finance and Banking) (Coventry University in collaboration
with Harvard Islamic Finance Programme at Harvard University)
Audit Committee
Climate Change and Sustainability Committee
Risk Committee
Social & Ethics Committee
Roger Davey (79)
Independent non-executive director
Appointed: 1 June 2017
Master of Science in Mineral Production Management (Royal School of Mines, Imperial College, London); Master of Science in Water Resource
Management and Water Environment (Bournemouth University); Associate of the Camborne School of Mines (’ACSM’); Chartered Engineer; European
Engineer; Member of the Institute of Materials, Minerals and Mining (’IMMM’).
Climate Change and Sustainability Committee
Remuneration Committee
Risk Committee
Safety, Health, Environment and Community Committee
New Business Committee

Graphics
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT
123
Gloria Zvaravanhu (45)
Appointed: 21 February 2024
Bachelor of Accounting (B. Acc) (Rhodes University, South Africa); Master’s in Business Leadership (MBL) (Unisa Graduate School); Master’s Degree
in Law (LLM) from the University of Cumbria, United Kingdom.
Audit Committee (Chairman)
Climate Change and Sustainability Committee
Remuneration Committee
Risk Committee
Social & Ethics Committee
Executive directors
Loucas Pouroulis (88)
Chairman
Appointed: 27 October 2010
Mining and Metallurgical Engineering (Hons) (National Technical University, Athens, Greece)
Loucas Pouroulis is the Executive Chairman of the Group, with the responsibility of developing strategy and identifying new opportunities for the Group.
He began his career in Cyprus in 1962, and his initial postgraduate training took place in Germany, Sweden and Cyprus. Loucas is trained as a mining
and metallurgical engineer and has more than 60 years’ experience in mining exploration, project management, financing and production in open pit
and underground mining operations, including PGM and gold mines. He immigrated to South Africa in 1964 and then joined Anglo American, where
he rose rapidly through the management ranks and received extensive training and experience. In 1971, Loucas began to pursue his own mining
interests, initially focusing on gold mining opportunities that were considered uneconomical by the majors. By the 1990s, he had established Petra
Diamonds and, since 2000, has established Eland Platinum, Tharisa, Kameni, Keaton Energy, Salene Chrome and the Karo Mining Group.
Phoevos Pouroulis (50)
Chief Executive Officer (CEO)
Appointed: 27 October 2010
Bachelor of Science and Business Administration (Boston University, USA)
Phoevos Pouroulis is the Chief Executive Officer of the Group, with responsibility for overall strategy and management. Phoevos has held various
senior managerial and operational positions in his career spanning more than 20 years. He has extensive experience in project management, mining
design, commissioning and mining operations, including coal, chrome and PGM mines, having been involved in South Africa’s mining industry since
2003. He has served as Commercial Director for Chromex Mining and was a founding member of Keaton Energy. Phoevos currently serves on the
board of the World Platinum Investment Council.
Michael Jones (62)
Chief Finance Officer (CFO)
Appointed: 30 January 2013
Bachelor of Accounting (University of KwaZulu-Natal, Pietermaritzburg, South Africa); CA (SA); Member of the South African Institute of Chartered
Accountants
Michael Jones is the Chief Finance Officer of the Group and responsible for the overall financial operation, funding and financial reporting management
of the Group. Michael has more than 13 years’ executive financial management experience in the mining sector. In addition, he has over 20 years’
experience in investment banking, focusing on mergers and acquisitions and capital raising of both equity and debt.

Graphics
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT
124
Non-executive directors
Shelley Wai Man Lo (49)
Non-executive director Appointed: 10 February 2021
Bachelor of Economics (University of Hong Kong)
Shelley Wai Man Lo, a Chinese national and representative of Rance Holdings, has more than 20 years’ experience in accounting, project investment
and management in the infrastructure business in Hong Kong and mainland China. She is the General Manager of Roads of NWS Holdings Limited.
Before joining the NWS group, she worked in the audit department of Deloitte, Hong Kong. Shelley is a member of both the Hong Kong and American
Institutes of Certified Public Accountants.
Hao Chen (41)
Non-executive director
Appointed: 1 October 2023
Bachelor (Micro-electronics) (Fudan University, Shanghai, China)
Hao Chen holds a bachelor’s degree in Micro-electronics from Fudan University, Shanghai, China. He has more than 18 years’ experience as an
Engineer, Foreign Trade Manager and General Manager. He has been the General Manager at Fujian Liju Logistics Company in China since
September 2014. Prior to this position, he had been a Foreign Trade Manager at Guangxi Shenglong Metallurgy Co. Ltd., China between December
2013 and August 2014, and an Engineer at APEX Information Services in the USA from August 2012 to November 2013. He had also held the position
of Engineer at Calvin Wireless, New York, USA between February 2012 and July 2012. Between August 2006 and January 2012, he held two Research
Assistant positions, the first at the University of Virginia, USA (August 2006 to December 2009) and at the Tandon School of Engineering, at the
University of New York, USA (January 2010 to January 2012). Following his graduation in July 2005, he had worked as Experimental Technician at
the Shanghai Institute of Microsystem and Information Technology at the Chinese Academy of Sciences until July 2006.
Independent non-executive directors
Carol Bell (66)
Lead independent director from 1 October 2021
Appointed: 22 March 2016
Master of Arts in Natural Sciences (University of Cambridge); PhD Archaeology (University College, London)
Carol Bell has more than 40 years’ experience in the energy and allied industries, including a successful career as a Managing Director of Chase
Manhattan Bank’s Global Oil & Gas Group, Head of European Equity Research at JP Morgan and several years as an equity research analyst in the
oil and gas sector at Credit Suisse First Boston and UBS Phillips & Drew. Carol began her career in corporate planning and business development at
Charterhouse Petroleum and RTZ Oil and Gas. She has broad public company experience, currently serves on the Bonheur board in Norway. She is
the first woman to join the board and The Football Association of Wales, a founder-directors of Chapter Zero (a network for non-executive directors to
engage with climate risk) and the Senior Independent Director of the National Physical Laboratory.
David Salter (66)
Independent non-executive director
Appointed: 27 October 2010
Bachelor of Science Engineering (Hons); PhD in Mineral Technology (Imperial College, London); Fellow of the South African Institute of Mining and
Metallurgy (FSAIMM)
David Salter has more than 30 years’ experience in developing and managing mining companies, including open pit and underground PGM mining
operations. David’s most recent public company roles were Chairman of Keaton Energy until its sale to Wescoal in 2017 and Managing Director of
Eland Platinum until its sale to Xstrata in 2007. He serves on the board of Sirius Finance (Cyprus) Limited and is a non-executive director of a number
of unlisted companies in the mining, property and agricultural sectors.

Graphics
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT
125
Omar Kamal (52)
Independent non-executive director
Appointed: 11 June 2014
Bachelor in Economics and Political Science (University of Jordan); PhD in Management (Finance and Banking) (Coventry University in collaboration
with Harvard Islamic Finance Programme at Harvard University)
Omar Kamal has more than 28 yearsinternational experience in banking, investment management, strategic advisory services and high-growth
entrepreneurship. He has served at high-growth companies and multibillion-dollar corporates in various executive capacities. Until August 2015, he
was the co-Group CEO of a business group owned by a prominent family with global reach based in Geneva, Switzerland. Prior to that, he was one of
the initial founders and acted as the CIO of a regional bank in the Middle East and, before that, was a partner with Ernst & Young on the advisory and
consulting side. Omar continues to serve on the boards of a number of listed and unlisted companies, among others, Cambridge Scientific Innovation,
Cybsafe, Crowdemotion, Quiqup and Arab Bank Switzerland as Chairman of the Fintech Committee. In the same context, Omar makes a personal
strategic contribution toward digital innovation and transformation. Omar is a member of the Young President Organisation (YPO) and a Learning Chair
of the London Stars Chapter in the UK.
Roger Davey (79)
Independent non-executive director
Appointed: 1 June 2017
Master of Science in Mineral Production Management (Royal School of Mines, Imperial College, London); Master of Science in Water Resource
Management and Water Environment (Bournemouth University); Associate of the Camborne School of Mines (’ACSM’); Chartered Engineer; European
Engineer; Member of the Institute of Materials, Minerals and Mining (’IMMM’).
Roger Davey, a British national, has more than 40 years’ operational experience at a senior management and director level in the mining industry in
South America, Africa and Europe. His experience at senior management level includes financing, feasibility studies, construction, development,
commissioning and operational management of both underground and surface mining operations in gold and base metals. Previous positions include
being the Senior Mining Engineer at NM Rothschild (London) (1998 to 2010) in the Mining and Metals project finance team, where he was responsible
for the assessment of the technical risk associated with current and prospective project loans, Director, Vice-President and General Manager of Minorco
(AngloGold) subsidiaries in Argentina (1994 to 1997), where he was responsible for the development of the Cerro Vanguardia open pit gold-silver mine
in Patagonia, Operations Director of Greenwich Resources plc, London (1984 to 1992), with gold interests in Sudan, Egypt and Australia, Production
Manager for Blue Circle Industries in Chile (1979 to 1984) and various production roles from graduate trainee to mine manager, in Gold Fields of South
Africa (1971 to 1978). Roger serves on several boards, including Atalaya Mining Plc, Central Asia Metals plc and Highfield Resources Limited.
Gloria Zvaravanhu (45)
Appointed: 21 February 2024
Bachelor of Accounting (B. Acc) (Rhodes University, South Africa); Master’s in Business Leadership (MBL) (Unisa Graduate School); Master’s Degree
in Law (LLM) from the University of Cumbria, United Kingdom.
Member of both the Zimbabwean and South African Institutes of Chartered Accountants.
Gloria Zvaravanhu has over 22 years’ experience and is currently the Managing Director of a leading short-term insurance company in Zimbabwe. She
has previously served as the CEO of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of Zimbabwe. She also actively serves the accounting profession as an
advisory group member of the International Federation of Accountants (IFAC). Her current non-executive directorships include Securico Security
Services Limited (Board Chairman) and Karo Mining Holdings plc, a Tharisa Group company (non-executive director and Chairman of the Audit
Committee).
GOVERNANCE

Graphics
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT
126
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Introduction
Tharisa is incorporated in Cyprus and is subject to Cyprus Companies Law. With a primary listing on the JSE under the general mining sector, Tharisa
is subject to the JSE Listings Requirements and the requirements of the South African Code of Corporate Practices and Conduct laid out in King IV.
Tharisa is also listed on the London Stock Exchange (LSE) (Depository Interests) and is subject to the LSE Listing Rules and Disclosure and
Transparency Rules applicable to an Equity Shares (Transition) Category (‘ESTC’) listing. In addition, Tharisa is listed on the A2X Exchange in South
Africa with effect from 6 February 2019. Tharisa’s primary listing on the JSE and ESTC listing on the main board of the LSE remains unaffected by the
secondary listing on A2X. The A2X is a licensed stock exchange authorised to provide a secondary listing venue for companies and is regulated by
the South African Financial Sector Conduct Authority in terms of the Financial Markets Act 19 of 2012. The listing on A2X provides an opportunity to
improve liquidity and attract new investors through the lower trading costs offered by this trading platform. There are no additional regulatory
requirements or ongoing obligations to comply with.
The Company has its registered office in Cyprus and is subject to Cyprus disclosure and transparency legislation, Cyprus market abuse legislation,
and the European Commission Market Abuse Regulation EU596/2014, and for such purposes considers Cyprus as its home state, where such term
requires interpretation. The LSE Listing Rules invoke the application of certain provisions of the UK Disclosure and Transparency Rules where similar
provisions do not exist under the national law of its home state. The Company considers that the requirements under the UK Disclosure and
Transparency Rules are met under corresponding national law, but nonetheless the Company aims to apply the relevant UK Disclosure and
Transparency Rules applicable to the Company in circumstances where there may be a deemed discrepancy. For the purposes of the present corporate
governance report, a reference to Disclosure and Transparency Rules shall be a joint reference to applicable UK and Cyprus transparency rules. While
the UK Corporate Governance Code published by the Financial Reporting Council does not apply to the Company, the Board recognises the importance
of good governance and considers the principles and recommendations contained therein.
The Board is fully committed to accountability, integrity, fairness, transparency and integrated thinking, which are essential to the Group’s long-term
sustainability and its ongoing ability to create value for investors and other stakeholders. It endorses and accepts full responsibility for applying the
principles necessary to ensure that effective corporate governance is practised consistently throughout the Group.
In discharging this responsibility, the Board strives to comply with the requirements set out in King IV. The Company’s disclosure on its application of
King IV principles is set out in the Annual Report which will be published on the website (www.tharisa.com) before the end of December 2024.
The Board believes that the Company complies with the Cyprus Companies Law and the Company’s Articles of Association.
In terms of King IV, independent non-executive directors serving for more than nine years are subject to a rigorous annual review by the Board to
evaluate their continued independence. Having served for more than nine years, David Salter and Omar Kamal’s independence was considered and
assessed by the Board during the year under review. In doing so, the Board considered and assessed the presence or absence of any interest, position,
association, or relationship that could potentially influence or cause bias in their decision-making process and concluded that it was satisfied that there
were no such factors present that impaired David Salter and Omar Kamal’s independence. Both David Salter and Omar Kamal continue to bring an
independent and objective view and unfettered judgement distinct from that of shareholders and management, and continue to be classified as
independent non-executive directors.
The Board also believes that the Company is compliant with the JSE Listings Requirements and King IV in all material respects, other than having an
Executive Chairman, which has been mitigated by the appointment of the Lead Independent Director.

Graphics
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT
127
BOARD COMPOSITION
Executive directors
Loucas Pouroulis (Executive Chairman)
Phoevos Pouroulis (CEO)
Michael Jones (CFO)
Independent non-executive directors
Carol Bell (Lead Independent Director)
David Salter
Omar Kamal
Roger Davey
Gloria Zvaravanhu
Non-executive directors
Shelley Wai Man Lo
Hao Chen
The Company has a unitary board which leads and controls the Company. It comprises three executive directors and seven non-executive directors.
Five of the seven non-executive directors are independent.
The Board is structured so that there is a clear balance of authority, ensuring that no one director has unfettered powers. The size of the Board is
regulated by the Company’s Articles of Association and directors are appointed through a formal process.
The Nomination Committee identifies suitable candidates for appointment as directors. Directors are required to be individuals of calibre and credibility
with the necessary skills and experience to bring judgement, independent of management, on issues of strategy, performance, resources, diversity,
standards of conduct, and evaluation of performance. Merit, commitment, integrity and diversity are the core considerations in ensuring that the Board
and its committees have an appropriate blend and balance of perspectives, knowledge, and experience to discharge their duties effectively and
competently, having regard to the strategic direction of the Group.
Gender, experience, age, tenure, independence and nationalities graphs as per the marked-up sheet sent on 16 Oct 2024.
Board diversity
The Nomination Committee reviews and assesses the Board’s size, structure, and composition on an ongoing basis to ensure it is appropriately
diversified. This assessment takes into consideration that the perspective of Board members is influenced by a combination of three different sets of
attributes:
experiential attributes such as skills, education, functional experience, industry experience and accomplishments
demographic attributes such as gender, race, ethnicity, culture, religion, generational cohort and
personal attributes such as personality, interests and values.
The Board recognises that having a blend of attributes across all facets of diversity will lead to more thorough and robust decision-making processes
and direction and therefore strives to ensure its diverse composition.
Acknowledging the benefits that can be achieved through diversity, and specifically the meaningful participation of women who possess the appropriate
skills and experience as members of the Board, the Board will continue to focus on the long-term goal of improving gender representation at Board
level. At present, the three female directors represent 30% of the total number of directors and 43% of the non-executive directors.
Similarly, recognising the value of age and ethnic and cultural diversity at Board level, the Board encourages the inclusion and consideration of
prospective candidates’ backgrounds and a range of suitable skills based on merit and against objective criteria, and with due regard for the benefits
of diversity on the Board.

Graphics
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT
128
In compliance with King IV, the JSE Listings Requirements and international best practice, the Nomination Committee and Board have adopted a
Board-level diversity policy, without introducing voluntary targets with regard to gender and racial diversification of the Board. The Nomination
Committee and the Board are committed to maintaining a diverse Board of Directors with appropriate skills, without setting numerical targets. When
undertaking searches for new Board members, diversity and inclusion are key considerations within these processes, alongside recruiting for skills
and experience relevant to governing the Company effectively. The Board will also pursue opportunities to increase the number of female and racially
and ethnically diverse Board members over time, provided that it is consistent with the skills and diversity requirements of the Board.
The Nomination Committee also considers the relationship between executive and non-executive directors during the assessment process. The Board
believes there is an appropriate balance between executive and non-executive directors. The Board is satisfied that the current members of the Board
collectively possess the skills, knowledge, and experience required to discharge the responsibilities of the Board effectively to achieve the Group’s
objectives, promote shareholder interests, and to create value for stakeholders over the long term.
Roles and responsibilities of the Board
The Board is the ultimate governing authority, responsible for the Company’s strategy, key policies, ethics, and corporate governance, as well as
approving the Company’s financial objectives and targets, and its approach to environmental stewardship. The Board recognises that strategy,
performance, risk, and sustainability are inseparable, and that the execution of strategy can have a material impact on the Company’s value creation
and its various stakeholders. The Board is fundamentally important to the achievement of the Company’s mission and financial objectives, and the
sustainable fulfilment of its corporate responsibilities. It provides effective leadership on an ethical foundation.
The Board is the ultimate custodian of the governance framework, which commits the Company and its representatives to act according to the highest
standards of fairness, accountability, responsibility, transparency, ethics, and sustainability. The Company’s approach to corporate governance strives
to be stakeholder-inclusive and based on good communication. This approach has been integrated into every aspect of the Company’s business.
The Board ensures that the Group is, and is seen to be, a responsible corporate citizen by having regard not only for the financial aspects of the
business of the Group but also the impact that the business operations have on the environment and the society in which it operates. In recognition of
the importance of this aspect of the Group’s business, the Board has established a Climate Change and Sustainability Committee.
The Board has adopted a Board Charter setting out the role, functions, obligations, rights, responsibilities and powers of the Board, and the policies
and practices of the Board in respect of its duties, functions, and responsibilities. The Board has also adopted terms of reference for each of its
committees. The Board Charter and terms of reference of all Board committees are available on the Company’s website.
The directors who are also members of the Executive Committee of the Company are involved in the day-to-day business activities of the Company
and are responsible for ensuring that the decisions of the Executive Committee, as approved by the Board, are implemented in accordance with the
mandate given by the Board and Executive Committee.
The Board is satisfied that the approved delegation of authority framework contributes to role clarity and the effective exercise of responsibilities.
All non-executive directors have unrestricted access to the Chairman, management, the Group Company Secretary, the Assistant Company Secretary,
and the external and internal auditors.
The Board considers and satisfies itself of the qualifications, experience, and arm’s length relationship between the Company Secretaries and the
Board on an annual basis.
Board meetings are held regularly, at least quarterly, and all directors participate in the critical areas of decision making.
GOVERNANCE

Graphics
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT
129
Role of the Executive Chairman
There is a clear distinction between the roles of the Executive Chairman and the CEO. The Executive Chairman is responsible for ensuring the integrity
and effectiveness of the Board and its committees, which include:
providing overall leadership to the Board, without limiting the principle of collective responsibility for Board decisions
encouraging collegiality among Board members and management while at the same time maintaining an arm’s length relationship
mentoring to enhance directors’ confidence, especially new or inexperienced directors, and encouraging them to contribute at meetings
actively
contributing to the Board’s strategic vision by fostering an entrepreneurial mindset, identifying new opportunities and promoting creative
problem solving
applying entrepreneurial principles to optimise resources and growth.
The non-executive directors appraise the Chairman’s performance on an annual basis, or such other basis as the Board may determine.
Role of the CEO
The Board’s authority conferred on management is delegated through the CEO and the authority and accountability of management is accordingly
considered to be the authority and accountability of the CEO.
The CEO provides executive leadership and is accountable to the Board for the implementation of strategies, objectives, and decisions within the
framework of the delegated authorities, values, and policies of the Company, which include:
recommending or appointing the executive members and ensuring proper succession planning and performance appraisals
participating in the selection of Board members and overseeing a formal succession plan for the Board and certain senior management
appointments
developing the Company’s strategy and vision for Board consideration and approval
developing and recommending annual business plans and budgets that support the Company’s long-term strategy to the Board
monitoring and reporting to the Board on performance against and conforming with strategic imperatives
ensuring that the Company has appropriate management structures and a management team to effectively carry out the Company’s
objectives, strategy, and business plans
ensuring that the assets of the Company are properly maintained and safeguarded, and not unnecessarily placed at risk
setting the tone from the top in providing ethical leadership and creating an ethical environment and not causing or permitting any decision
or internal or external practice or activity by the Company that may be contrary to commonly accepted business practice, good corporate
governance, or professional ethics
acting as the chief spokesperson of the Company.
The non-executive directors monitor and evaluate the CEO in achieving the approved targets and objectives. The Remuneration Committee considers
the results of such evaluation to guide it in its appraisal of the performance and remuneration of the CEO.
Role of the Lead Independent Director
The Lead Independent Director:
chairs the Nomination Committee and is a member of all other Board committees
presides over meetings of the Board and meetings of shareholders if required
facilitates meetings of the non-executive directors
acts as facilitator at Board meetings to ensure that no director, or group of directors, dominate the discussion, that sufficient debate takes
place, that the opinions of all directors relevant to the subject under discussion are solicited and expressed freely, that conflicts of interests
are managed and that Board discussions lead to appropriate decisions
acts as a sounding board to the Executive Chairman and the CEO
leads the non-executive directors in the appraisal of the Executive Chairman and CEO
provides leadership and advice to the Board when the Executive Chairman has a conflict of interest, without detracting from the authority of
the Executive Chairman and
acts as an intermediary for the other Board members and shareholders about concerns that have not been resolved through the normal
channels.

Graphics
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT
130
Role of the non-executive directors
The role of non-executive directors is to bring independent judgement and challenge executive directors constructively, without becoming involved in
the day-to-day running of the business.
The key responsibilities of non-executive directors include oversight of the Board on issues relating to:
strategic direction, by providing an objective, informed, and creative insight based on their own experience, to act as a constructive critic in
assessing the strategic objectives devised by the CEO and to ensure that the necessary financial and human resources are in place for the
Company to meet its objectives
monitoring performance of executive management with regard to the progress made towards achieving the Company’s strategy and
objectives and, in doing so, playing an important role in key executive appointments, removals where necessary, and succession planning
remuneration, through the work of the Remuneration Committee, by objectively and independently determining appropriate levels of
remuneration of executive directors
risk and strategic risk in particular, through the work of the Risk Committee, by reviewing the risk philosophy, strategy, and policies as
recommended by executive management and ensuring compliance with such policies, and with the overall risk profile of the Company
integrity of financial information, through the work of the Audit Committee, by ensuring that the Company accounts properly to its
shareholders by presenting an accurate and fair reflection of its actions and financial performance and that the necessary internal control
systems are implemented and monitored regularly
standards of conduct of the Board and executive management.
Tharisa’s non-executive directors bring diverse experience and expertise to the Board. They are required to have a clear understanding of the Group’s
strategy and must be sufficiently familiar with the Group’s businesses to be effective contributors to the development of the Group’s strategy and the
identification and monitoring of risks faced by the Group. Non-executive directors must have sufficient time to perform their duties as directors and
make a meaningful contribution. They should be prepared to challenge executive directors’ opinions and provide fresh insight into the Group’s strategic
direction.
Non-executive directors assess the performance of the Executive Chairman and CEO and serve on various Board committees. Non-executive directors
have a standing invitation to meet without the presence of the executive directors after every Board meeting or when required.
Board appointments
The Company’s shareholders appoint members of the Board. The Board also has the power to appoint directors, subject to such appointments being
approved by shareholders at the next AGM following such appointment. In compliance with the JSE Listings Requirements, shareholders may not
consent in writing to the appointment of directors. Pursuant to the terms of the Board Charter, appointments to the Board are made on the
recommendation of the Nomination Committee. A formal policy detailing the procedures for appointments to the Board has been adopted by the
Company.
Non-executive directors are required to be individuals of calibre and credibility, be independent of management, and possess the necessary skills and
expertise to bring judgement to bear on issues of strategy, performance, resources, diversity, standards of conduct, and evaluation of performance.
Directors are required to always conduct themselves in a professional manner, having due regard for their fiduciary duties and responsibilities to the
Company and ensuring that sufficient time is made available to devote to their duties as Board members. Directors are further required to be diligent
in discharging their duties to the Company, seek to acquire sufficient knowledge of the business of the Company, and endeavour to keep abreast of
changes and trends in the business environment and markets in which the Company operates, in order to be able to provide meaningful direction to
the Company’s business activities and operations.
Director induction
Upon appointment, all new directors are provided with induction materials to familiarise them with the Group’s operations, business environment and
executive management and induct them in their fiduciary duties and responsibilities. The induction programme involves an information pack comprising,
inter alia, the Group structure, a list of the top shareholders, Board packs and minutes of previous Board meetings, annual and interim reports, Articles
of Association, the Board Charter, committee terms of reference, information on directors’ and officers’ insurance, a guide to the JSE Listings
Requirements, and a memorandum on dealings in securities, market abuse and insider trading. Periodic site visits are arranged for existing and new
non-executive directors to improve their understanding of the Group’s operations.
GOVERNANCE

Graphics
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT
131
Retirement by rotation and re-election of directors
In terms of the Company’s Articles of Association, any directors appointed by the Board during the course of the financial year shall hold office only
until the next AGM of the Company following their appointment and shall then retire and be eligible for election.
In accordance with the Company’s Articles of Association, one-third of non-executive directors must retire from office at each AGM. Executive directors
are not subject to retirement by rotation. The non-executive directors retiring at each AGM are those directors who have been the longest serving since
their last election. Retiring directors are eligible for re-election and, if so re-elected, are deemed not to have vacated their office.
Gloria Zvaravanhu, having been appointed with effect 21 February 2024, will retire at the next AGM and will be eligible for election. David Salter and
Carol Bell will be retiring by rotation at the upcoming AGM and has made themselves available for re-election. A brief curriculum vitae of each director
standing for election or re-election appears at the front of this report.
Board support for election or re-election is not automatic. The Nomination Committee assesses the composition of the Board and the performance of
individual Board members on an annual basis prior to recommending any directors for election or re-election by shareholders at the AGM. Upon
recommendation by the Nomination Committee, the Board decides whether it will endorse a director standing for election or re-election. Having
assessed the performance of the directors standing for election and re-election, it is the recommendation of the Board that Gloria Zvaravanhu be
elected and that David Salter and Carol Bell be re-elected.
Board meetings
The Board meets formally at least four times per year and at such other times as may be required. The Board met five times during the year under
review. In addition, two informal meetings and mid-cycle briefing calls were held during the period.
Key focus areas and decisions of the Board during FY2024
In addition to the standard agenda items such as feedback by the chairmen of the various Board committees on the key deliberations and activities of
those committees, consideration of detailed reports on the operational and financial performance of the Group, climate change and sustainability,
investor relations, and legal and governance matters, the Board deliberated on the following key areas during the year under review:
Q1 FY2024
Approved the FY2023 annual financial results
Approved the FY2023 Annual Report
Proposed a final cash dividend of US 2.0 cents per ordinary share
Considered and agreed to support the re-election of the directors retiring by rotation at the AGM
Discussed the market context in which the Group operates
Considered and discussed the top strategic risks facing the Group
Considered the progress of the Karo Platinum Project and its funding requirements
Considered the Company’s production guidance for FY2024
Considered and agreed to recommend the appointment of BDO Limited Cyprus as external auditors of the Group to shareholders
Q2 FY2024
Held the Company’s fourth virtual AGM
Considered and discussed the various research and development projects being undertaken by the Group’s research and development arm
Considered the operating and market context within which the Group operates
Considered and discussed the top strategic risks facing the Group
Considered the status of the Karo Platinum Project and its funding requirements
Considered and approved a US$5.0 million share repurchase programme

Graphics
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT
132
Q3 FY2024
Considered the operating and market context within which the Group operates
Considered the progress of the Karo Platinum Project and its funding requirements
Considered the top strategic risks facing the Group
Considered various challenges facing the Group, including the impact of internal South African issues related to the transport of goods, crime
and South Africa’s grey listing on the economy
Considered and approved the Group’s interim financial results for FY2024
Declared an interim dividend of US 1.5 cents per share
Q4 FY2024
Considered and agreed on the Nomination Committee’s assessment of the independence of non-executive directors
Performed the annual assessment of the independence of non-executive directors with a tenure longer than nine years
Considered implementation of the Group’s Vision 2025 strategy
Considered the Company’s production guidance for FY2025
Interrogated and approved the FY2025 budget
Considered the progress of the Karo Platinum Project and its funding requirements
Considered the top strategic risks facing the Group
Key focus areas for FY2025
Board succession planning
Continue implementation of Vision 2025 strategy
Continue development of the Karo Platinum Project
Monitor continued optimisation of existing operations
Continue striving to be the investment of choice

Graphics
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT
133
Board committees
Certain responsibilities are reserved for the Board, while others are delegated to Board committees, each with formal mandates and terms of reference,
without reducing the individual and collective responsibilities of Board members’ overall fiduciary duties and responsibilities. The terms of reference of
each Board committee determines, inter alia, the composition, purpose, scope of mandate, and powers and duties of the committee.
Board committees provide feedback to the Board through reports by their respective chairmen and provide the Board with copies of minutes of
committee meetings. All directors receive notice and packs for committee meetings and are invited and encouraged to join meetings of Board
committees of which they are not members. Terms of reference of the various committees are compliant with the provisions of the Company’s Articles
of Association and the JSE Listings Requirements. The terms of reference are reviewed on a regular basis and are available on the Company’s website.
All committees have satisfied their responsibilities in compliance with their respective terms of reference during the year under review.
The Company’s Board committees during the year were constituted as follows:
Chairman
Members
By standing invitation
Audit
Committee
Gloria Zvaravanhu
David Salter
Carol Bell
Omar Kamal
Chief Finance Officer
Chief Executive Officer
Group Head of Internal Audit
Climate Change and
Sustainability Committee
Carol Bell
Loucas Pouroulis
Phoevos Pouroulis
Michael Jones
David Salter
Omar Kamal
Roger Davey
Gloria Zvaravanhu
Shelley Wai Man Lo
Hao Chen
Chief Operating Officer
Chief Technical Officer
Group ESG Manager
New Business Committee
Roger Davey
Loucas Pouroulis
Phoevos Pouroulis
Carol Bell
David Salter
Chief
Finance Officer
Chief Operating Officer
Chief Technical Officer
Nomination Committee
Carol Bell
Phoevos Pouroulis
David Salter
Remuneration Committee
Carol Bell
David Salter
Roger Davey
Gloria Zvaravanhu
Chief Executive Officer
Chief Finance Officer
Risk Committee
David Salter
Loucas Pouroulis
Phoevos Pouroulis
Michael Jones
Carol Bell
Omar Kamal
Roger Davey
Gloria Zvaravanhu
Shelley Wai Man Lo
Hao Chen
Chief Operating Officer
Chief Technical Officer
Group Head of Internal Audit
Group Head Legal Counsel
Safety, Health, Environment and
Community Committee
David Salter
Carol Bell
Roger Davey
Chief Executive Officer
Chief Operating Officer
Chief Technical Officer
Social and Ethics Committee
David Salter
Phoevos Pouroulis
Carol Bell
Omar Kamal
Gloria Zvaravanhu

Graphics



CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT



134

Board composition
At 30 September 2024, the board composition was:


Number of board
members
Percentage of
board
Number of senior
positions on the
board
Number in
executive
management
Percentage of
executive
management



Male

7

70.0%
3
12

92.3%
Female

3

30.0%
-
1

7.7%

10

100.0%
3
13

100.0%






White British or other white

7

70.0%
3
11

86.6%
Asian

2

20.0%
-
-

-
Black

1

10.0%
-
2

15.4%

10

100.0%
3
13

100.0%



Information extracted from
the employee lists, Patterson grades F and above





Audit Committee
The Audit Committee, which must comprise at least three independent non-executive directors, is chaired by Gloria Zvaravanhu, an independent non-
executive director. Other members of the committee are David Salter, Omar Kamal, and Carol Bell, all independent non-executive directors. The Board
is satisfied that the committee’s members have the appropriate mix of qualifications and experience to fulfil their responsibilities appropriately. The
Group’s independent external auditor, Group Head of Internal Audit, CFO, and CEO attend committee meetings by invitation. The committee meets
with the external auditor and Group Head of Internal Audit, without any executive directors being present, whenever necessary.

Both the Group Head of Internal Audit and external auditors have unrestricted access to the chairman of the committee and the Lead Independent
Director.

The Audit Committee provides the Board with additional assurance regarding the quality and reliability of financial information used by the Board and
the financial statements of the Group. The committee reviews the internal and financial control systems, accounting systems, and reporting and internal
audit functions. It liaises with the Group’s external auditor and monitors compliance with legal requirements.

Furthermore, the Audit Committee assesses the performance of financial management, approves external audit fees and budgets, monitors non-audit
services provided by the external auditor against an approved policy, and ensures that management addresses any identified internal control weakness.
In addition, the committee oversees the integrated reporting process, risk management systems, information technology risks (as they relate to financial
reporting), the Group’s whistleblowing arrangements, and policies and procedures for preventing corrupt behaviour and detecting fraud and bribery.

In terms of the Audit Committee’s oversight role in the integrated reporting process, it considers all factors and risks that may impact the integrity of
the integrated report. In this regard, the committee considers and reviews the findings and recommendations of the Risk Committee, Safety, Health,
Environment and Community Committee, and Climate Change and Sustainability Committees insofar as they are relevant to the functions of the Audit
Committee. The committee also reviews and evaluates the disclosure of material sustainability issues in the integrated report, in conjunction with the
Risk Committee, Safety, Health, Environment and Community Committee, and Climate Change and Sustainability Committee, with specific focus on
ensuring that the disclosure is reliable and does not conflict with the financial information. It recommends and/or approves the engagement of external
assurance providers on material sustainability issues and ensures that the appropriate measures of progress toward achieving disclosed climate
change risk mitigation actions are included in the integrated report disclosures.

The Audit Committee considers and approves the terms of the external audit engagement, scope of the external audit and audit fees. It reviews audit
findings and management’s response thereto and monitors and encourages cooperation between the external auditor and the Group’s internal audit
function. It considers the nature and extent of the non-audit services that the external auditor may have provided. All non-audit services provided by
the external auditor are preapproved on the basis that the provision of these services does not affect the independence of the external auditor. The
committee also discusses with the external auditor their opinion of the level of ethical conduct of the Group, its executives and senior managers and
holds separate meetings with management and the external auditor. In addition, the committee evaluates the independence, effectiveness, expertise
and performance of the external auditor and it recommends the appointment of the external auditor at the Company’s AGM.

Graphics



CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT



135


The committee has unrestricted access to all Company and Group information and may seek information from any employee. The committee may also
consult external professional advisers in executing its duties.

The chairman of the Audit Committee is required to report to the Board after each meeting of the committee and the minutes of meetings of the Audit
Committee are provided to the Board.

The appropriateness of the expertise and experience of the CFO is considered on an annual basis and the committee is satisfied with the
appropriateness of the expertise of Michael Jones, the CFO.

The Audit Committee meets as often as is deemed necessary but is required to meet at least twice a year. The committee met formally four times and
had two informal update calls during the year under review.


Graphics



CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT



136

Risk Committee
Control of the complete process of risk management, the evaluation of its effectiveness and approval of recommended risk management and internal
control strategies, systems, and procedures are key Board responsibilities. For this reason, the Risk Committee comprises the entire Board. The Risk
Committee is chaired by David Salter. Risk Committee meetings are attended by the Chief Operating Officer (‘COO’), Chief Technical Officer (’CTO’),
Group Head of Internal Audit and Group Head Legal Counsel by invitation.

The Risk Committee oversees and assists the Board in risk management and reviewing risks facing the Group. This includes risks related to business
technology security, cyber risk and climate-related risk.
The Risk Committee reviews management reports on the adequacy and effectiveness of the Group’s operational risk management functions, ensures
compliance with the Group’s risk management policies, and reviews the adequacy of the Group’s insurance coverage.

During the year under review, in-depth risk reviews were undertaken at operating subsidiary and business unit level throughout the Tharisa Group.
The committee conducted a high-level review of the residual risks identified by management during these reviews. It continues to monitor progress
made by risk owners in identifying mitigating factors, performing gap analyses, and implementing additional mitigating measures where required. In
addition, the committee identifies, reviews and evaluates non-operational and strategic risks impacting the Company and the Group on an ongoing
basis. The Risk Committee meets as often as is deemed necessary and met twice during the year under review.

Nomination Committee
During the year under review, the Nomination Committee was chaired by Carol Bell in her capacity as the Lead Independent Director. Other members
of the Nomination Committee were David Salter, an independent non-executive director, and Phoevos Pouroulis, the CEO. Phoevos Pouroulis is
entitled to participate and contribute to the Nomination Committee, but is not entitled to vote on any matter before the Nomination Committee. In the
event of a tied vote, the chairman of the committee has a casting vote.

The Nomination Committee ensures that the procedures for appointments to the Board are formal and transparent by making recommendations to the
Board on all new Board appointments in accordance with the Company’s policy for Board appointments. It does so by evaluating the Board
performance, undertaking performance appraisals of the executive and non-executive directors, evaluating the effectiveness of Board committees, and
making recommendations to the Board. The Nomination Committee also considers and approves the Board succession plans.

The work of the Nomination Committee during the year followed both its terms of reference and established good practice in corporate governance.
The committee conducted a review of the structure, size, and composition of the Board, with specific emphasis on skills, knowledge, independence,
and diversity of the Board members. During the period under review, the committee considered the independence of non-executive directors.
Consideration was given, among others, as to whether the individual non-executive directors are sufficiently independent of the Company to effectively
carry out their responsibilities as directors, whether they are independent in judgement and character, and that there are no conflicts of interest in the
form of contracts, relationships, shareholding, remuneration, employment, or related-party disclosures that could affect their independence.

The committee determined that David Salter, Omar Kamal, Carol Bell, Roger Davey and Gloria Zvaravanhu are independent. Shelley Wai Man Lo and
Hao Chen are not considered independent due to their association with significant shareholders.

The Nomination Committee met formally twice during the year under review.

Remuneration Committee
All members of the Remuneration Committee are independent non-executive directors. During the year under review, the committee was chaired by
Carol Bell, and the other committee members were David Salter, Roger Davey and Gloria Zvaravanhu. The CEO and CFO are invited to attend
committee meetings to make presentations, except when their remuneration is under consideration.

The Remuneration Committee considers the remuneration framework of the Executive Chairman, CEO, CFO, and other members of the executive
management of the Company and its subsidiaries, regarding local and international benchmarks. As far as the remuneration of the Executive Chairman
and the CEO is concerned, the committee considers and if appropriate, recommends the remuneration of the Executive Chairman and the CEO to the
Board for final approval.

The committee also considers bonuses, which are discretionary and based upon general economic variables, the performance of the Company and
each individual’s performance against personalised key performance indicators, allocations in terms of the Group’s incentive schemes, and certain
other employee benefits and schemes.

Graphics



CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT



137


In terms of King IV recommendations and the JSE Listings Requirements, the Company’s remuneration policy and the remuneration implementation
report, must be tabled for two separate non-binding advisory votes at every AGM. The purpose of the non-binding advisory votes is to enable
shareholders of the Company to express their views on the Group’s remuneration policy and its implementation. At the AGM held on 21 February
2024, the resolutions to approve the remuneration policy and the remuneration implementation report were passed, with the resolution approving the
remuneration policy receiving 97.89% of the votes and the resolution approving the remuneration implementation plan receiving 96.60% support. The
Remuneration Committee and the Board thank shareholders for this strong level of support. At the forthcoming 2025 AGM, shareholders will again be
asked to approve the remuneration policy and the remuneration implementation report by way of separate resolutions. It is the recommendation of the
Remuneration Committee and the Board that the remuneration policy and the remuneration implementation report be approved. In the event that either
the remuneration policy or the remuneration implementation report is voted against by 25% or more of the voting rights exercised by shareholders, the
Board, through the Remuneration Committee, will seek to engage further with shareholders.

During the year, the committee reviewed various aspects of the Group’s remuneration structure, including executive salaries, both short-term and long-
term performance-based remuneration schemes and annual cost of living adjustments. Following its work around the methodology for setting
appropriate salary levels for the executive team with Korn Ferry during the previous financial year, through benchmarking executive remuneration
packages against an appropriate peer group and the median of a mining industry group developed by Korn Ferry, the committee is satisfied that it had
developed a satisfactory method to ensure that the executive team was being fairly remunerated compared to the peer group.

The committee met formally twice during the year under review.

Safety, Health, Environment and Community Committee
All members of the committee are independent non-executive directors. The committee is chaired by David Salter and other members are Carol Bell
and Roger Davey. The CEO, COO and CTO attend the meetings by invitation.

The Safety, Health, Environment and Community Committee develops and reviews the Group’s framework, policies and guidelines on safety, health,
and environmental management, monitors key indicators on accidents and incidents, and considers developments in relevant safety, health, and
environmental practices and regulations.

The committee met four times during the year under review.

Social and Ethics Committee
As required by the JSE Listings Requirements, the Board established a Social and Ethics Committee. The committee is chaired by David Salter and
other members are Carol Bell, Omar Kamal, Gloria Zvaravanhu and Phoevos Pouroulis.
The committee’s objective is, inter alia, to assist the Board in ensuring that the Company and other entities in the Group remain committed, socially
responsible corporate citizens by creating a sustainable business and regard for the Company’s economic, social, and environmental impact on the
communities in which it operates. This includes, among others, public safety, HIV/Aids, environmental management, corporate social investment,
consumer relationships, labour and employment, the promotion of equality, and ethics management.

The committee has an independent role with accountability to both the Board and the Company’s shareholders. The committee does not assume the
functions of management of the Company. These functions remain the responsibility of the Company’s executive directors, executive management,
and senior managers.


Graphics



CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT



138

It is the committee’s responsibility to monitor the Group’s activities, having regard to any relevant legislation, other legal requirements or prevailing
codes of best practice, with regard to matters relating to, among others, the following:
(i) Social and economic development, focusing on the Company’s standing in terms of the goals and purposes of the 10 United Nations Global
Compact Principles, among others:
upholding and respecting human rights
upholding fair labour practices, which include the freedom of association, the right to collective bargaining, and the elimination of forced
labour, child labour, and discrimination
upholding the promotion of greater responsibility toward the environment
upholding the prevention of bribery and corruption
upholding the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development’s recommendations regarding corruption
upholding the Equator Principles and
upholding the Employment Equity Act and the Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment Act, applicable to South African subsidiaries.
(ii) Good corporate citizenship and the impact of the Group’s activities and its products or services on the environment, health, and public safety,
the Company’s employment relationships, and its contribution toward the educational development of its employees. In order to ensure that
Tharisa is and is seen to be a responsible corporate citizen, the committee oversees and monitors, on an ongoing basis, the consequences
of the Group’s activities and outputs on:
the workplace, by ensuring employment equity, fair remuneration, safety, health, dignity, and development of employees and the Group’s
standing in relation to the International Labour Organisation Protocol on decent work and working conditions
the economy, by working toward economic transformation
the prevention, detection, and response to fraud and corruption
society, by upholding public health and safety, consumer protection, community development, and protection of human rights and
the environment, by ensuring pollution prevention, minimising waste disposal, and protecting biodiversity.
(iii) Ethical leadership and ethical behaviour, by reviewing the Company’s Code of Ethics and making recommendations to the Board for approval
reviewing results of whistleblowing activities reviewing significant cases of employee conflicts of interest, misconduct, fraud, or any other
unethical activity by employees or the Company and ensuring that the Company’s ethics performance is assessed, monitored, reported and
disclosed.

New Business Committee
The New Business Committee was to investigate and assess new projects and business opportunities, particularly from a strategic, technical and
operational point of view, and to identify project, safety, health, environment and community related risks. The committee was not authorised to approve
individual projects or investments or to commit the Company but worked with executive management to review and evaluate new business opportunities
and initiatives. It then made recommendations to the Board for approval. The committee had the right of access to management and/or external
consultants, and the right to seek additional information or explanations.

The committee was chaired by Roger Davey and other members were David Salter, Carol Bell, Loucas Pouroulis and Phoevos Pouroulis. The CFO,
COO, and CTO attended meetings as invitees. All members of the Board who were not committee members had a standing invitation to attend
meetings.

During the year under review, a decision was taken to dissolve the New Business Committee and to table new business opportunities directly to the
Board to avoid repetition, optimise organisational processes, streamline decision making and enhance efficiency, without compromising the oversight
of new initiatives.

The committee met formally once during the year under review.



Graphics



CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT



139

Climate Change and Sustainability Committee
The Board established the Climate Change and Sustainability Committee to delegate the responsibility for overseeing the climate change and
sustainability strategy, policies, and functions of the Group. It assists the Board with overseeing climate performance and reviews the performance of
the Group in relation to climate-related decisions and actions. This committee functions alongside the Safety, Health, Environment and Community
and the Social and Ethics Committees. Given the significance of the subject matter, not only for the business, but also for all stakeholders and the
planet, the committee comprises, for the time being, all members of the Board and is chaired by Carol Bell. The committee meetings are attended by
the COO, CTO and the Group ESG Manager by invitation.

The committee’s purpose is to provide stewardship and enhance the Group’s and, in particular, Tharisa Minerals’ efforts in fighting climate change,
driving sustainability and maintaining the social licence to operate within communities. Furthermore, the committee supports management in ensuring
that the Company addresses climate change and sustainability issues through the development and implementation of a climate change and
sustainability policy and sustainability framework. The committee also provides oversight on the Company’s sustainability strategy and reporting and
all matters under the theme of climate change and sustainability.

In the near term, the focus of this committee is oversight of the implementation of the Company’s carbon action plan to become net carbon neutral by
2050. It will also guide the Group toward its goal of creating a circular economy while producing critical metals for the decarbonisation of global
economies.

The committee has access to sufficient resources to carry out its duties, including the authority to obtain, at the Company’s expense, outside legal or
other professional advice on any matter within its terms of reference and to invite those persons to attend meetings of the committee.

Meetings are held as often as necessary, but at least twice a year. The committee held four meetings during the year under review.

Attendance at meetings
Attendance at Board and committee meetings during the year under review is set out below:
Director Board

Audit
Committee
Climate
Change and
Sustainability
Committee
New
Business
Committee
Nomination
Committee
Remunera-
tion
Committee
Risk
Committee
SHEC
Committee
Social &
Ethics
Committee
Number of
meetings held 5 4 4

1 2 1 2 4

1
Loucas Pouroulis 5 3 ≈0 - 2 -
Phoevos Pouroulis 5 #4 4 ≈0 2 #1 2 #4 1
Michael Jones 5 #4 4 #1 - #1 2 #3 -
David Salter 5 4 4 1 2 1 2 4 1
Antonios Djakouris
1

1 1 1 #1 1 1 - 1 -
Omar Kamal 5 4 4 #1 - 2 #3 1
Carol Bell 4 4 4 1 2 1 2 4 1
Roger Davey 5 #2 4 1 - 1 2 4 #1
Shelley Wai Man Lo 4 #3 4 #1 - 2 #3 -
Hao Chen 4 - 3 - - - 1 - -
Gloria Zvaravanhu
2

5 3 3 - - - 2 #3 1

1
Retired 21 February 2024
2
Appointed 21 February 2024
#
By invitation
≈Recused



Graphics



CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT



140

Group Company Secretary
The role of the Group Company Secretary is, inter alia, to provide guidance and advice to the Board with respect to matters relating to the JSE Listings
Requirements, the LSE Listings Rules, Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules, Cyprus Companies Law, King IV, market abuse laws and
regulations, and other corporate governance-related matters. In addition to her statutory duties, the
Group Company Secretary provides individual directors, the Board as a whole, and the various committees with guidance as to how their responsibilities
should be discharged in the best interests of the Group.

Sanet Findlay is a full-time employee within the Group and is based in South Africa. She holds Bachelor of Science and Bachelor of Law degrees, a
CIS professional postgraduate qualification: Company Secretarial and Governance Practice and is a Fellow of the Chartered Governance Institute of
Southern Africa (formerly Chartered Secretaries Southern Africa) since 2023, having been an associate member since 2003. She has experience as
a Group Company Secretary of JSE and LSE-listed companies since 2009. She is not a director of Tharisa or any of its subsidiaries and maintains an
arm’s length relationship with the Board.

Lysandros Lysandrides acts as the Assistant Company Secretary and holds a Bachelor of Law and a postgraduate diploma in Legal Practice (UK). He
is an associate member of the Institute of Chartered Secretaries and Administrators (UK), a Fellow of the Chartered Institute of Legal Executives (UK),
and a registered practising Cyprus attorney at law. He has experience as a company secretary and legal adviser to companies listed on the LSE and
Cyprus Stock Exchange. Lysandros has been appointed as an external adviser to Tharisa and its Cyprus subsidiaries and maintains an arm’s length
relationship with the Board.

The Board formally assessed and considered the performance and qualifications of the Company Secretaries and is satisfied that the Company
Secretaries are competent, suitably qualified, and experienced.

The appointment and removal of the Company Secretaries are matters reserved for the Board as a whole.

Board evaluation
The Nomination Committee, under the leadership of the Lead Independent Director, evaluates the performance of the Board, its committees, the
Executive Chairman, CEO, CFO, the Company Secretary, and the performance and contribution of the individual non-executive directors. The Board
committees conduct a self- evaluation against their respective terms of reference and each individual Board member is evaluated by fellow Board
members using an evaluation questionnaire. The results of the evaluation process are considered by the Nomination Committee prior to their
presentation to the Board. Results and any identified training requirements are discussed with individual directors if deemed necessary. An extensive
evaluation was conducted in November 2023. There were no material findings and remedial action is being taken to address areas that can be
improved. The Board is satisfied that the evaluation process assists in the improvement of performance and effectiveness of the Board.

Conflicts of interest
Disclosure of other directorships, personal financial interests and any other conflicts of interest, and those of related persons, in any matter before the
Board is a standing Board agenda item and a register is kept of all such disclosures. Directors recuse themselves from discussion on any matter in
which they may have a conflict of interest. Non-executive directors are required to inform the Board of any proposed new directorship and the Board
reserves the right to review such additional appointments to ensure that no conflict of interest would arise and a director accepting a new appointment
would be able to continue to fulfil his or her obligations as a member of the Board.

Share dealing and insider trading
All directors of the Company and its major subsidiaries, senior executives, the Company Secretaries, and employees and advisers who, by virtue of
their positions, have access to financial and other price-sensitive information are regarded as insiders and are required to always obtain prior
authorisation to deal in the Company’s shares.

Directors of the Company and its major subsidiaries and Persons Discharging Managerial Responsibilities (PDMRs) are reminded of their obligation
to inform all their associates, as defined by the JSE Listings Requirements, and investment managers of the fact that dealings by the directors and
their associates in Tharisa shares have to be pre-approved and/or disclosed to the Company within the stipulated timeframe to facilitate the release of
the required announcements in terms of the JSE Listings Requirements. A similar requirement exists under the UK Market Abuse Regime for PDMRs
and persons closely associated with them. The Company’s directors, executives and employees who are classified as insiders are not permitted to
deal in the Company’s shares during closed periods or when they are in possession of non-public information.


Graphics



CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT



141

An appropriate communication is sent to all such directors, PDMRs and employees alerting them that the Company is entering a closed period. Closed
periods are observed as required by the JSE Listings Requirements, including the period from the end of the interim and annual financial reporting
periods to the announcement of the financial results for the respective periods, and during periods that the Company is under a cautionary
announcement. The UK Market Abuse Regulation stipulates a closed period of 30 calendar days before the announcement of the interim and/or annual
results. The Company applies the longer duration in any given financial reporting period.

Succession planning
The Board, assisted by the Nomination Committee, is responsible for overseeing succession planning and ensuring that appropriate strategies are in
place to ensure the smooth continuation of roles and responsibilities of members of the Board and senior management.

Compliance
Compliance with financial reporting requirements and accounting standards falls within the ambit of the Audit Committee. The Group’s statutory and
regulatory compliance resides with the Legal, Risk and Compliance Officer and reports on compliance are presented to the Audit and Social and Ethics
Committees. In addition to the formal authorisation processes required for dealings in the Company’s shares, the Group has various policies and
procedures in place governing the declaration of interests, the accepting and granting of gifts and an approved delegation of authorities matrix that
governs the delegation of authority and value limits within the Group and ensures that all transactions are approved appropriately.

The Board is satisfied that the Company complied with the Cyprus Companies Law, its Articles of Association, and the requirements of the JSE Listings
Requirements pursuant to the Company’s primary listing on the JSE during the year under review. The Board also acknowledges the role and
responsibilities of its JSE sponsor, Investec Bank Limited, and believes that the sponsor has discharged its responsibilities with due care during the
period.

Information technology governance
The Board Charter commits the Board to assume ultimate responsibility for ensuring that effective information technology (IT) systems, internal control,
auditing and compliance policies, and procedures and processes are implemented to avoid or mitigate key IT-related business risks. The Board has
delegated responsibility for governing IT to the Audit Committee. An assurance on the IT systems and processes is provided by the Group’s internal
auditors, and/or other professional consultants if required, and findings are reported to the Audit Committee, which ensures that all material findings
are addressed appropriately.

The Group Chief Information Officer is responsible for the Group’s strategy and implementation of IT and information systems across all Group
companies. All Audit Committee and Board meetings are attended by the Group Chief Information Officer by invitation.

Climate change governance
The Board is ultimately responsible for the strategic direction of the Group and monitoring that Tharisa and its subsidiaries are operating responsibly.
Tharisa has evolved its approach to dealing with stakeholders, focusing on actively healing rather than merely avoiding harm. Both the risks and
opportunities presented by climate change are debated actively by the Board when developing the Group’s strategy. Investment decisions, likewise,
integrate climate risk considerations, as well as the business opportunities that arise from decarbonisation of energy so that the Group’s capital
investment is allocated appropriately and responsively to ensure that Tharisa’s business model remains both sustainable and competitive. The Group
produces several raw materials required for decarbonising the global economy. It also directs its research and development activities towards
minimising its direct carbon footprint and contributing to the worldwide goal of achieving net-zero carbon emissions by 2050. The Board supports the
Paris Climate Agreement, which was adopted in 2015 to address the negative impact of climate change by substantially reducing global greenhouse
gas emissions to limit the global increase in temperature.

During FY2021, the Board established the Climate Change and Sustainability Committee, delegating the responsibility for overseeing the climate
change and sustainability strategy, policies, and functions of the Group.

Tharisa has seen an intense focus on the impacts of climate change and is acutely aware of its accountability in reducing the Group’s carbon footprint.
The mining industry is a critical contributor to the global economy and the delivery of critical metals for the worldwide energy transition. It is also
essential for the mining industry to minimise the environmental impact of its activities and Tharisa has been reviewing its operations with respect to
establishing a corporate plan to reduce its carbon emissions while continuing to grow its operations in producing metals that are needed to effect the
energy transition away from fossil fuels and deliver the decarbonisation of economies.


Graphics



CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT



142

Tharisa’s management is committed to reducing its carbon emissions by 30% by 2030 (from its FY2020 baseline, which was based on 2019 data). A
roadmap is being developed to be net carbon neutral by 2050. Investment decisions taken by Tharisa’s Board will be informed by these decarbonisation
targets, alongside the current financial investment criteria. Furthermore, this developed roadmap will ensure that the pre-defined decarbonisation
targets are achieved by deploying numerous sustainability initiatives.

Practical measures have been initiated and continued to be accelerated during FY2024, such as gaining consent for a solar energy farm to decarbonise
electricity supply at the Tharisa Mine as well as investing in research and development in battery technology to enable storage of this energy.

External audit
BDO Limited incorporated in Cyprus acts as an external auditor to the Group and its independence is reviewed by the Audit Committee on an annual
basis. The appointment of the external auditor was approved at the AGM on 21 February 2024. The external auditor has unrestricted access to the
chairman of the Audit Committee and the Lead Independent Director.

Internal audit
Tharisa established an in-house internal audit function during FY2021. The Group Head of Internal Audit is responsible for the internal audit function
for the Tharisa Group. He is a member of the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants (SAICA), The Institute of Internal Auditors (IIA), The
Information Systems Audit and Control Association (ISACA) and The Association of Certified Fraud Examiners (ACFE) and is subject to the code of
ethics of these professional bodies.

The purpose of the Tharisa internal audit function is to provide independent, objective assurance and consulting services designed to add value and
improve the Group’s operations. The Internal Audit Charter sets out the internal audit function’s objectives, authority and responsibilities.

The internal audit function evaluates the adequacy and effectiveness of controls in responding to risks within the Group’s governance, operations and
information systems, including information security and cyber security. It derives its authority from the Audit Committee, to which it reports every
quarter.

The Group Head of Internal Audit and internal audit team have unrestricted access to all functions, records, property, assets, personnel, and other
documentation and information that the Group Head of Internal Audit considers necessary to enable the internal audit team to carry out its
responsibilities. It may obtain the necessary assistance of employees of subsidiary companies and divisions of Tharisa where they perform audits, as
well as other specialised services from within or outside the Company. Furthermore, the Group Head of Internal Audit has full and free access to the
chairman and members of the Audit Committee, the Lead Independent Director, the Chairman of the Board and the external auditors. The Group Head
of Internal Audit has a standing invitation to attend meetings of the Audit Committee and the Board.

The internal audit function plays a role in:
developing and maintaining a culture of accountability, integrity and adherence to high ethical standards
facilitating the integration of risk management into the day-to-day business activities and processes and
promoting a culture of cost-consciousness and self-assessment.

Internal audit has a responsibility to advise on governance, risk management and control issues and is required to report inadequately addressed risks
and ineffective control processes to management and/or the Audit Committee. Reporting is escalated to a level consistent with the internal audit
assessment of the risk. Management is responsible and accountable for addressing weaknesses and inefficiencies and taking the necessary corrective
action.



Graphics



CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT



143

The Group Head of Internal Audit and staff of the internal audit function have accountability to, among others:
provide assurance to the Audit Committee as to the adequacy and effectiveness of the Group’s governance, risk management and controls
develop and implement an annual audit plan using an appropriate riskbased methodology, including any risks or control concerns identified by
management, including any special tasks or projects requested by management and the Audit Committee
maintain a professional audit staff with sufficient knowledge, skills, experience, and professional certifications to meet the requirements of this
charter
establish a quality assurance programme by which the Group Head of Internal Audit assures the operation of internal audit activities
issue periodic reports to the Audit Committee and management, as well as summarised results of audit activities
assist in the investigation of significant suspected fraudulent activities within the organisation and notify management and the Audit Committee
of the results and
consider the scope of work of the external auditors and regulators, as appropriate, to provide optimal audit coverage to the Group at a reasonable
overall cost.

Management cannot place any restrictions on the scope of the audits. However, it is recognised that management and the Audit Committee provide
general direction as to the scope of work and the activities to be audited and may request internal audit to undertake special reviews or audits.
Opportunities for improving management control, profitability, and the Company’s image may be identified during audits, which are communicated to
the appropriate management level.

Recommendations on standards of control to apply to a specific activity are included in the written report of audit findings and opinions given to
management for review and implementation. A written report is issued and distributed within a reasonable time after receiving the written management
responses.

All significant control weaknesses are followed up on a monthly basis to ensure the remedial action has been implemented by management and the
appropriate feedback is given to the Audit Committee on the status of such remedial action.

The internal auditor is responsible for conducting reviews with professional scepticism, recognising that the application of audit procedures may produce
evidential matter indicating the possibility of errors or irregularities. Deterrence of fraud is however the responsibility of management.
Internal audit will assist in the investigation of fraud to determine if controls need to be implemented or strengthened and design audit tests to help
disclose the possibilities for similar frauds in the future. It will recommend improvements to correct the weaknesses and incorporate appropriate tests
in future audits to disclose the existence of similar weaknesses in other areas of the organisation.

Internal audit maintains an open relationship with external auditors and any other assurance providers. Consistent with the internal audit strategy,
internal audit plans its activity to help ensure the adequacy of overall audit coverage and to minimise duplication of assurance effort. The external
auditors have full and unrestricted access to all internal audit strategies, plans, working papers and reports.

Independence and objectivity are essential to the effectiveness of the internal audit function. Internal audit has no direct authority or responsibility for
the activities it reviews or for developing or implementing procedures. In addition, internal audit staff generally do not assume a role other than in an
advisory capacity in the design, installation or operation of control procedures.

Internal audit reports functionally to the chairman of the Audit Committee and administratively to the Chief Finance Officer for the efficient and effective
operation of internal audit function. The Audit Committee decides on the Group Head of Internal Audit appointment and removal and is responsible for
his performance appraisal.

Independence is protected by ensuring that the internal audit function is free from control or undue influence by any party in selecting and applying
audit techniques, procedures, and programmes.

Internal audit is free from control or undue influence in the determination of facts revealed by the examination or in the development of recommendations
or opinions resulting from the examination. The internal audit function is free from undue influence in selecting areas, activities, personal relationships,
and managerial policies to be examined.

The internal audit function has oversight of the independent anonymous Safety and Ethics Hotline administered by Whistleblowers Proprietary Limited.
It investigates all reports received via the Whistleblowers hotline and through other channels and makes recommendations to management.

Graphics



CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT



144


The Audit Committee ensures that the internal audit function is subjected to an independent quality review as and when the Audit Committee determines
it appropriate as a measure to ensure that the function remains effective.

Internal control systems
To meet the Company’s responsibility to provide reliable financial information, the Company maintains financial and operational systems of internal
control. These controls are designed to provide reasonable assurance that transactions are concluded in accordance with management’s authority
that the assets are adequately protected against material losses, unauthorised acquisition, use or disposal and those transactions are properly
authorised and recorded. The systems include a documented organisational structure and division of responsibility and established policies and
procedures, which are communicated throughout the Group, and the careful selection, training, and development of people.

The Audit Committee monitors the operation of the internal control systems to determine whether there are deficiencies. Corrective actions are taken
to address control deficiencies as they are identified. The Board, operating through the Audit Committee, oversees the financial reporting process and
internal control systems.

There are inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any internal control system, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or
overriding of controls.

Code of Business Ethics and Conduct
The Group’s Code of Business Ethics and Conduct reaffirms the high standards of business conduct required of all employees, officers, and directors
of Tharisa. It forms part of the Company’s continuing effort to ensure that it complies with all applicable laws, as an effective programme to prevent
and detect violations of law, and for the education and training of employees, officers, and directors. In most circumstances, the code sets standards
that are higher than the law requires and adherence to the code aims to preserve the confidence and support of the public and Tharisa’s shareholders.

Tharisa expects its employees, officers, and directors to:
act with honesty, integrity, and fairness in all dealings, both internally and externally
comply with all laws and regulations applicable to the Group
comply with Group policies and procedures
protect the health, safety, and wellbeing of co-workers, suppliers, and the communities in which the Group operates
protect the environment by prudent use of resources such as water and energy and to limit waste disposal by recycling
protect and not disclose Tharisa’s confidential information
avoid any potential conflicts of private interests with the interests of the Group, including, but not limited to, improper communications with
competitors or suppliers regarding bids for contracts, having close relationships with contractors or suppliers, and involvement with any other
businesses that have interests adverse to Tharisa, interests in Tharisa, or compete with Tharisa
not give or accept gifts, gratuities, or hospitality from customers or suppliers of inappropriate value, that could incur obligations or that could
influence judgement
avoid any situations or relationships that could interfere with an individual’s ability to make decisions in Tharisa’s best interests
to act courteously, dignified and respectfully when dealing with co-workers and third parties and to refrain from discriminatory, harassing, or
bullying behaviour, whether expressed verbally, in gesture, or through behaviour.

Furthermore, it is Tharisa’s policy not to discriminate against any employee on the basis of race, religion, national origin, language, gender, sexual
orientation, HIV status, age, political affiliation, or physical or other disability. Tharisa desires to create a challenging and supportive environment where
individual contributions and teamwork are highly valued. In order to establish such an environment, all individuals are expected to support this policy
of non-discrimination and Tharisa’s equal employment opportunity policies.

Human rights, modern slavery and human trafficking
Tharisa acts ethically and with integrity in all business dealings and has the necessary systems and controls in place to safeguard against any form of
transgression of human rights. Tharisa will continue to raise awareness of human rights among its employees, suppliers, and the communities in which
it operates.

Modern slavery encapsulates slavery, servitude, and forced or compulsory labour. Tharisa has a zero-tolerance approach to any form of modern
slavery and is committed to ensuring that there is no slavery or human trafficking in its supply chain, or any part of its business.

Graphics



CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT



145


Anti-bribery and corruption policy
Tharisa is committed to doing business ethically. Tharisa does not tolerate corruption, fraud, and bribery and does not allow donations to any political
parties through any of its operations. The Group’s anti-corruption policy outlines potential risks and steps to mitigate the risk of bribery and corruption,
together with a reporting guideline. All employees, suppliers, and other associated persons are made aware of these policies and procedures with
regard to ethical behaviour, business conduct, and transparency.

Independent anonymous safety and ethics hotline
The Group has a zero-tolerance approach to safety transgressions, theft, fraud, corruption, violation of the law, and unethical business practices by
employees or suppliers.

A 24-hour independent anonymous Safety and Ethics Hotline monitored by an independent external party is fully operational and facilitates the reporting
and resolution of safety and ethical violations. This confidential and anonymous hotline provides an impartial facility for employees, service providers,
customers, and other stakeholders to report any safety or ethics-related matter such as safety concerns, unsafe behaviour and practices, hazardous
conditions, fraudulent activity, corruption, statutory malpractice, financial and accounting reporting irregularities, and other deviations from safe and
ethical behaviour. The Audit Committee must ensure that arrangements are in place for the independent investigation of such matters and appropriate
follow-up action. No action will be taken against anyone reporting legitimate concerns, even if there is no proven unlawful conduct.

Each report received via the Safety and Ethics Hotline, or any other channel, is considered and assessed by the Group Head of Internal Audit in terms
of the nature of the incident and the level of staff implicated. For the following instances, the Group Head of Internal Audit consults with the Audit
Committee Chairperson and together they decide on the most appropriate follow-up action:
reports that concern individuals that are at the highest level of management of the Group and/or individuals that are responsible for overseeing
one or more departments, or
incidents that indicate a serious or pervasive violation that puts Tharisa at risk (whether from a reputational or financial perspective).

Based on this assessment, the Group Head of Internal Audit, in conjunction with the CFO and/or COO and/or CEO, determines whether to investigate
the matter with internal audit resources or request the senior management within the function/region to investigate where this is appropriate or required.
In certain circumstances it could be appropriate to engage an outside forensic expert to investigate. All incidents are investigated and the outcomes of
the investigations are reported to the Audit Committee every quarter. Based on the outcome of the investigation, appropriate action is taken, which
may include, where deemed necessary, a disciplinary process in accordance with the Tharisa Human Resources Disciplinary Process.

Whistle Blowers Proprietary Limited operates and ensures the confidentiality of the hotline/tip-off process and that the anonymity of the individual using
the hotline is protected while they are in possession of the information, as well as protecting the rights of the individuals referred to in the complaint.

Investor relations
The CEO and CFO, supported by the investor relations function, interact with institutional investors and qualified private investors on the performance
of the Group through presentations and scheduled meetings regularly. The Company also participates in selected South African and international
conferences and conducts roadshows in South Africa and internationally.

A wide range of information and documents, including copies of presentations given to investors, integrated annual reports and notices of shareholder
meetings, are made available on the Company’s website www.tharisa.com on an ongoing basis. Shareholders are encouraged to visit the investors’
section of the website frequently to be kept informed of the corporate timetable, including dates for the AGMs, forms of proxy and relevant shareholder
information.


GOVERANCE